Technicolor Thomson Network Router St516 Users Manual 536 546_CLI_beyond62

Technicolor-Thomson-Network-Router-St516-Users-Manual-463464 technicolor-thomson-network-router-st516-users-manual-463464

ST546 to the manual 27d91a7a-62b9-4701-95ed-0944d64eaf1a

2015-02-04

: Technicolor Technicolor-Technicolor-Thomson-Network-Router-St516-Users-Manual-390147 technicolor-technicolor-thomson-network-router-st516-users-manual-390147 technicolor pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 792 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

1 Root Commands
- ping
- traceroute
2 ADSL Commands
- adsl config
- adsl info
- adsl debug bitloadinginfo
- adsl debug deltconfig
- adsl debug deltinfo
- adsl debug modemoptioninfo
- adsl debug modemoption
- adsl debug traceconfig
3 ATM Commands
- atm flush
- atm ifadd
- atm ifattach
- atm ifconfig
- atm ifdelete
- atm ifdetach
- atm iflist
- atm bundle add
- atm bundle attach
- atm bundle config
- atm bundle clear
- atm bundle delete
- atm bundle detach
- atm bundle flush
- atm bundle ifadd
- atm bundle ifconfig
- atm bundle ifdelete
- atm bundle list
- atm cac config
- atm cac list
- atm cac overbooking
- atm debug aal5stats
- atm debug gstats
- atm debug portstats
- atm oam config
- atm oam list
- atm oam modify
- atm oam ping
- atm oam cc list
- atm oam cc modify
- atm oam cc send
- atm oam vclb add
- atm oam vclb del
- atm oam vclb list
- atm phonebook add
- atm phonebook autolist
- atm phonebook delete
- atm phonebook flush
- atm phonebook list
- atm qosbook add
- atm qosbook config
- atm qosbook ctdadd
- atm qosbook ctddelete
- atm qosbook ctdlist
- atm qosbook delete
- atm qosbook flush
- atm qosbook list
4 AutoPVC Commands
- autopvc config
- autopvc list
5 Config Commands
- config delete
- config dump
- config flush
- config list
- config load
- config save
6 Connection Commands
- connection appconfig
- connection appinfo
- connection applist
- connection bind
- connection bindlist
- connection clean
- connection clear
- connection config
- connection debug
- connection describe
- connection flush
- connection info
- connection list
- connection refresh
- connection stats
- connection timerclear
- connection timerconfig
- connection unbind
7 CWMP Commands
- cwmp config
- cwmp server config
8 Debug Commands
- debug exec
9 DHCP Commands
- dhcp client flush
- dhcp client ifadd
- dhcp client ifattach
- dhcp client ifconfig
- dhcp client ifdelete
- dhcp client ifdetach
- dhcp client iflist
- dhcp client ifrenew
- dhcp client debug clear
- dhcp client debug stats
- dhcp client debug traceconfig
- dhcp client rqoptions add
- dhcp client rqoptions delete
- dhcp client rqoptions list
- dhcp client rqoptions optionlist
- dhcp client txoptions add
- dhcp client txoptions delete
- dhcp client txoptions list
- dhcp client txoptions optionlist
- dhcp relay add
- dhcp relay debug stats
- dhcp relay debug traceconfig
- dhcp relay config
- dhcp relay delete
- dhcp relay flush
- dhcp relay ifconfig
- dhcp relay iflist
- dhcp relay list
- dhcp relay modify
- dhcp relay ruleadd
- dhcp relay ruledelete
- dhcp rule add
- dhcp rule debug traceconfig
- dhcp rule delete
- dhcp rule flush
- dhcp rule list
- dhcp server config
- dhcp server flush
- dhcp server policy
- dhcp server debug clear
- dhcp server debug stats
- dhcp server debug traceconfig
- dhcp server lease add
- dhcp server lease delete
- dhcp server lease flush
- dhcp server lease list
- dhcp server option flush
- dhcp server option instadd
- dhcp server option instdelete
- dhcp server option instlist
- dhcp server option tmpladd
- dhcp server option tmpldelete
- dhcp server option tmpllist
- dhcp server pool add
- dhcp server pool config
- dhcp server pool delete
- dhcp server pool flush
- dhcp server pool list
- dhcp server pool optadd
- dhcp server pool optdelete
- dhcp server pool rtadd
- dhcp server pool rtdelete
- dhcp server pool ruleadd
- dhcp server pool ruledelete
10 DNS Commands
- dns client config
- dns client dnsadd
- dns client dnsdelete
- dns client dnslist
- dns client flush
- dns client nslookup
- dns server config
- dns server flush
- dns server debug clear
- dns server debug stats
- dns server debug spoof clear
- dns server debug spoof getaddress
- dns server debug spoof getflags
- dns server debug spoof list
- dns server debug spoof update
- dns server host add
- dns server host delete
- dns server host flush
- dns server host list
- dns server route add
- dns server route delete
- dns server route flush
- dns server route list
11 DSD Commands
- dsd config
- dsd debug config
- dsd debug connection list
- dsd debug proxy
- dsd debug recycling
- dsd debug stats
- dsd intercept config
- dsd syslog config
- dsd syslog list
- dsd urlfilter config
- dsd urlfilter rule add
- dsd urlfilter rule delete
- dsd urlfilter rule flush
- dsd urlfilter rule list
- dsd urlfilter rule modify
12 DynDNS Commands
- dyndns add
- dyndns delete
- dyndns flush
- dyndns list
- dyndns modify
- dyndns host add
- dyndns host delete
- dyndns host flush
- dyndns host list
- dyndns service list
- dyndns service modify
13 Env Commands
- env flush
- env get
- env list
- env set
- env unset
14 Eth Commands
- eth ifadd
- eth ifattach
- eth ifconfig
- eth ifdelete
- eth ifdetach
- eth iflist
- eth flush
- eth bridge clear
- eth bridge list
- eth bridge add
- eth bridge delete
- eth bridge select
- eth bridge config
- eth bridge dynvlan actlist
- eth bridge dynvlan add
- eth bridge dynvlan config
- eth bridge dynvlan delete
- eth bridge dynvlan flush
- eth bridge dynvlan list
- eth bridge flush
- eth bridge ifadd
- eth bridge ifattach
- eth bridge ifconfig
- eth bridge ifdelete
- eth bridge ifdetach
- eth bridge iflist
- eth bridge ifflush
- eth bridge igmpsnooping config
- eth bridge igmpsnooping list
- eth bridge igmpsnooping ifconfig
- eth bridge igmpsnooping iflist
- eth bridge igmpsnooping clear
- eth bridge macadd
- eth bridge macdelete
- eth bridge maclist
- eth bridge mcdadd
- eth bridge mcddelete
- eth bridge mcdlist
- eth bridge rule add
- eth bridge rule delete
- eth bridge rule flush
- eth bridge rule list
- eth bridge vlan ifadd
- eth bridge vlan ifconfig
- eth bridge vlan ifdelete
- eth bridge vlan iflist
- eth device ifconfig
- eth device iflist
- eth switch group flush
- eth switch group list
- eth switch group move
- eth switch mirror capture
- eth switch mirror egress
- eth switch mirror ingress
- eth switch share add
- eth switch share delete
- eth switch share list
- eth switch info
- eth switch qos config
- eth switch qos ifconfig
- eth switch qos list
- eth switch qos weights
- eth switch shaper config
- eth switch shaper ifconfig
- eth switch shaper iflist
- eth switch storm ifconfig
- eth switch storm iflist
- eth vlan add
- eth vlan delete
- eth vlan flush
- eth vlan list
15 Expr Commands
- expr add
- expr delete
- expr flush
- expr list
- expr modify
16 Firewall Commands
- firewall config
- firewall clear
- firewall list
- firewall chain add
- firewall chain delete
- firewall chain flush
- firewall chain list
- firewall debug clear
- firewall debug stats
- firewall debug traceconfig
- firewall level add
- firewall level delete
- firewall level flush
- firewall level list
- firewall level modify
- firewall level set
- firewall rule add
- firewall rule delete
- firewall rule flush
- firewall rule list
- firewall rule modify
- firewall rule debug clear
- firewall rule debug stats
- firewall rule debug traceconfig
17 GRP Commands
- grp config
- grp flush
- grp rtlist
- grp rip config
- grp rip flush
- grp rip ifconfig
- grp rip show
18 Hostmgr Commands
- hostmgr add
- hostmgr clear
- hostmgr config
- hostmgr delete
- hostmgr flush
- hostmgr list
19 IDS Commands
- ids clear
- ids config
- ids parser list
- ids parser modify
- ids pattern clear
- ids pattern list
- ids pattern stats
- ids signature list
- ids signature modify
- ids threshold clear
- ids threshold list
- ids threshold modify
20 IGMP Commands
- igmp host config
- igmp host flush
- igmp host list
- igmp host ifconfig
- igmp host iflist
- igmp host debug clear
- igmp host debug stats
- igmp proxy config
- igmp proxy flush
- igmp proxy grouplist
- igmp proxy ifconfig
- igmp proxy iflist
- igmp proxy mbslist
- igmp proxy debug clear
- igmp proxy debug stats
- igmp proxy debug traceconfig
21 Interface Commands
- interface list
22 IP Commands
- ip arpadd
- ip arpdelete
- ip arplist
- ip config
- ip flush
- ip ifadd
- ip ifattach
- ip ifconfig
- ip ifdelete
- ip ifdetach
- ip iflist
- ip ifwait
- ip ipadd
- ip ipconfig
- ip ipdelete
- ip iplist
- ip mcast rtadd
- ip mcast rtdelete
- ip mcast rtlist
- ip mcast flush
- ip rtadd
- ip rtdelete
- ip rtlist
- ip auto flush
- ip auto ifadd
- ip auto ifattach
- ip auto ifconfig
- ip auto ifdelete
- ip auto ifdetach
- ip auto iflist
- ip debug httpprobe
- ip debug sendto
- ip debug stats
- ip debug traceconfig
23 IPQoS Commands
- ipqos config
- ipqos list
- ipqos ef config
- ipqos ef list
- ipqos ef stats
- ipqos queue clear
- ipqos queue config
- ipqos queue list
- ipqos queue stats
24 Label Commands
- label add
- label delete
- label flush
- label list
- label modify
- label chain add
- label chain delete
- label chain flush
- label chain list
- label rule add
- label rule delete
- label rule flush
- label rule list
- label rule modify
- label rule debug clear
- label rule debug stats
- label rule debug traceconfig
25 Language Commands
- language config
- language delete
- language list
26 MBUS Commands
- mbus client config
- mbus client exec
- mbus client register
- mbus debug stats
- mbus debug clearstats
- mbus debug traceconfig
- mbus listobjects
- mbus listtypes
- mbus listenums
- mbus listcontexts
- mbus listsubscriptions
- mbus debug loadobjects
- mbus debug unloadobjects
- mbus pluginevent
- mbus unregister
- mbus client unregister
27 MEMM Commands
- memm debug lock traceconfig
- memm debug traceconfig
- memm debug clearstats
- memm debug lock stats
- memm listobjects
- memm stats
28 MLP Commands
- mlp flush
- mlp import
- mlp debug export
- mlp debug stats
- mlp debug traceconfig
- mlp privilege add
- mlp privilege addzone
- mlp privilege config
- mlp privilege delete
- mlp privilege list
- mlp privilege removezone
- mlp role add
- mlp role addpriv
- mlp role config
- mlp role delete
- mlp role list
- mlp role removepriv
29 NAT Commands
- nat config
- nat flush
- nat ifconfig
- nat iflist
- nat mapadd
- nat mapdelete
- nat maplist
- nat tmpladd
- nat tmpldelete
- nat tmpllist
- nat tmplinst
30 PPP Commands
- ppp flush
- ppp ifadd
- ppp ifattach
- ppp ifconfig
- ppp ifdelete
- ppp ifdetach
- ppp iflist
- ppp ifscan
- ppp rtadd
- ppp rtdelete
- ppp relay flush
- ppp relay ifadd
- ppp relay ifconfig
- ppp relay ifdelete
- ppp relay iflist
- ppp relay sesslist
31 PPTP Commands
- pptp ifadd
- pptp flush
- pptp list
- pptp profadd
- pptp profdelete
- pptp proflist
32 Script Commands
- script add
- script delete
- script flush
- script list
- script run
33 Service Commands
- service host assign
- service host config
- service host add
- service host delete
- service host disable
- service host flush
- service host list
- service host stats
- service host triggerlist
- service host rule add
- service host rule delete
- service system ifadd
- service system ifdelete
- service system ipadd
- service system ipdelete
- service system list
- service system mapadd
- service system mapdelete
- service system modify
34 SNMP Commands
- snmp config
- snmp get
- snmp getnext
- snmp walk
- snmp community add
- snmp community delete
- snmp community list
- snmp community modify
- snmp ifadd
- snmp ifdelete
- snmp ifattach
- snmp ifdetach
- snmp ifconfig
- snmp iflist
35 SNTP Commands
- sntp add
- sntp config
- sntp delete
- sntp flush
- sntp list
36 Software Commands
- software upgrade
- software version
37 System Commands
- system config
- system flush
- system locale
- system reboot
- system reset
- system timedreboot
- system debug autosave
- system debug stats
- system ra config
- system rtc synchronize
- system rtc settime
38 Systemlog Commands
- systemlog flush
- systemlog show
- systemlog send
- systemlog DBG dbg_syslog
- systemlog DBG dbg_long_mess
- systemlog DBG dbg_burst
- systemlog DBG dbg_contents
39 Upgrade Commands
- upgrade config
- upgrade start
- upgrade debug traceconfig
- upgrade debug sesslist
- upgrade profile add
- upgrade profile modify
- upgrade profile delete
- upgrade profile list
- upgrade ifadd
- upgrade ifattach
- upgrade ifconfig
- upgrade ifdelete
- upgrade ifdetach
- upgrade iflist
40 UPnP Commands
- upnp config
- upnp flush
- upnp list
41 User Commands
- user add
- user config
- user delete
- user flush
- user list
- user rights
42 Abbreviations
43 System Logging Messages
- Auto-PVC Module
- Configuration Module
- DHCP Client Module
- DHCP Relay Module
- DHCP Server Module
- Dyndns Module
- Firewall Module
- LOGIN Module
- Kernel Module
- Linestate Module
- NAPT Module
- PPP Module
- PPTP Module
- RIP Module
- Routing Module
- Session Module
- SNTP Module
- Software Module
- UPnP Module
44 Supported Key Names
- Supported IP Protocols
- Supported TCP/UDP Port Names
- Supported ICMP Type Names
- Supported Facilities
- Supported Severities
- IP Precedence
- Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP)
  - A
  - B
  - C
  - D
  - E
  - F
  - G
  - H
  - I
  - K
  - L
  - M
  - N
  - O
  - P
  - R
  - S
  - T
  - U
  - V
  - W

Power

DSL

Ethernet

Internet

Thomson ST516/536/546

CLI Reference Guide

Thomson ST516/536/546

CLI Reference Guide

R6.2

Distribution and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents is not permitted without written authorization

from THOMSON. The content of this document is furnished for informational use only, may be subject to change without notice,

and should not be construed as a commitment by THOMSON. THOMSON assumes no responsibility or liability for any errors or

inaccuracies that may appear in this document.

Thomson Telecom Belgium

Prins Boudewijnlaan, 47

B-2650 Edegem

Belgium

http://www.thomson-broadband.com

Trademarks

The following trademarks are used in this document:

>DECT is a trademark of ETSI.

>Bluetooth® word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc.

>Ethernet™ is a trademark of Xerox Corporation.

>Wi-Fi® and the Wi-Fi logo are registered trademarks of the Wi-Fi Alliance. "Wi-Fi CERTIFIED", "Wi-Fi ZONE", "Wi-Fi Alli-

ance", their respective logos and "Wi-Fi Protected Access" are trademarks of the Wi-Fi Alliance.

>UPnP™ is a certification mark of the UPnP™ Implementers Corporation.

>Microsoft®, MS-DOS®, Windows® and Windows NT® are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corpo-

ration in the United States and/or other countries.

>Apple® and Mac OS® are registered trademarks of Apple Computer, Incorporated, registered in the United States and

other countries.

>UNIX® is a registered trademark of UNIX System Laboratories, Incorporated.

>Adobe®, the Adobe logo, Acrobat and Acrobat Reader are trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems, Incor-

porated, registered in the United States and/or other countries.

Other brands and product names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders.

Document Information

Status: v2.0 (May 2007)

Reference: E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003

Short Title: CLI Reference Guide ST516/536/546 R6.2

Software Build: R 6.2.H.5

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Contents

About this CLI Reference Guide ................................................ 1

1 Root Commands .......................................................................... 3

ping.......................................................................................................................................................... 4

traceroute ................................................................................................................................................ 5

2 ADSL Commands......................................................................... 7

adsl config............................................................................................................................................... 8

adsl info................................................................................................................................................... 9

adsl debug bitloadinginfo.................................................................................................................... 11

adsl debug deltconfig........................................................................................................................... 12

adsl debug deltinfo............................................................................................................................... 13

adsl debug modemoptioninfo............................................................................................................. 14

adsl debug modemoption ................................................................................................................... 15

adsl debug traceconfig......................................................................................................................... 16

3 ATM Commands ........................................................................ 17

atm flush ............................................................................................................................................... 19

atm ifadd ............................................................................................................................................... 20

atm ifattach ........................................................................................................................................... 21

atm ifconfig ........................................................................................................................................... 22

atm ifdelete ........................................................................................................................................... 24

atm ifdetach .......................................................................................................................................... 25

atm iflist................................................................................................................................................. 26

atm bundle add..................................................................................................................................... 27

atm bundle attach................................................................................................................................. 28

atm bundle config ................................................................................................................................ 29

atm bundle clear................................................................................................................................... 30

atm bundle delete................................................................................................................................. 31

atm bundle detach................................................................................................................................ 32

atm bundle flush................................................................................................................................... 33

atm bundle ifadd .................................................................................................................................. 34

atm bundle ifconfig .............................................................................................................................. 35

atm bundle ifdelete .............................................................................................................................. 36

atm bundle list ...................................................................................................................................... 37

atm cac config....................................................................................................................................... 38

atm cac list ............................................................................................................................................ 39

atm cac overbooking............................................................................................................................ 40

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Contents

atm debug aal5stats ............................................................................................................................. 41

atm debug gstats.................................................................................................................................. 42

atm debug portstats ............................................................................................................................. 43

atm oam config..................................................................................................................................... 44

atm oam list .......................................................................................................................................... 45

atm oam modify ................................................................................................................................... 46

atm oam ping........................................................................................................................................ 48

atm oam cc list...................................................................................................................................... 49

atm oam cc modify............................................................................................................................... 50

atm oam cc send .................................................................................................................................. 51

atm oam vclb add................................................................................................................................. 52

atm oam vclb del .................................................................................................................................. 53

atm oam vclb list .................................................................................................................................. 54

atm phonebook add ............................................................................................................................. 55

atm phonebook autolist ....................................................................................................................... 56

atm phonebook delete ......................................................................................................................... 57

atm phonebook flush ........................................................................................................................... 58

atm phonebook list............................................................................................................................... 59

atm qosbook add.................................................................................................................................. 60

atm qosbook config.............................................................................................................................. 61

atm qosbook ctdadd............................................................................................................................. 62

atm qosbook ctddelete......................................................................................................................... 64

atm qosbook ctdlist .............................................................................................................................. 65

atm qosbook delete.............................................................................................................................. 66

atm qosbook flush................................................................................................................................ 67

atm qosbook list ................................................................................................................................... 68

4 AutoPVC Commands................................................................. 69

autopvc config ...................................................................................................................................... 70

autopvc list............................................................................................................................................ 72

5 Config Commands ..................................................................... 73

config delete ......................................................................................................................................... 74

config dump.......................................................................................................................................... 75

config flush ........................................................................................................................................... 76

config list............................................................................................................................................... 77

config load ............................................................................................................................................ 78

config save ............................................................................................................................................ 80

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Contents

iii

6 Connection Commands............................................................. 81

connection appconfig........................................................................................................................... 82

connection appinfo............................................................................................................................... 84

connection applist ................................................................................................................................ 85

connection bind .................................................................................................................................... 86

connection bindlist ............................................................................................................................... 87

connection clean................................................................................................................................... 88

connection clear ................................................................................................................................... 89

connection config ................................................................................................................................. 90

connection debug................................................................................................................................. 91

connection describe ............................................................................................................................. 92

connection flush ................................................................................................................................... 93

connection info ..................................................................................................................................... 94

connection list....................................................................................................................................... 95

connection refresh................................................................................................................................ 96

connection stats.................................................................................................................................... 97

connection timerclear .......................................................................................................................... 98

connection timerconfig ........................................................................................................................ 99

connection unbind.............................................................................................................................. 100

7 CWMP Commands................................................................... 101

cwmp config ....................................................................................................................................... 102

cwmp server config............................................................................................................................ 104

8 Debug Commands ................................................................... 105

debug exec.......................................................................................................................................... 106

9 DHCP Commands .................................................................... 107

dhcp client flush ................................................................................................................................. 109

dhcp client ifadd ................................................................................................................................. 110

dhcp client ifattach ............................................................................................................................. 111

dhcp client ifconfig ............................................................................................................................. 112

dhcp client ifdelete ............................................................................................................................. 113

dhcp client ifdetach ............................................................................................................................ 114

dhcp client iflist................................................................................................................................... 115

dhcp client ifrenew ............................................................................................................................. 117

dhcp client debug clear...................................................................................................................... 119

dhcp client debug stats ...................................................................................................................... 120

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Contents

dhcp client debug traceconfig ........................................................................................................... 121

dhcp client rqoptions add .................................................................................................................. 122

dhcp client rqoptions delete .............................................................................................................. 123

dhcp client rqoptions list ................................................................................................................... 124

dhcp client rqoptions optionlist ........................................................................................................ 125

dhcp client txoptions add .................................................................................................................. 126

dhcp client txoptions delete .............................................................................................................. 127

dhcp client txoptions list.................................................................................................................... 128

dhcp client txoptions optionlist......................................................................................................... 129

dhcp relay add .................................................................................................................................... 130

dhcp relay debug stats....................................................................................................................... 131

dhcp relay debug traceconfig............................................................................................................ 132

dhcp relay config ................................................................................................................................ 133

dhcp relay delete ................................................................................................................................ 134

dhcp relay flush .................................................................................................................................. 135

dhcp relay ifconfig.............................................................................................................................. 136

dhcp relay iflist ................................................................................................................................... 138

dhcp relay list...................................................................................................................................... 139

dhcp relay modify............................................................................................................................... 140

dhcp relay ruleadd.............................................................................................................................. 141

dhcp relay ruledelete.......................................................................................................................... 142

dhcp rule add ...................................................................................................................................... 143

dhcp rule debug traceconfig.............................................................................................................. 144

dhcp rule delete .................................................................................................................................. 145

dhcp rule flush .................................................................................................................................... 146

dhcp rule list ....................................................................................................................................... 147

dhcp server config.............................................................................................................................. 148

dhcp server flush ................................................................................................................................ 149

dhcp server policy .............................................................................................................................. 150

dhcp server debug clear .................................................................................................................... 151

dhcp server debug stats..................................................................................................................... 152

dhcp server debug traceconfig.......................................................................................................... 154

dhcp server lease add ........................................................................................................................ 155

dhcp server lease delete .................................................................................................................... 157

dhcp server lease flush ...................................................................................................................... 158

dhcp server lease list.......................................................................................................................... 159

dhcp server option flush .................................................................................................................... 160

dhcp server option instadd................................................................................................................ 161

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Contents

dhcp server option instdelete............................................................................................................ 163

dhcp server option instlist ................................................................................................................. 164

dhcp server option tmpladd .............................................................................................................. 165

dhcp server option tmpldelete .......................................................................................................... 166

dhcp server option tmpllist................................................................................................................ 167

dhcp server pool add ......................................................................................................................... 168

dhcp server pool config ..................................................................................................................... 170

dhcp server pool delete ..................................................................................................................... 172

dhcp server pool flush ....................................................................................................................... 173

dhcp server pool list........................................................................................................................... 174

dhcp server pool optadd.................................................................................................................... 175

dhcp server pool optdelete................................................................................................................ 176

dhcp server pool rtadd....................................................................................................................... 178

dhcp server pool rtdelete................................................................................................................... 179

dhcp server pool ruleadd................................................................................................................... 180

dhcp server pool ruledelete............................................................................................................... 181

10 DNS Commands ...................................................................... 183

dns client config ................................................................................................................................. 184

dns client dnsadd ............................................................................................................................... 185

dns client dnsdelete ........................................................................................................................... 186

dns client dnslist................................................................................................................................. 187

dns client flush.................................................................................................................................... 188

dns client nslookup ............................................................................................................................ 189

dns server config ................................................................................................................................ 190

dns server flush .................................................................................................................................. 191

dns server debug clear....................................................................................................................... 192

dns server debug stats....................................................................................................................... 193

dns server debug spoof clear ............................................................................................................ 194

dns server debug spoof getaddress ................................................................................................. 195

dns server debug spoof getflags....................................................................................................... 196

dns server debug spoof list ............................................................................................................... 197

dns server debug spoof update ........................................................................................................ 198

dns server host add............................................................................................................................ 199

dns server host delete........................................................................................................................ 200

dns server host flush.......................................................................................................................... 201

dns server host list ............................................................................................................................. 202

dns server route add .......................................................................................................................... 203

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Contents

dns server route delete ...................................................................................................................... 205

dns server route flush ........................................................................................................................ 206

dns server route list............................................................................................................................ 207

11 DSD Commands....................................................................... 209

dsd config............................................................................................................................................ 210

dsd debug config................................................................................................................................ 211

dsd debug connection list.................................................................................................................. 212

dsd debug proxy................................................................................................................................. 213

dsd debug recycling ........................................................................................................................... 214

dsd debug stats .................................................................................................................................. 215

dsd intercept config............................................................................................................................ 216

dsd syslog config................................................................................................................................ 217

dsd syslog list ..................................................................................................................................... 218

dsd urlfilter config .............................................................................................................................. 219

dsd urlfilter rule add........................................................................................................................... 220

dsd urlfilter rule delete....................................................................................................................... 221

dsd urlfilter rule flush......................................................................................................................... 222

dsd urlfilter rule list ............................................................................................................................ 223

dsd urlfilter rule modify ..................................................................................................................... 224

12 DynDNS Commands................................................................ 227

dyndns add ......................................................................................................................................... 228

dyndns delete ..................................................................................................................................... 229

dyndns flush ....................................................................................................................................... 230

dyndns list........................................................................................................................................... 231

dyndns modify.................................................................................................................................... 232

dyndns host add ................................................................................................................................. 234

dyndns host delete ............................................................................................................................. 235

dyndns host flush ............................................................................................................................... 236

dyndns host list .................................................................................................................................. 237

dyndns service list.............................................................................................................................. 238

dyndns service modify....................................................................................................................... 240

13 Env Commands........................................................................ 243

env flush.............................................................................................................................................. 244

env get................................................................................................................................................. 245

env list ................................................................................................................................................. 246

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Contents

vii

env set ................................................................................................................................................. 247

env unset............................................................................................................................................. 248

14 Eth Commands ........................................................................ 249

eth ifadd .............................................................................................................................................. 252

eth ifattach .......................................................................................................................................... 253

eth ifconfig .......................................................................................................................................... 254

eth ifdelete .......................................................................................................................................... 255

eth ifdetach ......................................................................................................................................... 256

eth iflist................................................................................................................................................ 257

eth flush............................................................................................................................................... 258

eth bridge clear................................................................................................................................... 259

eth bridge list ...................................................................................................................................... 260

eth bridge add..................................................................................................................................... 261

eth bridge delete................................................................................................................................. 262

eth bridge select ................................................................................................................................. 263

eth bridge config ................................................................................................................................ 264

eth bridge dynvlan actlist .................................................................................................................. 265

eth bridge dynvlan add ...................................................................................................................... 266

eth bridge dynvlan config.................................................................................................................. 267

eth bridge dynvlan delete .................................................................................................................. 268

eth bridge dynvlan flush .................................................................................................................... 269

eth bridge dynvlan list ....................................................................................................................... 270

eth bridge flush................................................................................................................................... 271

eth bridge ifadd .................................................................................................................................. 272

eth bridge ifattach .............................................................................................................................. 273

eth bridge ifconfig .............................................................................................................................. 274

eth bridge ifdelete .............................................................................................................................. 276

eth bridge ifdetach ............................................................................................................................. 277

eth bridge iflist.................................................................................................................................... 278

eth bridge ifflush ................................................................................................................................ 279

eth bridge igmpsnooping config....................................................................................................... 280

eth bridge igmpsnooping list ............................................................................................................ 281

eth bridge igmpsnooping ifconfig .................................................................................................... 282

eth bridge igmpsnooping iflist .......................................................................................................... 283

eth bridge igmpsnooping clear ......................................................................................................... 284

eth bridge macadd ............................................................................................................................. 285

eth bridge macdelete ......................................................................................................................... 287

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Contents

viii

eth bridge maclist............................................................................................................................... 289

eth bridge mcdadd ............................................................................................................................. 290

eth bridge mcddelete ......................................................................................................................... 291

eth bridge mcdlist............................................................................................................................... 292

eth bridge rule add ............................................................................................................................. 293

eth bridge rule delete ......................................................................................................................... 294

eth bridge rule flush ........................................................................................................................... 295

eth bridge rule list .............................................................................................................................. 296

eth bridge vlan ifadd .......................................................................................................................... 297

eth bridge vlan ifconfig ...................................................................................................................... 298

eth bridge vlan ifdelete ...................................................................................................................... 299

eth bridge vlan iflist............................................................................................................................ 300

eth device ifconfig .............................................................................................................................. 301

eth device iflist.................................................................................................................................... 303

eth switch group flush ....................................................................................................................... 304

eth switch group list........................................................................................................................... 305

eth switch group move ...................................................................................................................... 306

eth switch mirror capture .................................................................................................................. 307

eth switch mirror egress .................................................................................................................... 308

eth switch mirror ingress................................................................................................................... 309

eth switch share add .......................................................................................................................... 310

eth switch share delete ...................................................................................................................... 311

eth switch share list............................................................................................................................ 312

eth switch info .................................................................................................................................... 313

eth switch qos config ......................................................................................................................... 314

eth switch qos ifconfig ....................................................................................................................... 315

eth switch qos list............................................................................................................................... 316

eth switch qos weights ...................................................................................................................... 317

eth switch shaper config.................................................................................................................... 318

eth switch shaper ifconfig.................................................................................................................. 319

eth switch shaper iflist ....................................................................................................................... 320

eth switch storm ifconfig ................................................................................................................... 321

eth switch storm iflist......................................................................................................................... 322

eth vlan add ........................................................................................................................................ 323

eth vlan delete .................................................................................................................................... 324

eth vlan flush ...................................................................................................................................... 325

eth vlan list.......................................................................................................................................... 326

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Contents

15 Expr Commands ...................................................................... 327

expr add .............................................................................................................................................. 328

expr delete .......................................................................................................................................... 332

expr flush ............................................................................................................................................ 334

expr list................................................................................................................................................ 335

expr modify......................................................................................................................................... 339

16 Firewall Commands................................................................. 343

firewall config ..................................................................................................................................... 344

firewall clear........................................................................................................................................ 346

firewall list........................................................................................................................................... 347

firewall chain add ............................................................................................................................... 349

firewall chain delete ........................................................................................................................... 351

firewall chain flush ............................................................................................................................. 353

firewall chain list................................................................................................................................. 354

firewall debug clear............................................................................................................................ 355

firewall debug stats ............................................................................................................................ 356

firewall debug traceconfig ................................................................................................................. 357

firewall level add ................................................................................................................................ 358

firewall level delete ............................................................................................................................ 359

firewall level flush .............................................................................................................................. 360

firewall level list.................................................................................................................................. 361

firewall level modify........................................................................................................................... 362

firewall level set.................................................................................................................................. 363

firewall rule add.................................................................................................................................. 364

firewall rule delete.............................................................................................................................. 365

firewall rule flush................................................................................................................................ 366

firewall rule list ................................................................................................................................... 367

firewall rule modify ............................................................................................................................ 369

firewall rule debug clear .................................................................................................................... 370

firewall rule debug stats .................................................................................................................... 372

firewall rule debug traceconfig ......................................................................................................... 374

17 GRP Commands....................................................................... 375

grp config ............................................................................................................................................ 376

grp flush .............................................................................................................................................. 377

grp rtlist ............................................................................................................................................... 378

grp rip config ...................................................................................................................................... 379

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Contents

grp rip flush......................................................................................................................................... 382

grp rip ifconfig .................................................................................................................................... 383

grp rip show........................................................................................................................................ 385

18 Hostmgr Commands ............................................................... 387

hostmgr add........................................................................................................................................ 388

hostmgr clear...................................................................................................................................... 390

hostmgr config ................................................................................................................................... 391

hostmgr delete.................................................................................................................................... 392

hostmgr flush...................................................................................................................................... 393

hostmgr list ......................................................................................................................................... 394

19 IDS Commands ........................................................................ 395

ids clear ............................................................................................................................................... 396

ids config............................................................................................................................................. 397

ids parser list....................................................................................................................................... 398

ids parser modify................................................................................................................................ 399

ids pattern clear .................................................................................................................................. 401

ids pattern list ..................................................................................................................................... 402

ids pattern stats .................................................................................................................................. 403

ids signature list ................................................................................................................................. 404

ids signature modify .......................................................................................................................... 405

ids threshold clear .............................................................................................................................. 406

ids threshold list ................................................................................................................................. 407

ids threshold modify .......................................................................................................................... 408

20 IGMP Commands..................................................................... 409

igmp host config................................................................................................................................. 410

igmp host flush................................................................................................................................... 411

igmp host list ...................................................................................................................................... 412

igmp host ifconfig .............................................................................................................................. 413

igmp host iflist .................................................................................................................................... 414

igmp host debug clear ....................................................................................................................... 415

igmp host debug stats ....................................................................................................................... 416

igmp proxy config .............................................................................................................................. 417

igmp proxy flush ................................................................................................................................ 419

igmp proxy grouplist.......................................................................................................................... 420

igmp proxy ifconfig ............................................................................................................................ 421

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Contents

igmp proxy iflist.................................................................................................................................. 422

igmp proxy mbslist ............................................................................................................................ 423

igmp proxy debug clear..................................................................................................................... 424

igmp proxy debug stats ..................................................................................................................... 425

igmp proxy debug traceconfig .......................................................................................................... 426

21 Interface Commands ............................................................... 427

interface list......................................................................................................................................... 428

22 IP Commands ........................................................................... 431

ip arpadd ............................................................................................................................................. 433

ip arpdelete ......................................................................................................................................... 434

ip arplist............................................................................................................................................... 435

ip config............................................................................................................................................... 436

ip flush................................................................................................................................................. 438

ip ifadd................................................................................................................................................. 439

ip ifattach............................................................................................................................................. 440

ip ifconfig ............................................................................................................................................ 441

ip ifdelete............................................................................................................................................. 443

ip ifdetach............................................................................................................................................ 444

ip iflist .................................................................................................................................................. 445

ip ifwait................................................................................................................................................ 446

ip ipadd................................................................................................................................................ 447

ip ipconfig ........................................................................................................................................... 448

ip ipdelete............................................................................................................................................ 449

ip iplist ................................................................................................................................................. 450

ip mcast rtadd ..................................................................................................................................... 451

ip mcast rtdelete ................................................................................................................................. 452

ip mcast rtlist ...................................................................................................................................... 453

ip mcast flush...................................................................................................................................... 454

ip rtadd ................................................................................................................................................ 455

ip rtdelete ............................................................................................................................................ 457

ip rtlist.................................................................................................................................................. 458

ip auto flush ........................................................................................................................................ 459

ip auto ifadd ........................................................................................................................................ 460

ip auto ifattach .................................................................................................................................... 461

ip auto ifconfig.................................................................................................................................... 462

ip auto ifdelete .................................................................................................................................... 464

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Contents

xii

ip auto ifdetach ................................................................................................................................... 465

ip auto iflist ......................................................................................................................................... 466

ip debug httpprobe............................................................................................................................. 467

ip debug sendto.................................................................................................................................. 468

ip debug stats ..................................................................................................................................... 470

ip debug traceconfig .......................................................................................................................... 471

23 IPQoS Commands.................................................................... 473

ipqos config ........................................................................................................................................ 474

ipqos list .............................................................................................................................................. 477

ipqos ef config .................................................................................................................................... 478

ipqos ef list.......................................................................................................................................... 479

ipqos ef stats....................................................................................................................................... 480

ipqos queue clear ............................................................................................................................... 481

ipqos queue config............................................................................................................................. 482

ipqos queue list .................................................................................................................................. 484

ipqos queue stats ............................................................................................................................... 485

24 Label Commands ..................................................................... 487

label add.............................................................................................................................................. 488

label delete.......................................................................................................................................... 489

label flush............................................................................................................................................ 490

label list ............................................................................................................................................... 491

label modify ........................................................................................................................................ 492

label chain add.................................................................................................................................... 495

label chain delete................................................................................................................................ 496

label chain flush.................................................................................................................................. 497

label chain list ..................................................................................................................................... 498

label rule add ...................................................................................................................................... 499

label rule delete .................................................................................................................................. 502

label rule flush .................................................................................................................................... 504

label rule list........................................................................................................................................ 505

label rule modify................................................................................................................................. 507

label rule debug clear......................................................................................................................... 508

label rule debug stats......................................................................................................................... 510

label rule debug traceconfig.............................................................................................................. 511

25 Language Commands ............................................................. 513

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Contents

xiii

language config .................................................................................................................................. 514

language delete .................................................................................................................................. 515

language list........................................................................................................................................ 516

26 MBUS Commands ................................................................... 517

mbus client config .............................................................................................................................. 518

mbus client exec................................................................................................................................. 519

mbus client register............................................................................................................................ 521

mbus debug stats ............................................................................................................................... 522

mbus debug clearstats....................................................................................................................... 523

mbus debug traceconfig .................................................................................................................... 524

mbus listobjects.................................................................................................................................. 525

mbus listtypes..................................................................................................................................... 526

mbus listenums .................................................................................................................................. 527

mbus listcontexts ............................................................................................................................... 528

mbus listsubscriptions ....................................................................................................................... 529

mbus debug loadobjects ................................................................................................................... 530

mbus debug unloadobjects .............................................................................................................. 531

mbus pluginevent............................................................................................................................... 532

mbus unregister ................................................................................................................................. 533

mbus client unregister ....................................................................................................................... 534

27 MEMM Commands.................................................................. 535

memm debug lock traceconfig.......................................................................................................... 536

memm debug traceconfig ................................................................................................................. 537

memm debug clearstats .................................................................................................................... 538

memm debug lock stats..................................................................................................................... 539

memm listobjects ............................................................................................................................... 540

memm stats ........................................................................................................................................ 541

28 MLP Commands ...................................................................... 543

mlp flush ............................................................................................................................................. 544

mlp import .......................................................................................................................................... 545

mlp debug export ............................................................................................................................... 546

mlp debug stats .................................................................................................................................. 547

mlp debug traceconfig ....................................................................................................................... 548

mlp privilege add................................................................................................................................ 549

mlp privilege addzone........................................................................................................................ 551

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Contents

xiv

mlp privilege config ........................................................................................................................... 552

mlp privilege delete............................................................................................................................ 553

mlp privilege list ................................................................................................................................. 555

mlp privilege removezone ................................................................................................................. 557

mlp role add........................................................................................................................................ 558

mlp role addpriv ................................................................................................................................. 560

mlp role config.................................................................................................................................... 561

mlp role delete.................................................................................................................................... 562

mlp role list ......................................................................................................................................... 563

mlp role removepriv........................................................................................................................... 564

29 NAT Commands....................................................................... 565

nat config ............................................................................................................................................ 566

nat flush............................................................................................................................................... 567

nat ifconfig .......................................................................................................................................... 568

nat iflist................................................................................................................................................ 569

nat mapadd ......................................................................................................................................... 570

nat mapdelete ..................................................................................................................................... 574

nat maplist .......................................................................................................................................... 575

nat tmpladd......................................................................................................................................... 576

nat tmpldelete..................................................................................................................................... 580

nat tmpllist .......................................................................................................................................... 581

nat tmplinst ......................................................................................................................................... 582

30 PPP Commands........................................................................ 583

ppp flush ............................................................................................................................................. 584

ppp ifadd ............................................................................................................................................. 585

ppp ifattach ......................................................................................................................................... 587

ppp ifconfig ......................................................................................................................................... 589

ppp ifdelete ......................................................................................................................................... 594

ppp ifdetach ........................................................................................................................................ 596

ppp iflist............................................................................................................................................... 598

ppp ifscan............................................................................................................................................ 599

ppp rtadd............................................................................................................................................. 600

ppp rtdelete......................................................................................................................................... 602

ppp relay flush .................................................................................................................................... 604

ppp relay ifadd.................................................................................................................................... 605

ppp relay ifconfig................................................................................................................................ 606

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Contents

ppp relay ifdelete................................................................................................................................ 607

ppp relay iflist ..................................................................................................................................... 608

ppp relay sesslist ................................................................................................................................ 609

31 PPTP Commands ..................................................................... 611

pptp ifadd ............................................................................................................................................ 612

pptp flush ............................................................................................................................................ 613

pptp list................................................................................................................................................ 614

pptp profadd ....................................................................................................................................... 615

pptp profdelete ................................................................................................................................... 617

pptp proflist......................................................................................................................................... 618

32 Script Commands .................................................................... 619

script add............................................................................................................................................. 620

script delete......................................................................................................................................... 621

script flush........................................................................................................................................... 622

script list .............................................................................................................................................. 623

script run ............................................................................................................................................. 625

33 Service Commands.................................................................. 627

service host assign ............................................................................................................................. 628

service host config ............................................................................................................................. 629

service host add.................................................................................................................................. 630

service host delete.............................................................................................................................. 631

service host disable............................................................................................................................ 632

service host flush................................................................................................................................ 633

service host list ................................................................................................................................... 634

service host stats ................................................................................................................................ 635

service host triggerlist........................................................................................................................ 636

service host rule add .......................................................................................................................... 637

service host rule delete ...................................................................................................................... 638

service system ifadd........................................................................................................................... 639

service system ifdelete....................................................................................................................... 640

service system ipadd.......................................................................................................................... 641

service system ipdelete...................................................................................................................... 642

service system list .............................................................................................................................. 643

service system mapadd ..................................................................................................................... 645

service system mapdelete ................................................................................................................. 646

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Contents

xvi

service system modify ....................................................................................................................... 647

34 SNMP Commands ................................................................... 649

snmp config ........................................................................................................................................ 650

snmp get ............................................................................................................................................. 651

snmp getnext ...................................................................................................................................... 652

snmp walk ........................................................................................................................................... 653

snmp community add ........................................................................................................................ 654

snmp community delete .................................................................................................................... 655

snmp community list ......................................................................................................................... 656

snmp community modify .................................................................................................................. 657

snmp ifadd .......................................................................................................................................... 658

snmp ifdelete ...................................................................................................................................... 659

snmp ifattach ...................................................................................................................................... 660

snmp ifdetach ..................................................................................................................................... 661

snmp ifconfig ...................................................................................................................................... 662

snmp iflist............................................................................................................................................ 663

35 SNTP Commands..................................................................... 665

sntp add............................................................................................................................................... 666

sntp config .......................................................................................................................................... 667

sntp delete........................................................................................................................................... 668

sntp flush............................................................................................................................................. 669

sntp list ................................................................................................................................................ 670

36 Software Commands .............................................................. 671

software upgrade ............................................................................................................................... 672

software version ................................................................................................................................. 673

37 System Commands ................................................................. 675

system config...................................................................................................................................... 676

system flush........................................................................................................................................ 678

system locale ...................................................................................................................................... 679

system reboot ..................................................................................................................................... 681

system reset........................................................................................................................................ 682

system timedreboot ........................................................................................................................... 684

system debug autosave ..................................................................................................................... 685

system debug stats ............................................................................................................................ 686

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Contents

xvii

system ra config ................................................................................................................................. 687

system rtc synchronize ...................................................................................................................... 688

system rtc settime .............................................................................................................................. 689

38 Systemlog Commands............................................................ 691

systemlog flush .................................................................................................................................. 692

systemlog show.................................................................................................................................. 693

systemlog send................................................................................................................................... 695

systemlog DBG dbg_syslog............................................................................................................... 696

systemlog DBG dbg_long_mess ....................................................................................................... 697

systemlog DBG dbg_burst................................................................................................................. 698

systemlog DBG dbg_contents ........................................................................................................... 699

39 Upgrade Commands ............................................................... 701

upgrade config.................................................................................................................................... 702

upgrade start....................................................................................................................................... 703

upgrade debug traceconfig ............................................................................................................... 704

upgrade debug sesslist ...................................................................................................................... 705

upgrade profile add............................................................................................................................ 706

upgrade profile modify ...................................................................................................................... 707

upgrade profile delete........................................................................................................................ 708

upgrade profile list ............................................................................................................................. 709

upgrade ifadd...................................................................................................................................... 710

upgrade ifattach.................................................................................................................................. 711

upgrade ifconfig ................................................................................................................................. 712

upgrade ifdelete.................................................................................................................................. 713

upgrade ifdetach................................................................................................................................. 714

upgrade iflist ....................................................................................................................................... 715

40 UPnP Commands..................................................................... 717

upnp config ......................................................................................................................................... 718

upnp flush ........................................................................................................................................... 719

upnp list............................................................................................................................................... 720

41 User Commands ...................................................................... 721

user add............................................................................................................................................... 722

user config .......................................................................................................................................... 724

user delete........................................................................................................................................... 726

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Contents

xviii

user flush............................................................................................................................................. 727

user list ................................................................................................................................................ 728

user rights ........................................................................................................................................... 730

42 Abbreviations........................................................................... 731

43 System Logging Messages..................................................... 735

Auto-PVC Module ............................................................................................................................... 736

Configuration Module ........................................................................................................................ 736

DHCP Client Module........................................................................................................................... 736

DHCP Relay Module ........................................................................................................................... 737

DHCP Server Module ......................................................................................................................... 737

Dyndns Module .................................................................................................................................. 738

Firewall Module .................................................................................................................................. 738

LOGIN Module .................................................................................................................................... 739

Kernel Module .................................................................................................................................... 739

Linestate Module ................................................................................................................................ 739

NAPT Module...................................................................................................................................... 739

PPP Module......................................................................................................................................... 740

PPTP Module....................................................................................................................................... 740

RIP Module.......................................................................................................................................... 741

Routing Module .................................................................................................................................. 742

Session Module .................................................................................................................................. 742

SNTP Module...................................................................................................................................... 742

Software Module ................................................................................................................................ 743

UPnP Module ...................................................................................................................................... 743

............................................................................................................................................................. 743

44 Supported Key Names ............................................................ 745

Supported IP Protocols ...................................................................................................................... 746

Supported TCP/UDP Port Names ...................................................................................................... 747

Supported ICMP Type Names ........................................................................................................... 750

Supported Facilities........................................................................................................................... 751

Supported Severities......................................................................................................................... 752

IP Precedence...................................................................................................................................... 752

Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) ......................................................................................753

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

About this CLI Reference Guide

Used Symbols

Terminology

Generally, the Thomson ST516/536/546 will be referred to as Thomson ST in this CLI Reference Guide.

Typographical Conventions

Following typographical convention is used throughout this manual:

>Sample text indicates a hyperlink to a Web site.

Example: For more information, visit us at www.thomson-broadband.com.

>Sample text indicates an internal cross-reference.

Example: If you want to know more about guide, see “1 Introduction” on page 7”.

>Sample text indicates an important content-related word.

Example: To enter the network, you must authenticate yourself.

>Sample text indicates a CLI command to be input after the CLI prompt.

Example: To obtain a list of all available command groups, type help at the top level.

>Sample text indicates input in the CLI interface.

>Sample text indicates comment explaining output in the CLI interface.

Documentation and software updates

THOMSON continuously develops new solutions, but is also committed to improving its existing products.

For suggestions regarding this document, please contact documentation.speedtouch@thomson.net.

For more information on THOMSON's latest technological innovations, documents and software releases,

visit us at http://www.thomson-broadband.com.

iA note provides additional information about a topic.

!A caution warns you about potential problems or specific precautions that need to be taken.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

About this CLI Reference Guide

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Root Commands

1 Root Commands

From the root prompt, you can choose one of the following commands:

EXAMPLE:

Command Description

help Displays the help information.

menu Displays the menu.

exit Exits the shell.

.. Exits group selection.

saveall Saves current configuration.

ping Send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST packets.

traceroute Send ICMP/UDP packets to trace the ip path.

iTo obtain help on a specific command group:

>type help, followed by the name of the command group, and then press ENTER, or

>type the name of the command group, press ENTER, and then type help.

<Administrator>=>help firewall

Following commands are available :

config : Display/Modify firewall configuration.

list : Display firewall configuration.

clear : Clear firewall configuration.

Following command groups are available :

chain debug level rule

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Root Commands

ping

Send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST packets.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

ping proto = <{ip|atm}>

addr = <ip-address>

dest = <string>

[count = <number{0-1000000}>]

[size = <number{28-20028}>]

[interval(ms) = <number{100-1000000}>]

[DF-bit = <{disabled|enabled}>] [srcaddr = <ip-address>]

proto The interface type to be used.

Choose between:

>ip

>atm

REQUIRED

addr The destination IP address. REQUIRED

dest The destination address for the request. REQUIRED

count A number between 1 and 1000000.

Represents the number of pings to send.

The default is 5.

OPTIONAL

size A number between 0 and 20000.

Represents the size of the ping payload(s).

OPTIONAL

interval A number between 100 and 1000000.

Represents the interval in milliseconds between packets.

The default is 100.

OPTIONAL

DF-bit Set the Don't Fragment bit (or leave unset) in the IP header of ping.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

scraddr The IP source address to use. OPTIONAL

=>:ping proto=ip addr=192.168.1.70

Legend : Ping successful(!)

Ping Timeout(.)

Hit ctrl-g to abort...

!!!!!

--- ping statistics ---

5 packet(s) transmitted, 5 successful, 0% loss

rtt min/avg/max = 1 / 2 / 4 ms

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Root Commands

traceroute

Send ICMP/UDP packets to trace the IP path.

SYNTAX:

where:

traceroute addr = <ip-address>

[count = <number{1-10}>]

[size = <number{1-20000}>]

[interval = <number{1000-60000}>]

[maxhops = <number{1-255}>]

[dstport = <number{1-65535}>]

[maxfail = <number{0-255}>]

[type = <{icmp | udp}>]

[utime = <{disabled | enabled}>]

addr The destination IP address. REQUIRED

count A number between 1 and 10.

Represents the number of times to reissue a traceroute request with the

same TTL.

The default is 3.

OPTIONAL

size A number between 1 and 20000 (bytes).

Represents the size of the traceroute packet(s).

The default is 1.

OPTIONAL

interval A number between 1000 and 60000 (milliseconds).

Represents the intermediate interval between two packets.

The default is 1000.

OPTIONAL

maxhops A number between 1 and 255.

Represents the maximum number of routers through which a packet can

pass.

The default is 30.

OPTIONAL

dstport A number between 1 and 65535.

Represents the UDP destination port number to send to.

OPTIONAL

maxfail A number between 0 and 255.

Represents the maximum number of consecutive timeouts allowed

before terminating a traceroute request.

The default is 5.

OPTIONAL

type The type of traceroute packet(s).

Choose between:

>icmp

>udp.

The default is icmp.

OPTIONAL

utime Display time in useconds (enabled) or not (disabled).

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Root Commands

EXAMPLE:

=>traceroute addr = 192.193.195.250 count=3 size=1 interval=1000 maxhops=30 dstport=33433

maxfail=5 type=icmp utime=yes

:traceroute addr=192.193.195.250

ttl=1 192.193.195.250 676 us 1351 us 648 us

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ADSL Commands

2 ADSL Commands

Introduction

This chapter describes the commands of the adsl command group.

Contents

This chapter covers the following commands:

adsl config Show/set the Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line (ADSL)

configuration.

adsl info Display the ADSL statistics and information about the DSL line

status.

adsl debug bitloadinginfo Displays the number of bits per tone. 11

adsl debug deltconfig Enable/disable the Dual Ended Line Testing Interface (DELT) 12

adsl debug deltinfo Display Dual Ended Line Testing Interface (DELT) results 12

adsl debug

modemoptioninfo

Displays the modem options bitmap 14

adsl debug

modemoption

Configure the modem options bitmap 15

adsl debug traceconfig Configure the ADSL tracelevel. 16

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ADSL Commands

adsl config

Show/set the Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line (ADSL) configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

The example below shows the default configuration for a Thomson ST ADSL/POTS variant:

adsl config [opermode = <{multimode | multi_adsl2 | multi_readsl2

| multi_adsl2plus}>]

[trace = <{disabled | enabled}>]

opermode The operational mode of the Thomson ST.

Choose between:

>multimode

>multi_adsl2

>multi_readsl2

>multi_adsl2plus

The default is multi_adsl2plus.

OPTIONAL

trace Enable or disable ADSL tracing.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

=>adsl config

ADSL configuration:

opermode = multi_adsl2plus

trace = on

modemoption = 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ADSL Commands

adsl info

Display the ADSL statistics and information about the DSL line status.

Although the same command is used for both Thomson ST ADSL/POTS and Thomson ST ADSL/ISDN

variants, the command features specific output parameters and counters per variant.

SYNTAX:

adsl info

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ADSL Commands

EXAMPLE (for a Thomson ST ADSL/POTS variant):

=>adsl info

Modemstate : up

Operation Mode : G.992.1 Annex A

Channel Mode : interleaved

Number of resets : 1

Vendor Local Remote

Country : 0f 00

Vendor : TMMB

VendorSpecific : 0000 0000

StandardRevisionNr : 00 00

Downstream Upstream

Margin [dB] : 26.0 18.0

Attenuation [dB] : 0.0 2.0

OutputPower [dBm] : 4.0 11.5

Available Bandwidth Cells/s Kbit/s

Downstream : 14490 6144

Upstream : 1509 640

Transfer statistics

Errors

Received FEC : 0

Received CRC : 0

Received HEC : 0

Transmitted FEC : 0

Transmitted CRC : 0

Tranmsitted HEC : 0

Near end failures since reset

Loss of frame: 0 failures

Loss of signal: 0 failures

Loss of power: 0 failures

Errored seconds: 0 seconds

Near end failures last 15 minutes

Loss of frame: 0 seconds

Loss of signal: 0 seconds

Loss of power: 0 seconds

Errored seconds: 0 seconds

Near end failures current day

Errored seconds: 0 seconds

Near end failures previous day

Errored seconds: 0 seconds

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ADSL Commands

adsl debug bitloadinginfo

Displays the number of bits per tone.

Syntax

adsl debug bitloadinginfo

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ADSL Commands

adsl debug deltconfig

Enable/disable the Dual Ended Line Testing Interface (DELT)

Syntax

where:

adsl debug deltconfig [state = <{disabled|enabled}>]

state enable or disable DELT REQUIRED

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ADSL Commands

adsl debug deltinfo

Display Dual Ended Line Testing Interface (DELT) results

Syntax

adsl debug deltinfo

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ADSL Commands

adsl debug modemoptioninfo

Displays the modem options bitmap

Syntax

adsl debug modemoptioninfo

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ADSL Commands

adsl debug modemoption

Configure the modem options bitmap

Syntax

where:

adsl debug modemoption [config = <hexbitmap>]

config The modem options bitmap REQUIRED

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ADSL Commands

adsl debug traceconfig

Configure the ADSL tracelevel.

Syntax

where:

adsl debug traceconfig [level = <number{0-2}>]

level Trace Level:

>0=disable tracing;

>1=enable dsl manager tracing;

>2=enable dsl driver tracing)

REQUIRED

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

3 ATM Commands

Introduction

This chapter describes the commands of the atm command group.

Contents

This chapter covers the following commands:

atm flush Flush all Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) interfaces. 19

atm ifadd Create a new ATM interface. 20

atm ifattach Attach a ATM interface. 21

atm ifconfig Configure an ATM interface. 22

atm ifdelete Delete an ATM interface. 24

atm ifdetach Detach an ATM interface. 25

atm iflist Display the ATM interfaces. 26

atm bundle add Add a new bundle of interfaces. 27

atm bundle attach Attach a bundle of interfaces. 28

atm bundle config Modify a bundle of interfaces. 29

atm bundle clear Clear the bundle statistics. 30

atm bundle delete Delete a bundle of interfaces. 31

atm bundle detach Detach a bundle of interfaces. 32

atm bundle flush Flush all bundles. 33

atm bundle ifadd Add an interface on a bundle. 34

atm bundle ifconfig Configure an interface from a bundle. 35

atm bundle ifdelete Remove an interface from a bundle. 36

atm bundle list Display the current bundles. 37

atm cac config Configure the ATM connection admission control. 38

atm cac list Display all the CAC parameters. 39

atm cac overbooking Configure ATM overbooking parameters. 40

atm debug aal5stats Display ATM Adaptation Layer 5 (AAL5) port specific ATM statistics. 41

atm debug gstats Display ATM global statistics. 42

atm debug portstats Display port specific ATM statistics. 43

atm oam config Modify the ATM Operation and Maintenance (OAM) settings. 44

atm oam list Display the ATM OAM settings. 45

atm oam modify Modify the ATM OAM data blocking mode. 46

atm oam ping Send ATM loopback cells. 48

atm oam cc list Display Continuity Check (CC) configuration. 49

atm oam cc modify Modify CC on the connection. 50

atm oam cc send Send CC activate/deactivate to connection. 51

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm oam vclb add Create a loopback connection for VC. 52

atm oam vclb del Delete a loopback connection for VC. 53

atm oam vclb list List all VC loopback connections. 54

atm phonebook add Add a new phonebook entry. 55

atm phonebook

autolist

Show the auto PVCs. 56

atm phonebook delete Delete an existing phonebook entry. 57

atm phonebook flush Flush all the phonebook entries. 58

atm phonebook list Display the current phonebook. 59

atm qosbook add Add a new QoS book entry. 60

atm qosbook config Modify the QoS book configuration. 61

atm qosbook ctdadd Add a Connection Traffic Descriptor (CTD). 62

atm qosbook ctddelete Delete a CTD. 64

atm qosbook ctdlist Display all CTDs. 65

atm qosbook delete Delete a QoS book entry. 66

atm qosbook flush Flush all the QoS book entries. 67

atm qosbook list Display the QoS book. 68

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm flush

Flush all Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) interfaces.

SYNTAX:

atm flush

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm ifadd

Create a new ATM interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm ifadd intf = <string>

intf The name for the new ATM interface.

Note If not specified, the destination parameter must be specified. In this

case the name of the destination will double as interface name.

REQUIRED

=>atm iflist

atm_0_35 : dest : atm_pvc_0_35

Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : disabled Ulp : mac

Connection State : connected

=>atm ifadd intf = RtPPPoA_atm

=>atm iflist

atm_0_35 : dest : atm_pvc_0_35

Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : disabled Ulp : mac

Connection State : connected

RtPPPoA_atm: dest : (none)

Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : llc Fcs : disabled Ulp : ip

Connection State : not-connected

atm ifdelete Delete an ATM interface.

atm iflist Display the ATM interfaces.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm ifattach

Attach a ATM interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm ifattach intf = <string>

intf The name of the ATM interface to be attached. REQUIRED

=>atm iflist

atm_0_35 : dest : atm_pvc_0_35

Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : mac

Connection State : connected

RtPPPoA_atm: dest : RtPPPoA

Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : ppp

Connection State : not-connected

=>atm ifattach intf=RtPPPoA_atm

=>atm iflist

atm_0_35 : dest : atm_pvc_0_35

Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : mac

Connection State : connected

RtPPPoA_atm: dest : RtPPPoA

Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : ppp

Connection State : connected

atm ifdetach Detach an ATM interface.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm ifconfig

Configure an ATM interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

iThe interface to be configured must not be connected at the time of configuration. If this should be

the case, use the command :atm ifdetach before using the command :atm ifconfig.

atm ifconfig intf = <string>

[dest = <string>]

[qos = <string>]

[clp = <{0|1|classification}>]

[clpthresh = <number{0-15}>]

[encaps = <{llc | vcmux}>]

[retry = <number{0-65535}>]

[fcs = <{disabled | enabled | auto}>]

[ulp = <{ip | mac | ppp}>]

intf The name of the ATM interface to be configured. REQUIRED

dest The WAN destination for this ATM interface.

Typically, an ATM phonebook entry.

OPTIONAL

qos The name of the Quality of Service (QoS) book entry to apply on this ATM

interface.

The default is default.

OPTIONAL

clp The mode used to determine the CLP bit value OPTIONAL

clpthresh Priority class threshold where CLP becomes 0 (for all classes >= threshold) OPTIONAL

encaps The type of encapsulation to be used for this ATM interface.

Choose between:

>llc: Logical Link Control (LLC) / Sub Network Access Protocol (SNAP)

>vcmux: Virtual Channel MUltipleXing (VCMUX).

The default is llc.

OPTIONAL

fcs Enable or disable the inclusion of the Ethernet Frame Check Sequence

(FCS) in the packet header on the WAN side (only used for llc

encapsulation for mac).

The default is disabled.

Note This parameter is normally left disabled.

OPTIONAL

retry A number between 0 and 65535.

Represents the number of times the Thomson ST retries to set up a WAN

connection before giving up.

The default is 10.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

EXAMPLE:

ulp Select the Upper Layer Protocol (ULP) for this interface.

Choose between:

>ip (for a Routed IPoA interface).

>mac (for a Bridged Ethernet, Routed ETHoA, Bridged PPP over

Ethernet (PPPoE), Routed PPPoE or a PPPoE Relay interface).

>ppp (for a Routed PPP over ATM (PPPoA) interface).

The default is ip.

OPTIONAL

=>atm iflist

atm_0_35 : dest : atm_pvc_0_35

Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : llc Fcs : disabled Ulp : mac

Connection State : connected

atm_8_35 : dest : atm_pvc_8_35

Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : llc Fcs : disabled Ulp : mac

Connection State : not-connected

=>atm ifconfig intf=atm_8_35 dest=atm_pvc_8_35 encaps=vcmux ulp=ppp

=>atm iflist

atm_0_35 : dest : atm_pvc_0_35

Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : llc Fcs : disabled Ulp : mac

Connection State : connected

atm_8_35 : dest : RtPPPoA

Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : disabled Ulp : ppp

Connection State : not-connected

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm ifdelete

Delete an ATM interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm ifdelete intf = <string>

intf The name of the ATM interface to be deleted. REQUIRED

=>atm iflist

atm_0_35 : dest : atm_pvc_0_35

Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : mac

Connection State : connected

RtPPPoA_atm: dest : RtPPPoA

Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : ppp

Connection State : connected

=>atm ifdelete intf=RtPPPoA_atm

=>atm iflist

atm_0_35 : dest : atm_pvc_0_35

Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : mac

Connection State : connected

atm ifadd Create a new ATM interface.

atm iflist Display the ATM interfaces.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm ifdetach

Detach an ATM interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm ifdetach intf = <string>

intf The name of the ATM interface to be detached. REQUIRED

=>atm iflist

atm_0_35 : dest : atm_pvc_0_35

Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : mac

Connection State : connected

RtPPPoA_atm: dest : RtPPPoA

Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : ppp

Connection State : connected

=>atm ifdetach intf=RtPPPoA_atm

=>atm iflist

atm_0_35 : dest : atm_pvc_0_35

Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : mac

Connection State : connected

RtPPPoA_atm: dest : RtPPPoA

Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : ppp

Connection State : not-connected

atm ifattach Attach a ATM interface.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm iflist

Display the ATM interfaces.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm iflist [intf = <string>]

intf The name of the ATM interface to be shown.

Note If not specified, all the ATM interfaces are shown.

OPTIONAL

=>atm iflist

atm_0_35 : dest : atm_pvc_0_35

Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : mac

Connection State : connected

RtPPPoA_atm: dest : RtPPPoA

Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : ppp

Connection State : connected

=>atm iflist intf=RtPPPoA_atm

RtPPPoA_atm: dest : RtPPPoA

Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : vcmux Fcs : off Ulp : ppp

Connection State : connected

atm ifadd Create a new ATM interface.

atm ifdelete Delete an ATM interface.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm bundle add

Add a new bundle of interfaces.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm bundle add name = <string>

name The name of the new bundle. REQUIRED

=>atm bundle add name=myBundle

=>atm bundle list

myBundle: Connection state : not-connected

Retry: 10 Policy: priority Propagate: disabled

TX requested bytes: 0 requested frames: 0

TX bytes: 0 frames: 0

RX bytes: 0 frames: 0

atm bundle delete Delete a bundle of interfaces.

atm bundle list Display the current bundles.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm bundle attach

Attach a bundle of interfaces.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm bundle attach name = <string>

name The name of the bundle to be attached. REQUIRED

=>atm bundle attach name=myBundle

=>atm bundle list

myBundle: Connection state : connected

Retry: 10 Policy: priority Propagate: disabled

TX requested bytes: 0 requested frames: 0

TX bytes: 0 frames: 0

RX bytes: 0 frames: 0

atm bundle detach Detach a bundle of interfaces.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm bundle config

Modify a bundle of interfaces.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

iThe bundle of interfaces to be configured must not be connected at the time of configuration. If this

should be the case, use the command :atm bundle detach before using the command :atm

bundle config.

atm bundle config name = <string>

[policy = <{priority | connection}>]

[propagate = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[retry = <number{0-65535}>]

name The name of the bundle to be configured. REQUIRED

policy The traffic handling policy of the bundle.

Choose between:

>priority: lower layer ATM interfaces can be configured for a certain

priority range, marked packets will be sent on the corresponding

interface.

>connection: all the packets of the same connection will be sent via

the same interface.

The default is priority.

OPTIONAL

propagate Enable or disable propagation of packets.

When propagation is enabled, packets are sent via the first interface

configured for that traffic. If the interface goes down, the next interface in

the bundle will be used.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

retry A number between 0 and 65535.

Represents the number of connection setup retries before giving up.

The default is 10.

OPTIONAL

=>atm bundle list

myBundle: Connection state : not-connected

Retry: 10 Policy: priority Propagate: disabled

TX requested bytes: 0 requested frames: 0

TX bytes: 0 frames: 0

RX bytes: 0 frames: 0

=>atm bundle config name=myBundle policy=connection retry=15

=>atm bundle list

myBundle: Connection state : not-connected

Retry: 15 Policy: connection Propagate: disabled

TX requested bytes: 0 requested frames: 0

TX bytes: 0 frames: 0

RX bytes: 0 frames: 0

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm bundle clear

Clear the bundle statistics.

SYNTAX:

where:

atm bundle clear [name = <string>]

name The name of the bundle for which the statistics must be cleared.

Note If not specified, the statistics for all the bundles will be cleared.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm bundle delete

Delete a bundle of interfaces.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm bundle delete name = <string>

name The name of the bundle to be deleted. REQUIRED

atm bundle add Add a new bundle of interfaces.

atm bundle list Display the current bundles.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm bundle detach

Detach a bundle of interfaces.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm bundle detach intf = <string>

intf The name of the bundle to be detached. REQUIRED

atm bundle attach Attach a bundle of interfaces.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm bundle flush

Flush all bundles.

SYNTAX:

atm bundle flush

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm bundle ifadd

Add an interface on a bundle.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

iUp to 8 interfaces or (sub-)bundles can be added to one bundle.

atm bundle ifadd name = <string>

intf = <string>

[index = <number{0-6}>]

name The name of the bundle to which an ATM interface must be added. REQUIRED

intf The name of the ATM interface to be added. REQUIRED

index A number between 0 and 6.

Represents the index of the ATM interface.

OPTIONAL

=>atm bundle ifadd name=myBundle intf=myATMintf

=>atm bundle list

myBundle: Connection state : not-connected

Retry: 15 Policy: connection

TX requested bytes: 0 requested frames: 0

TX bytes: 0 frames: 0

RX bytes: 0 frames: 0

Interface: myATMintf State: enabled Selector: 0-15

TX bytes: 0 frames: 0

RX bytes: 0 frames: 0

RX discarded bytes: 0 discarded frames: 0

Disconnects: 0

atm bundle ifdelete Remove an interface from a bundle.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm bundle ifconfig

Configure an interface from a bundle.

SYNTAX:

where:

iThe interface to be configured must not be connected at the time of configuration. If this should be

the case, use the command :atm bundle ifdetach before using the command :atm bundle

ifconfig.

atm bundle ifconfig name = <string>

intf = <string>

[state = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[low = <number{0-15}>]

[high = <number{0-15}>]

name The name of the bundle from which an ATM interface must be configured. REQUIRED

intf The name of the ATM interface to be configured. REQUIRED

state Enable or disable the ATM interface.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

low A number between 0 and 15.

Represents the low selector value.

Note This parameter must only be configured when the policy of the

bundle is set to priority (see “ atm bundle config” on page 29).

OPTIONAL

high A number between 0 and 15.

Represents the high selector value.

Note This parameter must only be configured when the policy of the

bundle is set to priority (see “ atm bundle config” on page 29).

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm bundle ifdelete

Remove an interface from a bundle.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm bundle ifdelete name = <string>

intf = <string>

name The name of the bundle from which an ATM interface must be removed. REQUIRED

intf The name of the ATM interface to be removed. REQUIRED

=>atm bundle iflist

Test : dest : (none)

Retry : 10 QoS : default Encaps : llc Fcs : off Ulp : ip

Connection State : not-connected

=>atm bundle ifdelete intf=Test

=>atm bundle iflist

atm bundle ifadd Add an interface on a bundle.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm bundle list

Display the current bundles.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm bundle list

=>atm bundle list

Test : Connection state : not-connected

Retry: 10 Policy: priority

TX requested bytes: 0 requested frames: 0

TX bytes: 0 frames: 0

RX bytes: 0 frames: 0

Interface: Test State: enabled Selector: 0-15

TX bytes: 0 frames: 0

RX bytes: 0 frames: 0

RX discarded bytes: 0 discarded frames: 0

Disconnects: 0

atm bundle add Add a new bundle of interfaces.

atm bundle delete Delete a bundle of interfaces.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm cac config

Configure the ATM connection admission control.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm cac config config port = <{dsl0|dsl1|atm2|atm3|aal5|atm5} or

number>

state = <{disabled|enabled}>

config

port

The port for which CAC is configured. REQUIRED

state Enable/disable CAC for an ATM port. REQUIRED

{Administrator}=>atm cac config

port = dsl0

state = enabled

:atm cac config port=dsl0 state=enabled

{Administrator}=>

atm cac list Display all the CAC parameters.

atm cac overbooking Configure ATM overbooking parameters.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm cac list

Display all the CAC parameters.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm cac list

{Administrator}[atm cac]=>list

CAC: port: dsl0 state: enabled

CAC: port: dsl1 state: enabled

CAC: port: atm2 state: enabled

CAC: port: aal5 state: disabled

CAC: port: atm5 state: disabled

Overbooking: realtime: 0% non-realtime: 0%.

{Administrator}[atm cac]=>

atm cac config Configure the ATM connection admission control.

atm cac overbooking Configure ATM overbooking parameters.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm cac overbooking

Configure ATM overbooking parameters.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm cac overbooking rt = <number{0-1000}>

nrt = <number{0-1000}>

rt A number between 0 and 1000.

The realtime overbooking percentage.

REQUIRED

nrt A number between 0 and 1000.

The non-realtime overbooking percentage.

REQUIRED

{Administrator}[atm cac]=>overbooking rt 20 nrt 500

{Administrator}[atm cac]=>list

CAC: port: dsl0 state: enabled

CAC: port: dsl1 state: enabled

CAC: port: atm2 state: enabled

CAC: port: aal5 state: disabled

CAC: port: atm5 state: disabled

Overbooking: realtime: 20% non-realtime: 500%.

{Administrator}[atm cac]=>

atm cac config Configure the ATM connection admission control.

atm cac list Display all the CAC parameters.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm debug aal5stats

Display ATM Adaptation Layer 5 (AAL5) port specific ATM statistics.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm debug aal5stats port = <{dsl0|dsl1|atm2|atm3|aal5|atm5} or number>

vpi = <number{0-15}>

[vci = <number{0-511}>]

[clear = <{disabled | enabled}>]

port The port number for which statistics will be retrieved.

Choose between:

>DSL0

>DSL1

>ATM2

>ATM3

>AAL5

>ATM5

Or specify a port number (dsl0 has port number 0).

REQUIRED

vpi A number between 0 and 15.

Represents the Virtual Path Identifier (VPI) number for which statistics will

be retrieved.

REQUIRED

vci A number between 0 and 511.

Represents the Virtual Channel Identifier (VCI) number for which statistics

will be retrieved.

OPTIONAL

clear Enable or disable clearing of the statistics after request. OPTIONAL

atm debug gstats Display ATM global statistics.

atm debug portstats Display port specific ATM statistics.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm debug gstats

Display ATM global statistics.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm debug gstats [clear = <{disabled | enabled}>]

clear Enable or disable clearing of the statistics after request. OPTIONAL

{admin}[atm debug]=>gstats

# of received octets = 1802.

# of transmitted octets = 4346.

# of received cells = 34.

# of transmitted cells = 82.

# of unknown cells = 0.

# of errors on the input = 0.

# of errors on output = 0.

{admin}[atm debug]=>

atm debug aal5stats Display ATM Adaptation Layer 5 (AAL5) port specific ATM statistics.

atm debug portstats Display port specific ATM statistics.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm debug portstats

Display port specific ATM statistics.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm debug portstats port = <{dsl0} or number>

[clear = <{disabled | enabled}>]

port The port number for which statistics will be retrieved.

Choose between:

>DSL0

Or specify a port number (dsl0 has port number 0).

REQUIRED

clear Enable or disable clearing of the statistics after request. OPTIONAL

=>atm debug portstats port=dsl0

# of received octets = 1961.

# of transmitted octets = 4717.

# of received cells = 37.

# of transmitted cells = 89.

# of unknown cells = 0.

# of errors on the input = 0.

# of errors on output = 0.

atm debug aal5stats Display ATM Adaptation Layer 5 (AAL5) port specific ATM statistics.

atm debug gstats Display ATM global statistics.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm oam config

Modify the ATM Operation and Maintenance (OAM) settings.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm oam config [clp = <number{0-1}>]

[loopbackid = <string>]

clp A number (0 or 1).

Represents the Cell Loss Priority (CLP) bit value of the OAM cells.

The default is 1.

OPTIONAL

loopbackid A hexadecimal string.

Represents the loopback ID for processing of segment loopback cells.

The default is 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a.

OPTIONAL

atm oam list Display the ATM OAM settings.

atm oam modify Modify the ATM OAM data blocking mode.

atm oam ping Send ATM loopback cells.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm oam list

Display the ATM OAM settings.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm oam list

=>atm oam list

OAM config dump

-------------------

CLP bit value : 1

Loopback id : 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a

OAM data blocking mode

--------------------------

Port dsl0: blocking

Port dsl1: blocking

Port atm2: blocking

Port atm3: blocking

Port aal5: blocking

Port atm5: blocking

atm oam config Modify the ATM Operation and Maintenance (OAM) settings.

atm oam modify Modify the ATM OAM data blocking mode.

atm oam ping Send ATM loopback cells.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm oam modify

Modify the ATM OAM data blocking mode.

SYNTAX:

where:

atm oam modify port = <{dsl0} or number>

blocking = <{disabled | enabled}>

port The port for which OAM blocking is configured.

Choose between:

>DSL0

Or specify a port number (dsl0 has port number 0).

REQUIRED

blocking Enable or disable the OAM data blocking mode on this port.

The default is enabled.

REQUIRED

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

=>atm oam list

OAM config dump

-------------------

CLP bit value : 1

Loopback id : 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a

OAM data blocking mode

--------------------------

Port dsl0: blocking

Port dsl1: blocking

Port atm2: blocking

Port atm3: blocking

Port aal5: blocking

Port atm5: blocking

=>atm oam modify port=dsl1 blocking=disabled

=>:atm oam list

OAM config dump

-------------------

CLP bit value : 1

Loopback id : 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a 6a

OAM data blocking mode

--------------------------

Port dsl0: blocking

Port dsl1: non blocking

Port atm2: blocking

Port atm3: blocking

Port aal5: blocking

Port atm5: blocking

atm oam config Modify the ATM Operation and Maintenance (OAM) settings.

atm oam list Display the ATM OAM settings.

atm oam ping Send ATM loopback cells.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm oam ping

Send ATM loopback cells.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm oam ping dest = <string>

[count = <number{1-1000000}>]

[interval = <number{100-1000000}>]

dest The destination address for the request.

This can be any ATM phonebook entry.

REQUIRED

count A number between 1 and 1000000.

Represents the number of pings to send.

OPTIONAL

interval A number between 100 and 1000000 (milliseconds).

Represents the interval between packets.

OPTIONAL

=>atm oam ping dest=atm_ph_8_35 count=10 interval=1000

loopback: successful, sequence: 1 time: 37890 usec

loopback: successful, sequence: 2 time: 39118 usec

loopback: successful, sequence: 3 time: 39116 usec

loopback: successful, sequence: 4 time: 39187 usec

loopback: successful, sequence: 5 time: 38605 usec

loopback: successful, sequence: 6 time: 38764 usec

loopback: successful, sequence: 7 time: 38752 usec

loopback: successful, sequence: 8 time: 38813 usec

loopback: successful, sequence: 9 time: 38848 usec

loopback: successful, sequence: 10 time: 38941 usec

--- loopback statistics ---

10 loopbacks transmitted, 10 successful, 0% loss, time 1390 ms

rtt min/avg/max = 37890/38803/39187

atm oam config Modify the ATM Operation and Maintenance (OAM) settings.

atm oam list Display the ATM OAM settings.

atm oam modify Modify the ATM OAM data blocking mode.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm oam cc list

Display Continuity Check (CC) configuration.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm oam cc list

=>atm oam cclist

PORT = 0 VPI = 15 VCI = 16 End2End Mode = Auto Segment Mode = Auto

PORT = 0 VPI = 0 VCI = 35 End2End Mode = Auto Segment Mode = Auto

PORT = 0 VPI = 8 VCI = 35 End2End Mode = Auto Segment Mode = Auto

PORT = 0 VPI = 0 VCI = 16 End2End Mode = Auto Segment Mode = Auto

atm oam cc modify Modify CC on the connection.

atm oam cc send Send CC activate/deactivate to connection.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm oam cc modify

Modify CC on the connection.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm oam modify port = <{dsl0|dsl1|atm2|atm3|aal5|atm5} or number>

vpi = <number{0-15}>

[vci = <number{0-511}>]

[transmit = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[receive = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[auto = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[span = <{segment | end2end}>]

port The ATM port number.

Choose between:

>DSL0

>DSL1

>ATM2

>ATM3

>AAL5

>ATM5

Or specify a port number (dsl0 has port number 0).

REQUIRED

vpi A number between 0 and 15.

Represents the VPI.

REQUIRED

vci A number between 0 and 511.

Represents the VCI.

Note For a Virtual Path (VP) cross-connection, use 0 or do not specify.

OPTIONAL

transmit Enable or disable transmission of CC cells. OPTIONAL

receive Enable or disable loss of continuity. OPTIONAL

auto Enable or disable remote CC activation/deactivation. OPTIONAL

span Select the CC span.

Choose between:

>end2end: monitoring occurs on the entire VC between two ATM end

stations.

>segment: monitoring occurs on a VC segment between the Thomson

ST and a first-hop ATM switch.

OPTIONAL

atm oam cc list Display Continuity Check (CC) configuration.

atm oam cc send Send CC activate/deactivate to connection.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm oam cc send

Send CC activate/deactivate to connection.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm oam cc send port = <{dsl0} or number>

vpi = <number{0-15}>

[vci = <number{0-511}>]

[span = <{segment | end2end}>]

[action = <{activate | deactivate}>]

[direction = <{source | sink | both}>]

port The ATM port number.

Choose between:

>DSL0.

Or specify a port number (dsl0 has port number 0).

REQUIRED

vpi A number between 0 and 15.

Represents the VPI.

REQUIRED

vci A number between 0 and 511.

Represents the VCI.

Note For a VP cross-connection, use 0 or do not specify.

OPTIONAL

span Select the CC span.

Choose between:

>end2end: monitoring occurs on the entire VC between two ATM end

stations.

>segment: monitoring occurs on a VC segment between the Thomson

ST and a first-hop ATM switch.

OPTIONAL

action Activate or deactivate CC.

The default is deactivate.

OPTIONAL

direction Indicates the direction of CC activity.

Choose between:

>source

>sink

>both.

The default is both.

OPTIONAL

atm oam cc list Display Continuity Check (CC) configuration.

atm oam cc modify Modify CC on the connection.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm oam vclb add

Create a loopback connection for VC.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm oam vclb add port = <{dsl0} or number>

vpi = <number{0-15}>

[vci = <number{0-511}>]

port The ATM port number.

Choose between:

>DSL0

Or specify a port number (dsl0 has port number 0).

REQUIRED

vpi A number between 0 and 15.

Represents the VPI.

REQUIRED

vci A number between 0 and 511.

Represents the VCI.

Note For a VP cross-connection, use 0 or do not specify.

OPTIONAL

=>atm oam vclb add port=dsl0 vpi=0 vci=36

=>atm oam vclb list

PORT = 0 VPI = 0 VCI = 36

=>atm oam vclb add port=dsl1 vpi=0 vci=37

=>atm oam vclb list

PORT = 0 VPI = 0 VCI = 36

PORT = 1 VPI = 0 VCI = 37

atm oam vclb del Delete a loopback connection for VC.

atm oam vclb list List all VC loopback connections.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm oam vclb del

Delete a loopback connection for VC.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm oam vclb del port = <{dsl0} or number>

vpi = <number{0-15}>

[vci = <number{0-511}>]

port The ATM port number.

Choose between:

>DSL0

Or specify a port number (dsl0 has port number 0).

REQUIRED

vpi A number between 0 and 15.

Represents the VPI.

REQUIRED

vci A number between 0 and 511.

Represents the VCI.

Note For a VP cross-connection, use 0 or do not specify.

OPTIONAL

=>atm oam vclb list

PORT = 0 VPI = 0 VCI = 36

PORT = 1 VPI = 0 VCI = 37

=>atm oam vclb del port=dsl1 vpi=0 vci=37

=>atm oam vclb list

PORT = 0 VPI = 0 VCI = 36

atm oam vclb add Create a loopback connection for VC.

atm oam vclb list List all VC loopback connections.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm oam vclb list

List all VC loopback connections.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm oam vclb list

=>atm oam vclb list

PORT = 0 VPI = 0 VCI = 36

PORT = 1 VPI = 0 VCI = 37

atm oam vclb add Create a loopback connection for VC.

atm oam vclb del Delete a loopback connection for VC.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm phonebook add

Add a new phonebook entry.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm phonebook add name = <string>

addr = <atmchannel : PVC syntax is [port.]vpi.vci

port=dsl0 | ...>

name The name of the new phonebook entry.

This name can be freely chosen, however two limitations apply:

>The name of a phonebook entry intended for the Relayed PPPoA

(PPPoA-to-PPTP Relaying) packet service may not start with capital P or

capital T

>The name of a phonebook entry intended for the PPP-to-DHCP

spoofing packet service must start with DHCP (for example

DHCP_Spoof01).

REQUIRED

addr The ATM address for this destination.

It is composed of a VPI and a VCI identifying ATM virtual channels. In most

cases the values are provided by the Service Provider.

Accepted VPI: a number between 0 and 15.

Accepted VCI: a number between 0 and 511.

REQUIRED

=>atm phonebook list

Name Use Address

atm_pvc_0_35 1 0.35

=>atm phonebook add name=RtPPPoA addr=8.35

=>atm phonebook list

Name Use Address

atm_pvc_0_35 1 0.35

RtPPPoA 0 8.35

atm phonebook delete Delete an existing phonebook entry.

atm phonebook list Display the current phonebook.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm phonebook autolist

Show the auto PVCs.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

iAuto PVCs are only shown if they are supported by the Central Office DSLAM.

atm phonebook autolist

=>atm phonebook autolist

8.35

atm phonebook list Display the current phonebook.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm phonebook delete

Delete an existing phonebook entry.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

iThis command is only applicable for phonebook entries that are not used (in other words, not

configured for any packet service).

atm phonebook delete name = <string>

name The name of the phonebook entry to be deleted.

Tip Use the command :atm phonebook list to check whether the

entry is in use (

Use=1

) or not (

Use=0

REQUIRED

=>atm phonebook list

Name Use Address

atm_pvc_0_35 1 0.35

RtPPPoA 0 8.35

=>atm phonebook delete name=RtPPPoA

=>atm phonebook list

Name Use Address

atm_pvc_0_35 1 0.35

atm phonebook add Add a new phonebook entry.

atm phonebook list Display the current phonebook.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm phonebook flush

Flush all the phonebook entries.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

i1. Phonebook entries that areinuse,cannotbeflushed.

2. This command does not impact previously saved configurations.

atm phonebook flush

=>atm phonebook list

Name Use Address

atm_pvc_0_35 1 0.35

RtPPPoA 0 8.35

=>atm phonebook flush

Some phonebook entries are still in use. Entries that are in use cannot be deleted.

=>atm phonebook list

Name Use Address

atm_pvc_0_35 1 0.35

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm phonebook list

Display the current phonebook.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm phonebook list

=>atm phonebook list

Name Use Address

atm_pvc_0_35 1 0.35

RtPPPoA 0 8.35

atm phonebook add Add a new phonebook entry.

atm phonebook autolist Show the auto PVCs.

atm phonebook delete Delete an existing phonebook entry.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm qosbook add

Add a new QoS book entry.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm qosbook add name = <string>

[txctd = <string>]

[rxctd = <string>]

name The name of the new QoS entry. REQUIRED

txctd The name of the Conformance Traffic Descriptor (CTD) for the transmit

(upstream) direction.

OPTIONAL

rxctd The name of the CTD for the receive (downstream) direction. OPTIONAL

=>atm qosbook list

Name Ref Tx CTD Rx CTD

default 3 default default

atm qosbook delete Delete a QoS book entry.

atm qosbook list Display the QoS book.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm qosbook config

Modify the QoS book configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

atm qosbook config [format = <{bytes | cells}>]

format The input/output format of the QoS book.

Choose between:

>bytes: the output is shown in Kbits or bytes.

>cells: the output is shown in cps or cells.

The default is bytes.

OPTIONAL

=>atm qosbook ctdlist

Name Ref Conf Peak Sust Burst Minrate Frame Cdvt RT FD

(Kbits) (Kbits) (bytes) (Kbits) (bytes)

default 2 UBR linerate 0 0 0 0 0 disabled disab

led

=>atm qosbook config format=cells

=>atm qosbook ctdlist

Name Ref Conf Peak Sust Burst Minrate Frame Cdvt RT FD

(cps) (cps) (cells) (cps) (cells)

default 2 UBR linerate 0 0 0 0 0 disabled disab

led

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm qosbook ctdadd

Add a Connection Traffic Descriptor (CTD).

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

atm qosbook ctdadd name = <string>

conformance = <{UBR | CBR | VBR }>

[peakrate = <number{0-27786}>]

[sustrate = <number{0-27786}

[maxburst = <number{0-12240}>]

[realtime = <{enabled | disabled}>]

name The name of the new CTD. REQUIRED

conformance The ATM service conformance definition. REQUIRED

peakrate A number between 0 and 27786.

Represents the peak rate (in kilobits per second).

The default is 0 (indicates linerate for UBR).

OPTIONAL

sustrate A number between 0 and 27786.

Represents the sustainable rate (in kilobits per second) (VBR only).

The default is 0.

OPTIONAL

maxburst A number between 48 and 12240.

Represents the maximum burst size (in bytes) (VBR or GFR).

The default is 0.

OPTIONAL

realtime Enable or disable realtime traffic (VBR only).

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

=>atm qosbook ctdadd name=High conformance=CBR peakrate=27786

=>atm qosbook ctdlist

Name Ref Conf Peak Sust Burst Minrate Frame Cdvt RT FD

(Kbits) (Kbits) (bytes) (Kbits) (bytes)

default 2 UBR linerate 0 0 0 0 0 disabled disab

led

High 0 CBR 27786 0 0 0 0 0 disabled disab

led

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

IMPORTANT NOTE:

The Thomson ST always rounds up specified burst sizes to a multiple of 48 bytes (a multiple of ATM cells).

Example:

In the example below a burst size of 100 bytes is specified (maxburst=100). The Thomson ST will round up

the burst size to the closest matching multiple of 48 bytes, as can be seen when displaying the profile via the

command :atm qosbook ctdlist (burst=144).

RELATED COMMANDS:

=>atm qosbook ctdadd name=Medium conformance=VBR peakrate=27786 sustrate=20000 maxburst=100

=>atm qosbook ctdlist

Name Ref Conf Peak Sust Burst Minrate Frame Cdvt RT FD

(Kbits) (Kbits) (bytes) (Kbits) (bytes)

default 2 UBR linerate 0 0 0 0 0 disabled disabled

Medium 0 VBR 27786 20000 144 0 0 0 disabled disabled

atm qosbook ctddelete Delete a CTD.

atm qosbook ctdlist Display all CTDs.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm qosbook ctddelete

Delete a CTD.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm qosbook ctddelete name = <string>

[force = <{disabled | enabled}>]

name The name of the CTD entry to be deleted. REQUIRED

force Enable or disable to force delete the entry even when it is still in use.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

=>atm qosbook ctdlist

Name Ref Conf Peak Sust Burst Minrate Frame Cdvt RT FD

(Kbits) (Kbits) (bytes) (Kbits) (bytes)

default 2 UBR linerate 0 0 0 0 0 disabled disab

led

High 0 CBR 27786 0 0 0 0 0 disabled disab

led

=>atm qosbook ctddelete name=High

=>atm qosbook ctdlist

Name Ref Conf Peak Sust Burst Minrate Frame Cdvt RT FD

(Kbits) (Kbits) (bytes) (Kbits) (bytes)

default 2 UBR linerate 0 0 0 0 0 disabled disab

led

atm qosbook ctdadd Add a Connection Traffic Descriptor (CTD).

atm qosbook ctdlist Display all CTDs.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm qosbook ctdlist

Display all CTDs.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm qosbook ctdlist

=>atm qosbook ctdlist

Name Ref Conf Peak Sust Burst Minrate Frame Cdvt RT FD

(Kbits) (Kbits) (bytes) (Kbits) (bytes)

default 2 UBR linerate 0 0 0 0 0 disabled disab

led

High 0 CBR 27786 0 0 0 0 0 disabled disab

led

atm qosbook ctdadd Add a Connection Traffic Descriptor (CTD).

atm qosbook ctddelete Delete a CTD.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm qosbook delete

Delete a QoS book entry.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm qosbook delete name = <string>

[force = <{disabled | enabled}>]

name The name of the QoS book entry to be deleted. REQUIRED

force Enable or disable to force delete the entry even when it is still in use.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

=>atm qosbook list

Name Ref Type TX peak sust burst RX peak sust burst framediscard

(Kbits) (Kbits) (bytes) (Kbits) (Kbits) (bytes)

default 3 ubr linerate 0 0 linerate 0 0 disabled

TestVBR 0 vbr-nrt 1500 1000 144 1500 1000 144 enabled

=>atm qosbook delete name=TestVBR

=>atm qosbook list

Name Ref Type TX peak sust burst RX peak sust burst framediscard

(Kbits) (Kbits) (bytes) (Kbits) (Kbits) (bytes)

default 3 ubr linerate 0 0 linerate 0 0 disabled

atm qosbook add Add a new QoS book entry.

atm qosbook list Display the QoS book.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm qosbook flush

Flush all the QoS book entries.

SYNTAX:

iThe flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.

atm qosbook flush

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

ATM Commands

atm qosbook list

Display the QoS book.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

atm qosbook list

=>atm qosbook list

Name Ref Type TX peak sust burst RX peak sust burst framediscard

(Kbits) (Kbits) (bytes) (Kbits) (Kbits) (bytes)

default 3 ubr linerate 0 0 linerate 0 0 disabled

TestVBR 0 vbr-nrt 1500 1000 144 1500 1000 144 enabled

atm qosbook add Add a new QoS book entry.

atm qosbook delete Delete a QoS book entry.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

AutoPVC Commands

4 AutoPVC Commands

Introduction

This chapter describes the commands of the autopvc command group.

Contents

This chapter covers the following commands:

autopvc config Configure autopvc. 70

autopvc list Show the retrieved information. 72

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

AutoPVC Commands

autopvc config

Configure autopvc.

SYNTAX:

where:

autopvc config [mode = <{pseudo | passive | active}>]

[type = <{bridge | pppoerelay | ipoa | ethoa | pppoa | pppoe

}>]

[overwrite = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[peakrate = <number{0-27786}>]

mode Select the autopvc mode:

>pseudo: only pseudo-ILMI (VP/VC 15/16) is enabled. When the

connection parameters are written to the MIB, this information is

displayed on CLI or web interface but these parameters are not used

for configuration.

>passive: both ILMI (VP/VC 0/16) and pseudo-ILMI (VP/VC 15/16) are

enabled. When the connection parameters are written to the MIB, this

information is displayed on CLI or web interface but these parameters

are not used for configuration.

>active: both ILMI (VP/VC 0/16) and pseudo-ILMI (VP/VC 15/16) are

enabled. When the connection parameters are written to the MIB,

these parameters are used to configure phonebook entries, qosbook

profiles and bind bridge or PPPoE interfaces on top.

The default is passive.

OPTIONAL

type Select the type of autopvc.

Choose between:

>bridge

>pppoerelay: an ETHoA interface will be created, will be bound to the

ILMI Permanent Virtual Channel (PVC) and will be added to the PPPoE

relay as relay port.

>ipoa

>ethoa

>pppoa

>pppoe.

OPTIONAL

overwrit

Enable or disable UBR peak rate overwrite.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

peakrate A number between 0 and 27786.

Represents the UBR peak rate (in kilobits per second).

The default is 0 (indicates the linerate).

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

AutoPVC Commands

EXAMPLE:

=>autopvc config

Autopvc mode : passive

Autopvc type :

Autopvc standard: unknown

Autopvc pseudo : unknown

UBR overwrite : disabled

UBR peak rate : linerate

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

AutoPVC Commands

autopvc list

Show the retrieved information.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

autopvc list [table = <{Port | AtmLayer | Vpc | Vcc | Address

| AddressRegistrationAdmin | AtmServiceType

| AtmServiceConnectionInfo | AAL1Profile |

| AAL34Profile | AAL5Profile | AAL2CommonProfile

| AAL2TrunkingProfile | AAL2LESProfile

| AtmServiceConnInfoExtension |

| AtmServiceTypeExtension |

AAL5ProfileExtension}>]

table Select the autopvc table for which the information must be shown.

Choose between:

>Port

>AtmLayer

>Vpc

>Vcc

>Address

>AddressRegistrationAdmin

>AtmServiceType

>AtmServiceConnectionInfo

>AAL1Profile

>AAL34Profile

>AAL5Profile

>AAL2CommonProfile

>AAL2TrunkingProfile

>AAL2LESProfile

>AtmServiceConnInfoExtension

>AtmServiceTypeExtension

>AAL5ProfileExtension.

OPTIONAL

=>autopvc list

Address Type BestEff Par1 Par2 Par3 Par4 Par5

8.35 ubr Enabled Tx: 451 0 0 0 0

Rx: 7923 0 0 0 0

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Config Commands

5 Config Commands

Introduction

This chapter describes the commands of the config command group.

Contents

This chapter covers the following commands:

config delete Delete a user configuration file. 74

config dump Show the saved configuration file. 75

config flush Flush the loaded configuration. 76

config list Show the current configuration set. 77

config load Load complete saved (backup) or default configuration file. 78

config save Store the current configuration in a backup file. 80

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Config Commands

config delete

Delete a user configuration file.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

config delete [filename = <string>]

filename Name of the user configuration file to be deleted.

Note If not specified, all the user configuration files that were saved in

the Thomson ST permanent storage will be deleted.

OPTIONAL

config dump Show the saved configuration file.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Config Commands

config dump

Show the saved configuration file.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

config dump [sections = <string>]

sections Sections to be dumped OPTIONAL

config delete Delete a user configuration file.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Config Commands

config flush

Flush the loaded configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

i1. This flush command combines all the possible flush commands.

2. This command does not affect saved configurations.

config flush [flush_ip = <{enabled | disabled}>]

flush_ip Flush IP settings (enabled) or not (disabled).

The default is enabled.

Note Not keeping the IP settings could cause lost IP connectivity in the

LAN.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Config Commands

config list

Show the current configuration set.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

config list [templates = <{disabled | enabled}>]

templates List the template files (disabled) or not (enabled).

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

config load Load complete saved (backup) or default configuration file.

config save Store the current configuration in a backup file.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Config Commands

config load

Load complete saved (backup) or default configuration file.

SYNTAX:

where:

iUse the command :config flush before loading a configuration file.

config load [load_ip = <{enabled | disabled}>]

[defaults = <{enabled | disabled}>]

[flush = <{enabled | disabled}>]

[echo = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[filename = <string>]

load_ip Load IP settings (enabled) or not (disabled).

Note Not keeping the IP settings could cause lost IP connectivity in the

LAN.

OPTIONAL

defaults Load default configuration (enabled) or saved configuration (disabled).

Note If not specified, the saved configuration will be loaded.

OPTIONAL

flush Flush the current configuration before loading a new configuration

(enabled) or not (disabled).

OPTIONAL

echo Echo each command string when loaded (enabled) or not (disabled). OPTIONAL

filename Name of the configuration file to be loaded. OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Config Commands

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

=>ip rtlist

Destination Source Gateway Intf Mtrc

10.0.0.0/24 10.0.0.0/24 10.0.0.140 eth0 0

172.16.0.5/32 0.0.0.0/0 172.16.0.5 cip1 0

10.0.0.140/32 0.0.0.0/0 10.0.0.140 eth0 0

127.0.0.1/32 0.0.0.0/0 127.0.0.1 loop 0

172.16.0.0/24 0.0.0.0/0 172.16.0.5 cip1 1

=>config load flush_ip=no

=>ip rtlist

Destination Source Gateway Intf Mtrc

10.0.0.0/24 10.0.0.0/24 10.0.0.140 eth0 0

10.0.0.140/32 0.0.0.0/0 10.0.0.140 eth0 0

127.0.0.1/32 0.0.0.0/0 127.0.0.1 loop 0

=>config load flush=yes

=>ip rtlist

Destination Source Gateway Intf Mtrc

10.0.0.0/24 10.0.0.0/24 10.0.0.140 eth0 0

10.0.0.140/32 0.0.0.0/0 10.0.0.140 eth0 0

172.16.0.5/32 0.0.0.0/0 172.16.0.5 cip1 0

127.0.0.1/32 0.0.0.0/0 127.0.0.1 loop 0

172.16.0.0/24 0.0.0.0/0 172.16.0.5 cip1 1

config list Show the current configuration set.

config save Store the current configuration in a backup file.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Config Commands

config save

Store the current configuration in a backup file.

All the existing configurations and modifications entered by the user are saved.

The backup file is saved in the Thomson ST permanent storage. This file can be downloaded via the Thomson

ST web pages or via an FTP session.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

config save filename = <string>

filename The filename for the backup file of the current configuration. REQUIRED

config list Show the current configuration set.

config load Load complete saved (backup) or default configuration file.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Connection Commands

6 Connection Commands

Introduction

This chapter describes the commands of the connection command group.

Contents

This chapter covers the following commands:

connection appconfig Configure the available CONN/NAT application helpers. 82

connection appinfo Display CONN/NAT application specific info. 84

connection applist List the available CONN/NAT application helpers. 85

connection bind Create a new CONN/NAT application helper/port binding. 86

connection bindlist List the current CONN/NAT application helper/port bindings. 87

connection clean Clean the connection database by forcing timeouts. 88

connection clear Kill all the connections. 89

connection config Configure the connection handling. 90

connection debug The connection debug commands 91

connection describe Describe the streams of a connection. 92

connection flush Flush the current connection configuration. 93

connection info Show all the registered modules with some info. 94

connection list Display the currently known connections. 95

connection refresh Invalidate all the cached decisions. 96

connection stats Display the connection and stream statistics. 97

connection timerclear Clear the connection timeout to default. 98

connection timerconfig Configure the connection timeout handling. 99

connection unbind Delete an existing CONN/NAT application helper/port binding. 100

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Connection Commands

connection appconfig

Configure the available CONN/NAT application helpers.

SYNTAX:

where:

connection appconfig application = <string>

[trace = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[timeout = <number{0-32000}>]

[floating = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[childqos = <{DSCP|Interactive|

Management|Video|VoIP|default}>]

[tracelevel = <number{1-4}>]

[SIP_ALG = <{disabled|enabled}>]

[RTP_predict_for_term_SIP_ALG =

<{disabled|enabled}>]

application The name of a CONN/NAT application helper.

Tip Use the command :connection

applist to obtain a list of CONN/NAT

application helpers.

REQUIRED

trace Enable or disable CONN/NAT application helper

traces.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

timeout A number between 0 and 32000 (seconds).

Represents the maximum timeout to keep

predicted child connections around.

OPTIONAL

floating Enable / disabled floating port for IKE helper. OPTIONAL

childqos Used QOS label for the predicted child connections. OPTIONAL

tracelevel A number between 1 and 4.

Represents the SIP trace level.

Choose between:

>1: feature errors

>2: feature traces

>3: all errors

>4: all traces.

The default is 1.

OPTIONAL

SIP_ALG SIP only: enable/disable traditional sip alg

behaviour

OPTIONAL

RTP_predict_for_term_SIP_ALG Enable/disable RTP connection prediction for

terminated SIP

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Connection Commands

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

=>connection applist

Application Proto DefaultPort Traces Timeout

IP6TO4 6to4 0 enabled unavailable

PPTP tcp 1723 enabled unavailable

ESP esp 0 unavailable 15' 0"

IKE udp 500 disabled 15' 0" FLOATING

SIP udp 5060 disabled 6 0" trace level 1

...

LOOSE(UDP) udp 0 enabled 5' 0"

FTP tcp 21 enabled unavailable

=>connection appconfig application=SIP trace=enabled

=>connection applist

Application Proto DefaultPort Traces Timeout

IP6TO4 6to4 0 enabled unavailable

PPTP tcp 1723 enabled unavailable

ESP esp 0 unavailable 15' 0"

IKE udp 500 disabled 15' 0" FLOAATING

SIP udp 5060 enabled 6 0" trace level 1

...

LOOSE(UDP) udp 0 enabled 5' 0"

FTP tcp 21 enabled unavailable

connection appinfo Display CONN/NAT application specific info.

connection applist List the available CONN/NAT application helpers.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Connection Commands

connection appinfo

Display CONN/NAT application specific info.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

connection appinfo application = <{string}>

application The name of a CONN/NAT application helper.

Tip Use the command :connection

applist to obtain a list of CONN/NAT

application helpers.

REQUIRED

=>connection appinfo application=SIP

SIP ALG session SIPALG: pool=138, in use=0, bottom=138

connection appconfig Configure the available CONN/NAT application helpers.

connection applist List the available CONN/NAT application helpers.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Connection Commands

connection applist

List the available CONN/NAT application helpers.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

connection applist

=>connection applist

Application Proto DefaultPort Traces Timeout

IP6TO4 6to4 0 enabled unavailable

PPTP tcp 1723 enabled unavailable

ESP esp 0 unavailable 15' 0"

IKE udp 500 disabled 15' 0" FLOATING

SIP udp 5060 disabled 6 0" trace level 1

JABBER tcp 5222 disabled 2' 0"

CU/SeeMe udp 7648 enabled unavailable

RAUDIO(PNA) tcp 7070 enabled unavailable

RTSP tcp 554 enabled unavailable

ILS tcp 389 unavailable 5' 0"

H245 tcp 0 unavailable 5' 0"

H323 tcp 1720 enabled unavailable

IRC tcp 6667 enabled 5' 0"

LOOSE(UDP) udp 0 enabled 5' 0"

FTP tcp 21 enabled unavailable

iFor some CONN/NAT application helpers, either traces or timeout are unavailable.

connection appconfig Configure the available CONN/NAT application helpers.

connection appinfo Display CONN/NAT application specific info.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Connection Commands

connection bind

Create a new CONN/NAT application helper/port binding.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

connection bind application = <string>

port = <port-range>

application The name of a CONN/NAT application helper.

Tip Use the command :connection

applist to obtain a list of CONN/NAT

application helpers.

REQUIRED

port The port number or port range this application

handler should work on.

REQUIRED

=>connection bindlist

Application Proto Portrange Flags

JABBER tcp 15222

JABBER tcp 5222

FTP tcp 21

IRC tcp 6660

...

IP6TO4 6to4 0

=>connection bind application = IRC port = 6750

=>connection bindlist

Application Proto Portrange

IRC tcp 6750

JABBER tcp 15222

JABBER tcp 5222

FTP tcp 21

IRC tcp 6660

...

IP6TO4 6to4 0

connection bindlist List the current CONN/NAT application helper/port bindings.

connection unbind Delete an existing CONN/NAT application helper/port binding.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Connection Commands

connection bindlist

List the current CONN/NAT application helper/port bindings.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

connection bindlist

=>connection bindlist

Application Proto Portrange Flags

LOOSE(UDP) udp 67

JABBER tcp 15222

JABBER tcp 5222

FTP tcp 21

IRC tcp 6660-6669

H323 tcp 1720

ILS tcp 1002

ILS tcp 389

RTSP tcp 554

RAUDIO(PNA) tcp 7070

CU/SeeMe udp 7648

SIP udp 5060

IKE udp 500

ESP esp 0

PPTP tcp 1723

IP6TO4 6to4 0

connection bind Create a new CONN/NAT application helper/port binding.

connection unbind Delete an existing CONN/NAT application helper/port binding.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Connection Commands

connection clean

Clean the connection database by forcing timeouts.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

connection clean [level = <number{0-9}>]

level A number between 0 and 9.

Represents the desired scrubbing level.

OPTIONAL

=>connection list

ID proto state substate flags timeout

-- ----- ----- -------- ----- -------

8 tcp ACTIVE [TCPS_ESTABLISHED-TCPS_ESTABLISHED] [......] 15' 7"

INIT: 16 192.168. 1. 64: 1377 192.168. 1.254: 23 [...] LocalNetwork 1390 tcp 0

RESP: 17 192.168. 1.254: 23 192.168. 1. 64: 1377 [R..] loop 951 tcp 0

34 tcp ACTIVE [TCPS_CLOSE_WAIT-TCPS_FIN_WAIT_1] [I.....] 57' 16"

INIT: 68 192.168. 1. 64: 1417 192.168. 1.254: 21 [...] LocalNetwork 11 tcp 0

RESP: 69 192.168. 1.254: 21 192.168. 1. 64: 1417 [R..] loop 10 tcp 0

=>connection clean

=>connection list

ID proto state substate flags timeout

-- ----- ----- -------- ----- -------

8 tcp ACTIVE [TCPS_ESTABLISHED-TCPS_ESTABLISHED] [......] 14' 59"

INIT: 16 192.168. 1. 64: 1377 192.168. 1.254: 23 [...] LocalNetwork 1417 tcp 0

RESP: 17 192.168. 1.254: 23 192.168. 1. 64: 1377 [R..] loop 967 tcp 0

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Connection Commands

connection clear

Kill all the connections.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

connection clear

=>connection clear

Connection to host lost.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Connection Commands

connection config

Configure the connection handling.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

connection config [configchangemode = <{immediate | delayed}>]

[probes = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[udptrackmode = <{strict | loose}>]

configchangemode Select how configuration changes are handled.

Choose between:

>immediate

>delayed.

The default is immediate.

OPTIONAL

probes Enable or disable live probes on idle connections.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

udptrackmode Select the User Datagram Protocol (UDP)

connection tracking mode.

Choose between:

>strict: replies to a request from a client must be

in a specific window to the client.

>loose: inbound packets are allowed on the port

that was first used to start the communication

with the server (for example to allow a client of

an online game to obtain peer-to-peer

information from other clients of that same

online game).

The default is strict.

OPTIONAL

=>connection config

config change mode : immediate

alive probes : disabled

udp tracking mode : loose

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Connection Commands

connection debug

The connection debug commands

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

connection debug [trace = <{disabled|enabled}>]

trace Enable or disable traces.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

=>connection debug

connection traces : disabled

=>connection debug trace enabled

=>connection debug

connection traces : enabled

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Connection Commands

connection describe

Describe the streams of a connection.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

connection describe [id = <number{0-2048}>]

id A number between 0 and 2048.

Represents the ID of the connection to be

described.

Note If not specified, the connection with ID 0

will be described.

Tip Use the command :connection list

to obtain the IDs of the

different connections.

OPTIONAL

=>connection list

ID proto state substate flags timeout

-- ----- ----- -------- ----- -------

62 tcp ACTIVE [TCPS_ESTABLISHED-TCPS_ESTABLISHED] [......] 15' 8"

INIT: 124 192.168. 1. 64: 1979 192.168. 1.254: 23 [...] LocalNetwork 548 tcp 0

RESP: 125 192.168. 1.254: 23 192.168. 1. 64: 1979 [R..] loop 396 tcp 0

=>connection describe id=62

ID proto state substate flags timeout

-- ----- ----- -------- ----- -------

62 tcp ACTIVE [TCPS_ESTABLISHED-TCPS_ESTABLISHED] [......] 14' 59"

FW : cache = valid; FP

IDS : ...

NAT : cache = valid; No translation

INIT: 124 192.168. 1. 64: 1979 192.168. 1.254: 23 [...] LocalNetwork 576 tcp 0

ROUTING : cache = valid; FP (gateway 127.0.0.1)

LABEL : cache = valid; FP (no route label); FP (QoS label Interactive)

IPQOS : cache = valid; FP (label <no meter>, intf <no meter>)

TRIGGER : cache = valid; FP (no trigger)

RESP: 125 192.168. 1.254: 23 192.168. 1. 64: 1979 [R..] loop 412 tcp 0

ROUTING : cache = valid; FP (gateway 192.168.1.254)

LABEL : cache = valid; FP (no route label); FP (QoS label default)

IPQOS : cache = valid; FP (label <no meter>, intf <no meter>)

TRIGGER : cache = valid; FP (no trigger)

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Connection Commands

connection flush

Flush the current connection configuration.

SYNTAX:

connection flush

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Connection Commands

connection info

Show all the registered modules with some info.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

connection info

=>connection info

Registered connection modules :

- Module : FW, holds private data (F:10264 S:6592).

- Module : IDS, holds private data (F:0 S:0).

- Module : NAT, holds private data (F:0 S:0).

Registered stream modules :

- Module : ROUTING, holds private data (F:10199 S:6657).

- Module : LABEL, holds private data (F:22546 S:19870).

- Module : IPQOS, holds private data (F:10202 S:6653).

- Module : TRIGGER, holds private data (F:10202 S:6659).

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Connection Commands

connection list

Display the currently known connections.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

connection list [nr = <number{1-2048}>][string = <string>]

[beginstring = <string>]

nr A number between 1 and 2048.

Represents the number of connections to be

displayed.

Note If not specified, all the connections will be

displayed.

OPTIONAL

string string matching condition OPTIONAL

beginstring beginstring matching condition OPTIIONAL

=>connection list

ID proto state substate flags timeout

-- ----- ----- -------- ----- -------

58 tcp ACTIVE [TCPS_ESTABLISHED-TCPS_ESTABLISHED] [......] 15' 7"

INIT: 116 10. 0. 0. 1: 1106 10. 0. 0.138: 23 [.] eth0 331 tcp 0

RESP: 117 10. 0. 0.138: 23 10. 0. 0. 1: 1106 [R] loop 229 tcp 0

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Connection Commands

connection refresh

Invalidate all the cached decisions.

SYNTAX:

connection refresh

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Connection Commands

connection stats

Display the connection and stream statistics.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

connection stats

=>connection stats

Connection statistics:

-------------------------------------------

Maximum number of connections : 1024

Maximum number of halfopen connections : 1024

-------------------------------------------

Number of active connections : 3

Number of halfopen connections : 0

Number of expected connections : 0

Number of closing connections : 0

Number of idle connections : 1

-------------------------------------------

Number of TCP connections : 2

Number of UDP connections : 1

Number of ICMP connections : 0

Number of non TCP/UDP/ICMP connections : 0

-------------------------------------------

Number of TCP open connections : 0

Number of TCP established connections : 1

Number of TCP closing connections : 1

Stream cache statistics:

-------------------------------------------

Maximum number of hash collisions : 0

% of hash entries with collisions : 0.00

% of hash entries unused : 0.00

CONN/NAT application helper statistics:

-------------------------------------------

Maximum number of helper bindings : 24

Maximum number of connections with helper : 128

-------------------------------------------

Number of helper bindings : 16

Number of connections with active helper : 0

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Connection Commands

connection timerclear

Clear the connection timeout to default.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

connection timerclear [timer = <{tcpidle|tcpneg|tcpkill|udpidle|udpkill|

icmpkill|ipidle|ipkill}>]

timer The name of the connection idle timer to be reset.

Note If not specified, all the timers will be reset

to their default values.

REQUIRED

=>connection timerconfig

tcpidle : 10' 30"

tcpneg : 3' 0"

udp : 1' 19"

icmp : 2' 0"

ip :1'0"

=>connection timerclear

=>connection timerconfig

tcpidle : 15' 0"

tcpneg : 2' 0"

udp :1'0"

icmp : 1' 0"

ip :1'0"

connection timerconfig Configure the connection timeout handling.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Connection Commands

connection timerconfig

Configure the connection timeout handling.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

connection timerconfig [timer =

<{tcpidle|tcpneg|tcpkill|udpidle|udpkill|

icmpkill|ipidle|ipkill}>]

[value = <number{0-86400}>]

timer The name of the connection idle timer to be

configured.

Choose between:

>tcpidle

>tcpneg

>tcpkill

>udpidle

>udpkill

>icmpkill

>ipidle

>ipkill

OPTIONAL

value A number between 0 and 86400 (seconds).

Represents the timer expire value.

OPTIONAL

=>connection timerconfig

tcpidle : 15' 0"

tcpneg : 2' 0"

udp :1'0"

icmp : 1' 0"

ip :1'0"

=>connection timerconfig timer=tcpidle value=360

=>connection timerconfig

tcpidle : 6' 0"

tcpneg : 2' 0"

udp :1'0"

icmp : 1' 0"

ip :1'0"

connection timerclear Clear the connection timeout to default.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Connection Commands

100

connection unbind

Delete an existing CONN/NAT application helper/port binding.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

connection unbind application = <string>

port = <port-range>

application The name of a CONN/NAT application helper.

Tip Use the command :connection

applist to obtain a list of CONN/NAT

application helpers.

REQUIRED

port The port number or port range this application

handler should work on.

REQUIRED

=>connection bindlist

Application Proto Portrange

IRC tcp 6750

JABBER tcp 15222

JABBER tcp 5222

FTP tcp 21

IRC tcp 6660

...

IP6TO4 6to4 0

=>connection unbind application=IRC port=6750

=>connection bindlist

Application Proto Portrange

JABBER tcp 15222

JABBER tcp 5222

FTP tcp 21

IRC tcp 6660

...

IP6TO4 6to4 0

connection bind Create a new CONN/NAT application helper/port binding.

connection bindlist List the current CONN/NAT application helper/port bindings.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

CWMP Commands

101

7 CWMP Commands

Introduction

This chapter describes the commands of the cwmp (CPE WAN Management Protocol) command group.

Contents

This chapter covers the following commands:

cwmp config Configure the cwmpd as seen from the ACS. 102

cwmp server config Configure the cwmpd towards the ACS. 104

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

CWMP Commands

102

cwmp config

Configure the cwmpd as seen from the ACS.

SYNTAX:

where:

cwmp config [state = <{disabled|enabled}>]

[mode = <{readonly|full}>]

[periodicInform = <{disabled|enabled}>]

[periodicInfInt = <number>]

[sessionTimeout = <number>]

[noIpTimeout = <number>]

[maxEnvelopes = <number>]

[connectionRequest = <{disabled|enabled}>]

[connectionReqPath = <string>]

[connectionReqUserName = <string>]

[connectionReqPsswd = <string>]

[connectionReqAuth = <{none|basic|digest}>]

state The state of the cwmp daemon.

Choose between:

>enabled

>disabled.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

mode Set the operation mode of the cwmp daemon.

Choose between:

>readonly

>full.

The default is readonly.

OPTIONAL

periodicInform Set the periodicInform flag of the cwmp daemon.

Choose between:

>enabled

>disabled.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

periodicInfInt A number (of seconds).

Represents the interval between two periodicInform

messages.

The default is 3600.

OPTIONAL

sessionTimeout Set HTTP session-timeout in seconds.

The default is 60.

OPTIONAL

noIpTimeout Set time (in seconds) ip may be 0 after uploading new

config file.

The default is 10.

OPTIONAL

maxEnvelopes Set the maximum number of SOAP envelopes sent

within one HTTP message.

The default is 2.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

CWMP Commands

103

EXAMPLE:

connectionRequest Set the connection request flag of the cwmp daemon.

Choose between:

>enabled

>disabled.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

connectionReqPath Set the path where the cwmp daemon can be reached. OPTIONAL

connectionReqUserName Set the username the ACS must use to log in. OPTIONAL

connectionReqPsswd Set the password the ACS must use to log in. OPTIONAL

connectionReqAuth Set the digest authentication flag of the cwmp

daemon.

Choose between:

>enabled

>disabled.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

=>cwmp config

State : disabled

Mode : readonly

Max Envelopes : 2

Session Timeout : 60

No Ip Timeout : 10

Connection Request Port : 80

Periodic Inform : enabled

Periodic Inform Interval : 20000 ms

Connection Request : enabled

Connection Request UserName :

Connection Request PassWord :

Connection Request Path :

Connection Request Authentication : enabled

Qos class : 12

Boot delay range between 0 and : 0s

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

CWMP Commands

104

cwmp server config

Configure the cwmpd towards the ACS.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

cwmp server config [url = <string>]

[username = <string>]

[password = <string>]

url Set the HTTP URL used to contact the ACS server. OPTIONAL

username Set the username for ACS Digest Authentication. OPTIONAL

password Set the password for ACS Digest Authentication. OPTIONAL

=>cwmp server config

ACS url : 10.11.10.248

ACS username :

ACS password :

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Debug Commands

105

8 Debug Commands

Introduction

This chapter describes the commands of the debug command group.

Contents

This chapter covers the following commands:

debug exec Execute a 'Trace & Debug' command. 106

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Debug Commands

106

debug exec

Execute a 'Trace & Debug' command.

SYNTAX:

where:

!This command is for qualified personnel only.

debug exec cmd = <quoted string>

cmd A quoted 'Trace & Debug' command string. REQUIRED

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

107

9 DHCP Commands

Introduction

This chapter describes the commands of the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) command group.

Contents

This chapter covers the following commands:

dhcp client flush Delete all the DHCP leases. 109

dhcp client ifadd Create a DHCP client. 110

dhcp client ifattach Activate a DHCP client. 111

dhcp client ifconfig Configure a DHCP client. 112

dhcp client ifdelete Delete a DHCP client. 113

dhcp client ifdetach De-activate a DHCP client and releases its lease. 114

dhcp client iflist List all the DHCP leases attached to dynamic interfaces. 115

dhcp client ifrenew Renew the DHCP lease. 117

dhcp client debug clear Clear the DHCP client statistics. 119

dhcp client debug stats Print the DHCP client statistics. 120

dhcp client debug traceconfig Modify the DHCP client trace configuration. 121

dhcp client rqoptions add Add a DHCP Option Code to the Parameter Request List. 122

dhcp client rqoptions delete Delete a DHCP Option Code from the Parameter Request

List.

123

dhcp client rqoptions list List all DHCP Option Codes in the Parameter Request List. 124

dhcp client rqoptions optionlist List all DHCP Option Codes that can be used in the

Parameter Request List.

125

dhcp client txoptions add Add an option. 126

dhcp client txoptions delete Delete an option. 127

dhcp client txoptions list List all options. 128

dhcp client txoptions optionlist Lists all DHCP Option Codes that can be used. 129

dhcp relay add Add an entry to the DHCP forward list. 130

dhcp relay debug stats Show the DHCP relay statistics. 131

dhcp relay debug traceconfig Modify the DHCP relay trace configuration. 132

dhcp relay config Set the DHCP relay configuration settings. 133

dhcp relay delete Delete an entry from the DHCP forward list. 134

dhcp relay flush Flush the DHCP relay settings. 135

dhcp relay ifconfig Configure a DHCP relay interface. 136

dhcp relay iflist Show the configuration of the relay interfaces. 138

dhcp relay list List the DHCP forward list. 139

dhcp relay modify Modify an entry from the DHCP forward list. 140

dhcp relay ruleadd Add a selection rule to a DHCP forward entry. 141

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

108

dhcp relay ruledelete Delete a selection rule from a DHCP forward entry. 142

dhcp rule add Add a rule for DHCP conditional selection. 143

dhcp rule debug traceconfig Modify DHCP rule trace configuration. 144

dhcp rule delete Delete a DHCP rule. 145

dhcp rule flush Flush all DHCP rules. 146

dhcp rule list List all DHCP rules. 147

dhcp server config Print the DHCP server configuration settings. 148

dhcp server flush Flush all DHCP server pool and lease entries. 149

dhcp server policy Print the DHCP server policy settings. 150

dhcp server debug clear Clear the DHCP server statistics. 151

dhcp server debug stats Show the DHCP server statistics. 152

dhcp server debug traceconfig Modify the DHCP server trace configuration. 154

dhcp server lease add Add a DHCP server lease. 155

dhcp server lease delete Delete a DHCP server lease. 157

dhcp server lease flush Flush all the DHCP server leases. 158

dhcp server lease list List all the DHCP server leases. 159

dhcp server option flush Flush all DHCP server option templates and instances. 160

dhcp server option instadd Add a DHCP server option instance. 161

dhcp server option instdelete Delete a DHCP server option instance. 163

dhcp server option instlist List all the DHCP server option instances. 164

dhcp server option tmpladd Add a DHCP server option template. 165

dhcp server option tmpldelete Delete a DHCP server option template. 166

dhcp server option tmpllist List all the DHCP server option templates. 167

dhcp server pool add Add a DHCP server pool. 168

dhcp server pool config Configure a DHCP server pool. 170

dhcp server pool delete Delete a DHCP server pool. 172

dhcp server pool flush Flush all DHCP server pools. 173

dhcp server pool list List all DHCP server pools. 174

dhcp server pool optadd Add an option instance to the DHCP server pool. 175

dhcp server pool optdelete Delete an option instance from the DHCP server pool. 176

dhcp server pool rtadd Add a route to the DHCP server pool. 178

dhcp server pool rtdelete Delete a route from the DHCP server pool. 179

dhcp server pool ruleadd Add a selection rule to the DHCP server pool. 180

dhcp server pool ruledelete Delete a selection rule from the DHCP server pool. 181

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

109

dhcp client flush

Delete all the DHCP leases.

SYNTAX:

iThe flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.

dhcp client flush

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

110

dhcp client ifadd

Create a DHCP client.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp client ifadd intf = <string>

[defrqoptions = <{disabled|enabled}>]

intf The name of the dynamic interface for which a DHCP lease

must be created.

REQUIRED

defrqoptions Enable/Disable the creation of the default Parameter Request

List.

OPTIONAL

=>dhcp client iflist

No dynamic interfaces defined.

=>dhcp client ifadd intf=myPPP_ppp

[dhcp client]=>iflist

DHCP Client Info :

Interface : myPPP_ppp

DHCP Client State : [INIT]

HW address : 00:0e:50:91:26:5a

Client ID :

IP Address : 0.0.0.0

p-t-p IP : 0.0.0.0

Default Gateway :

Number of leases: 1

Total size of table: 68, in use: 1, free: 98 %=>

dhcp client ifdelete Delete a DHCP client.

dhcp client iflist List all the DHCP leases attached to dynamic interfaces.

interface list Display interfaces.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

111

dhcp client ifattach

Activate a DHCP client.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp client ifattach intf = <string>

intf The name of the dynamic interface for which a DHCP client

was created.

REQUIRED

=>dhcp client iflist

myPPP_ppp : [INIT]

flags = bc dns rt

IP address : 0.0.0.0

HW address [SpeedTouch] : 00

DHCP server: 255.255.255.255

metric : rt = 1, DNS = 1

Number of leases: 1

Total size of table: 36, in use: 1, free: 97 %

=>dhcp client ifattach intf=myPPP_ppp

=>dhcp client iflist

myPPP_ppp : [SELECTING]

flags = bc dns rt

IP address : 0.0.0.0

HW address [SpeedTouch] : 00

DHCP server: 255.255.255.255

metric : rt = 1, DNS = 1

trying to get a lease for 1 sec

transmission of DISCOVER in 0 sec

retransmission timeout: 4

nbr of retransmissions: 2

Number of leases: 1

Total size of table: 36, in use: 1, free: 97 %

dhcp client ifadd Create a DHCP client.

dhcp client ifdetach De-activate a DHCP client and releases its lease.

dhcp client ifrenew Renew the DHCP lease.

interface list Display interfaces.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

112

dhcp client ifconfig

Configure a DHCP client.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS

iUse the command :dhcp client ifrelease before configuring the dhcp client.

dhcp client ifconfig intf = <string>

[label = <label name>]

[metric = <number{0-255}>]

[dnsmetric = <number{0-100}>]

[broadcast = <{disabled|enabled}>]

[serverroute = <disabled|enabled>]

intf The name of the dynamic interface to be configured. REQUIRED

label Label for default gateway and static routes. OPTIONAL

metric A number between 0 and 255.

Represents the route metric for default gateway and static

routes.

The default is 1.

OPTIONAL

dnsmetric A number between 0 and 100.

Represents the DNS route metric.

The default is 1.

OPTIONAL

broadcast Operate client in unicast/broadcast mode.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

serverroute Insert a route for the DHCP server IP.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

label add Create a new label.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

113

dhcp client ifdelete

Delete a DHCP client.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp client ifdelete intf = <string>

intf The name of the dynamic interface for which the DHCP lease

must be deleted.

REQUIRED

=>dhcp client iflist

myPPP_ppp : [INIT]

flags = bc dns rt

IP address : 10.0.0.1

HW address [SpeedTouch] : 00:90:d0:01:47:f1

DHCP server: 10.10.1.1

hostname : myHostName

client identifier : [00] myClientID

user class identifier : myUserID

metric : rt = 1, DNS = 1

Number of leases: 1

Total size of table: 36, in use: 1, free: 97 %

=>dhcp client ifdelete intf=myPPP_ppp

=>dhcp client iflist

No dynamic interfaces defined.

dhcp client ifadd Create a DHCP client.

dhcp client iflist List all the DHCP leases attached to dynamic interfaces.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

114

dhcp client ifdetach

De-activate a DHCP client and releases its lease.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ifdetach intf = <string>

intf The name of the dynamic interface. REQUIRED

dhcp client ifattach Activate a DHCP client.

dhcp client ifrenew Renew the DHCP lease.

dhcp client iflist List all the DHCP leases attached to dynamic interfaces.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

115

dhcp client iflist

List all the DHCP leases attached to dynamic interfaces.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

EXAMPLE INPUT/OUTPUT IN A NETWORKED ENVIRONMENT:

The Thomson ST is configured as DHCP client disabled its Ethernet interface eth0.

dhcp client iflist [intf = <string>]

[expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

intf The name of the dynamic interface. OPTIONAL

expand Expand enabled/disabled. OPTIONAL

=>dhcp client iflist

myPPP_ppp : [INIT]

flags = bc dns rt

IP address : 10.0.0.1

HW address [SpeedTouch] : 00:90:d0:01:47:f1

DHCP server: 10.10.1.1

hostname : myHostName

client identifier : [00] myClientID

user class identifier : myUserID

metric : rt = 1, DNS = 1

Number of leases: 1

Total size of table: 36, in use: 1, free: 97 %

=>dhcp client iflist

myPPP_ppp : [INIT]

flags = bc dns rt

IP address : 10.0.0.1

HW address [SpeedTouch] : 00:90:d0:01:47:f1

DHCP server: 10.10.1.1

hostname : myHostName

client identifier : [00] myClientID

user class identifier : myUserID

metric : rt = 1, DNS = 1

lease renewal in 5 days, 1 h, 26 min, 45 sec

lease rebinding in 8 days, 20 h, 34 min, 15 sec

lease expires in 10 days, 2 h, 56 min, 45 sec

Number of leases: 1

Total size of table: 36, in use: 1, free: 97 %

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

116

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp client ifadd Create a DHCP client.

dhcp client ifdelete Delete a DHCP client.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

117

dhcp client ifrenew

Renew the DHCP lease.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE 1:

dhcp client ifrenew intf = <string>

intf The name of the dynamic interface for which the DHCP lease

must be renewed.

REQUIRED

=>dhcp client iflist

NewETHoA : [BOUND]

flags= uc

IP address : 10.0.0.10

HW address : 00:90:d0:01:47:f1

DHCP server : 255.255.255.255

hostname : NewLease

req.leasetime = 10800 s

lease renewal in 5 days, 58 min, 48 sec

lease rebinding in 8 days, 20 h, 6 min, 18 sec

lease expires in 10 days, 2 h, 28 min, 48 sec

Number of leases: 1

Total size of table: 19, in use: 1, free: 94 %

=>dhcp client ifrenew intf=NewETHoA

=>dhcp client iflist

NewETHoA : [SELECTING]

flags= uc

IP address : 10.0.0.10

HW address : 00:90:d0:01:47:de

DHCP server : 255.255.255.255

hostname : NewLease

req.leasetime = 10800 s

trying to get a lease for 12 sec

transmission of DISCOVER in 24 sec

retransmission timeout: 64

nbr of retransmissions: 11

Number of leases: 1

Total size of table: 19, in use: 1, free: 94 %

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

118

EXAMPLE 2:

The Thomson ST is configured as DHCP client disabled its Ethernet interface eth0.

RELATED COMMANDS:

=>dhcp client stats

DHCP client statistics:

Corrupted packet recv : 0

OFFERs recv : 0

ACKs recv : 0

NAKs recv : 0

Pure BOOTP REPLIES : 0

Other message types : 0

DISCOVERs sent : 0

REQUESTs sent : 0

DECLINEs sent : 0

RELEASEs sent : 1

INFORMs sent : 0

Number of dynamic interfaces: 1

Memory usage:

Table size of dyn leases: 18, in use: 1, free: 94 %

=>dhcp client ifrenew intf=eth0

=>dhcp client stats

DHCP client statistics:

Corrupted packet recv : 0

OFFERs recv : 1

ACKs recv : 1

NAKs recv : 0

Pure BOOTP REPLIES : 0

Other message types : 0

DISCOVERs sent : 1

REQUESTs sent : 1

DECLINEs sent : 0

RELEASEs sent : 1

INFORMs sent : 0

Number of dynamic interfaces: 1

Memory usage:

Table size of dyn leases: 18, in use: 1, free: 94 %

=>(CTRL + Q)

..................

STATE IDLE !

STATE ACTIVATE !

dhcc: intf 1 renews lease 10.0.0.3.

dhcc: intf 1 requests 10.0.0.3 from 10.10.1.1

dhcc: 10.10.1.1 acks 10.0.0.3 to intf 1.

dhcc: lease 10.0.0.3 bound to intf 1.

STATE IDLE !

STATE ACTIVATE !

...........

=>(CTRL + S)

dhcp client ifattach Activate a DHCP client.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

119

dhcp client debug clear

Clear the DHCP client statistics.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp client debug clear

=>dhcp client debug stats

DHCP client statistics:

Corrupted packet recv : 0

OFFERs recv : 0

ACKs recv : 0

NAKs recv : 0

Pure BOOTP REPLIES : 0

Other message types : 0

DISCOVERs sent : 253

REQUESTs sent : 9

DECLINEs sent : 0

RELEASEs sent : 0

INFORMs sent : 0

Number of dynamic interfaces: 1

Memory usage:

Table size of dyn leases: 19, in use: 1, free: 94 %

=>dhcp client debug clear

=>dhcp client debug stats

DHCP client statistics:

Corrupted packet recv : 0

OFFERs recv : 0

ACKs recv : 0

NAKs recv : 0

Pure BOOTP REPLIES : 0

Other message types : 0

DISCOVERs sent : 0

REQUESTs sent : 0

DECLINEs sent : 0

RELEASEs sent : 0

INFORMs sent : 0

Number of dynamic interfaces: 1

Memory usage:

Table size of dyn leases: 19, in use: 1, free: 94 %

dhcp client debug stats Print the DHCP client statistics.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

120

dhcp client debug stats

Print the DHCP client statistics.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp client debug stats

=>dhcp client debug stats

DHCP client statistics:

Corrupted packet recv : 0

OFFERs recv : 1

ACKs recv : 1

NAKs recv : 0

Pure BOOTP REPLIES : 0

Other message types : 0

DISCOVERs sent : 244

REQUESTs sent : 9

DECLINEs sent : 0

RELEASEs sent : 1

INFORMs sent : 0

Number of dynamic interfaces: 1

Memory usage:

Table size of dyn leases: 19, in use: 1, free: 94 %

dhcp client debug clear Clear the DHCP client statistics.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

121

dhcp client debug traceconfig

Modify the DHCP client trace configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

dhcp client debug traceconfig [state = <{disabled | enabled}>]

state Enable or disable tracing.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

=>dhcp client debug traceconfig

tracing: disabled

=>dhcp client debug traceconfig trace=enabled

=>dhcp client debug traceconfig

tracing: enabled

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

122

dhcp client rqoptions add

Add a DHCP Option Code to the Parameter Request List.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp client rqoptions add intf = <string>

option = <string or number>

[index = <number{0-255}>]

intf The name of the dynamic interface. REQUIRED

option The name or number of the option. OPTIONAL

index The index of the option. OPTIONAL

dhcp client iflist List all the DHCP leases attached to dynamic interfaces.

dhcp client rqoptions

optionlist

List all DHCP Option Codes that can be used in the Parameter Request List.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

123

dhcp client rqoptions delete

Delete a DHCP Option Code from the Parameter Request List.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp client rqoptions delete intf = <string>

option = <string or number>

intf The name of the dynamic interface. REQUIRED

option The name or number of the option. OPTIONAL

dhcp client rqoptions

list

List all DHCP Option Codes in the Parameter Request List.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

124

dhcp client rqoptions list

List all DHCP Option Codes in the Parameter Request List.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp client rqoptions list [intf = <string>]

intf The name of the dynamic interface. OPTIONAL

dhcp client rqoptions

delete

Delete a DHCP Option Code from the Parameter Request List.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

125

dhcp client rqoptions optionlist

List all DHCP Option Codes that can be used in the Parameter Request List.

SYNTAX:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp client rqoptions optionlist

dhcp client rqoptions

add

Add a DHCP Option Code to the Parameter Request List.

dhcp client rqoptions

list

List all DHCP Option Codes in the Parameter Request List.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

126

dhcp client txoptions add

Add an option.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp client txoptions add intf = <string>

option = <string or number>

value = <Value : (type)value; type being 8-

bit,

16-bit, 32-bit, addr, ascii,

byte_array,

clientid>

[index = <number{0-255}>]

intf The name of the dynamic interface. REQUIRED

option The name or number of the option. REQUIRED

value The value of the option. REQUIRED

index The index of the option. OPTIONAL

=>:dhcp client txoptions add intf=wan1 option=ien116-name-servers value=(8-bit)5

dhcp client iflist List all the DHCP leases attached to dynamic interfaces.

dhcp client txoptions

optionlist

Lists all DHCP Option Codes that can be used.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

127

dhcp client txoptions delete

Delete an option.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp client txoptions delete intf = <string>

option = <string or number>

intf The name of the dynamic interface. REQUIRED

option The name or number of the option. REQUIRED

dhcp client txoptions list List all options.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

128

dhcp client txoptions list

List all options.

SYNTAX:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp client txoptions list

dhcp client txoptions

delete

Delete an option.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

129

dhcp client txoptions optionlist

Lists all DHCP Option Codes that can be used.

SYNTAX:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp client txoptions optionlist

dhcp client txoptions

add

Add an option.

dhcp client txoptions list List all options.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

130

dhcp relay add

Add an entry to the DHCP forward list.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp relay add name = <string>

name The forward entry name. REQUIRED

dhcp relay delete Delete an entry from the DHCP forward list.

dhcp relay list List the DHCP forward list.

dhcp relay modify Modify an entry from the DHCP forward list.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

131

dhcp relay debug stats

Show the DHCP relay statistics.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp relay debug stats

=>dhcp relay debug stats

DHCP relay statistics

-------------------------

Client packet relayed : 64

Server packet relayed : 0

Bogus relay agent : 0

Bogus giaddr recv : 0

Corrupt agent option : 0

Missing agent option : 0

Bad circuit id : 0

Missing circuit id : 0

dhcp relay debug

traceconfig

Modify the DHCP relay trace configuration.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

132

dhcp relay debug traceconfig

Modify the DHCP relay trace configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp relay debug traceconfig [state = <{disabled | enabled}>]

state Enable or disable tracing.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

=>dhcp relay debug traceconfig

Tracing: disabled

dhcp relay debug stats Show the DHCP relay statistics.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

133

dhcp relay config

Set the DHCP relay configuration settings.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

dhcp relay config [agentinfo = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[agentmismatch = <{disabled | enabled}>]

agentinfo Set the relay agent info status (RFC3046) enabled or disabled.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

agentmismatch Forward/drop DHCP reply packet when a relay agent info

mismatch is detected (RFC3046) (enabled) or not (disabled).

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

=>dhcp relay config

Agent info status : disabled

Drop agent info mismatch status : disabled

=>dhcp relay config agentinfo=enabled

=>dhcp relay config

Agent info status : enabled

Drop agent info mismatch status : disabled

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

134

dhcp relay delete

Delete an entry from the DHCP forward list.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp relay delete name = <string>

name The forward entry name. REQUIRED

=>dhcp relay delete

name = lan1_to_127.0.0.1

:dhcp relay delete name=lan1_to_127.0.0.1

dhcp relay add Add an entry to the DHCP forward list.

dhcp relay list List the DHCP forward list.

dhcp relay modify Modify an entry from the DHCP forward list.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

135

dhcp relay flush

Flush the DHCP relay settings.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

iThe flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.

dhcp relay flush

=>dhcp relay list

DHCP server Interface giaddr

-------------------------------------------------------

127.0.0.1 eth0 192.168.1.254

=>dhcp relay flush

=>dhcp relay list

No dynamic interfaces defined.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

136

dhcp relay ifconfig

Configure a DHCP relay interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

dhcp relay ifconfig intf = <string>

[relay = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[maxhops = <number{0-16}>]

[remoteid = <password>]

[trusted = <{disabled | enabled}>]

intf The name of the dynamic interface to be configured. REQUIRED

relay Set the relay status to enabled or disabled.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

maxhops A number between 0 and 16.

Represents the maximum number of hops allowed in the

DHCP packet.

The default is 4.

OPTIONAL

remoteid Set the remote ID as specified in RFC3046. OPTIONAL

trusted Drop/forward DHCP request packet when the DHCP Relay

Agent Option is enabled (with the command :dhcp relay

config agentinfo=enabled) and the giaddr field is 0

(RFC3046)) (enabled) or not (disabled).

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

137

EXAMPLE:

=>dhcp relay iflist

eth0 :

admin state = up oper state = up

max hops = 4

trusted = disabled remote id =

Internet_trigger :

admin state = down oper state = down

max hops = 4

trusted = disabled remote id =

Internet :

admin state = down oper state = down

max hops = 4

trusted = disabled remote id =

=>dhcp relay ifconfig intf=Internet_trigger relay=enabled trusted=enabled

=>dhcp relay iflist

eth0 :

admin state = up oper state = up

max hops = 4

trusted = disabled remote id =

Internet_trigger :

admin state = up oper state = up

max hops = 4

trusted = enabled remote id =

Internet :

admin state = down oper state = down

max hops = 4

trusted = disabled remote id =

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

138

dhcp relay iflist

Show the configuration of the relay interfaces.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

dhcp relay iflist [intf = <string>]

intf The name of the dynamic interface to be listed.

Note If not specified, all the relay interfaces will be shown.

OPTIONAL

=>dhcp relay iflist

eth0 :

admin state = up oper state = up

max hops = 4

trusted = disabled remote id =

Internet_trigger :

admin state = up oper state = up

max hops = 4

trusted = enabled remote id =

Internet :

admin state = down oper state = down

max hops = 4

trusted = disabled remote id =

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

139

dhcp relay list

List the DHCP forward list.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp relay list [name = <string>]

name The forward entry name. OPTIONAL

=>dhcp relay list

DHCP server Interface giaddr

-------------------------------------------------------

127.0.0.1 eth0 10.0.0.138

dhcp relay add Add an entry to the DHCP forward list.

dhcp relay delete Delete an entry from the DHCP forward list.

dhcp relay modify Modify an entry from the DHCP forward list.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

140

dhcp relay modify

Modify an entry from the DHCP forward list.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp relay modify name = <string>

[addr = <ip-address>]

[intf = <{None | guest1 | dmz1 | wan1 |

lan1 | Internet}>]

[giaddr = <ip-address>]

[script = <>]

name The forward entry name. REQUIRED

addr The DHCP server IP address. OPTIONAL

intf The name of the relay interface, ‘None’ to indicate no interface

is specified.

The standard is None.

OPTIONAL

giaddr The giaddr field to be used in relayed DHCP packets. OPTIONAL

script Script to be run when the forward entry is hit. OPTIONAL

dhcp relay add Add an entry to the DHCP forward list.

dhcp relay delete Delete an entry from the DHCP forward list.

dhcp relay list List the DHCP forward list.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

141

dhcp relay ruleadd

Add a selection rule to a DHCP forward entry.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp relay ruleadd name = <string>

[key = <{or | and}>]

rulename = <string>

name The name of the forward entry. REQUIRED

key The logical key of the selection rule.

The default is or.

OPTIONAL

rulename The name of the DHCP selection rule. REQUIRED

dhcp relay ruledelete Delete a selection rule from a DHCP forward entry.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

142

dhcp relay ruledelete

Delete a selection rule from a DHCP forward entry.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp relay ruledelete name = <string>

rulename = <string>

name The name of the forward entry. REQUIRED

rulename The name of the DHCP selection rule. REQUIRED

dhcp relay ruleadd Add a selection rule to a DHCP forward entry.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

143

dhcp rule add

Add a rule for DHCP conditional selection.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp rule add name = <string>

type = <{vci | uci | mac}>

vci [!]= <quoted string>

uci [!]= <quoted string>

[match = <{exactly|as_substring}>]

mac [!]= <hardware-address with wildcard

| ex: '00:9f:aa:*:*:*'>

iIf a value is preceded by a “!”, it means NOT.

For example “mac=!00:9f:aa:bb:cc:dd” means “for MAC address different from 00:9f:aa:bb:cc:dd”.

name The name of the new DHCP rule. REQUIRED

type Specify the DHCP rule type.

Choose between:

>vci: vendor class identifier

>uci: user class identifier

>mac: MAC address.

REQUIRED

vci The vendor class identifier string.

Note Only required when type=vci.

REQUIRED

uci The user class identifier string.

Note Only required when type=uci.

REQUIRED

match The vendor or user class identifier string matching. OPTIONAL

mac The MAC address.

Note Only required when type=mac.

REQUIRED

dhcp rule delete Delete a DHCP rule.

dhcp rule flush Flush all DHCP rules.

dhcp rule list List all DHCP rules.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

144

dhcp rule debug traceconfig

Modify DHCP rule trace configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

dhcp rule debug traceconfig [state = {disabled | enabled}]

state Set tracing to disabled or enabled.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

145

dhcp rule delete

Delete a DHCP rule.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp rule delete name = <string>

name The name of the DHCP rule. REQUIRED

=>dhcp rule delete

name = new

:dhcp rule delete name=new

dhcp rule add Add a rule for DHCP conditional selection.

dhcp rule flush Flush all DHCP rules.

dhcp rule list List all DHCP rules.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

146

dhcp rule flush

Flush all DHCP rules.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp rule flush

=>dhcp rule list

Name Use Value

new 0 vci=test

=>dhcp rule flush

=>dhcp rule list

Name Use Value

dhcp rule add Add a rule for DHCP conditional selection.

dhcp rule delete Delete a DHCP rule.

dhcp rule list List all DHCP rules.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

147

dhcp rule list

List all DHCP rules.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp rule list

=>dhcp rule list

Name Use Value

new 0 vci=test

dhcp rule add Add a rule for DHCP conditional selection.

dhcp rule delete Delete a DHCP rule.

dhcp rule flush Flush all DHCP rules.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

148

dhcp server config

Print the DHCP server configuration settings.

SYNTAX:

where:

dhcp server config [state = <{disabled | enabled}>]

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

149

dhcp server flush

Flush all DHCP server pool and lease entries.

SYNTAX:

iThe flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.

dhcp server flush

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

150

dhcp server policy

Print the DHCP server policy settings.

SYNTAX:

where:

dhcp server policy [verifyfirst = <disabled|enabled>]

[trustclient = <disabled|enabled>]

[rtbehaviour = <msft|standard|traditional>]

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

151

dhcp server debug clear

Clear the DHCP server statistics.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp server debug clear

=>dhcp server debug stats

DHCP server state: Running

DHCP server statistics:

Corrupted packet recv : 0

DISCOVER : 2451

REQUEST : 28

DECLINE : 0

RELEASE : 22

INFORM : 1

Pure BOOTP REQUESTS : 2

Other message types : 0

OFFERs sent : 2451

ACKs sent : 19

NAKs sent : 0

Relay agent options dropped : 0

Lease table got full : no

Ping table got full : no

Second dhcp server seen : no

Total size of lease table: 32, in use: 0 free: 100 %

=>dhcp server debug clear

=>dhcp server debug stats

DHCP server state: Running

DHCP server statistics:

Corrupted packet recv : 0

DISCOVER : 0

REQUEST : 0

DECLINE : 0

RELEASE : 0

INFORM : 0

Pure BOOTP REQUESTS : 0

Other message types : 0

OFFERs sent : 0

ACKs sent : 0

NAKs sent : 0

Relay agent options dropped : 0

Lease table got full : no

Ping table got full : no

Second dhcp server seen : no

Total size of lease table: 32, in use: 0 free: 100 %

dhcp server debug stats Show the DHCP server statistics.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

152

dhcp server debug stats

Show the DHCP server statistics.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

DESCRIPTION:

>DHCP server state: the state of the DHCP server.

>Corrupted packet recv: the number of corrupted packets (not complaint to RFC2131) received from the

LAN.

>DISCOVER: the number of DHCP server discovery packets received from the LAN. These broadcasts are

sent by potential DHCP clients to locate available DHCP servers.

>REQUEST: the number of DHCP address lease requests received from the Local Area Network (LAN).

>DECLINE: the number of DHCP address lease requests declined.

>RELEASE: the number of DHCP address release requests received from DHCP clients.

>INFORM: the number of information requests received from DHCP clients.

>Pure BOOTP requests: the number of BOOTP requests received from the LAN.

>Other message types: the number of other messages received from the LAN.

>OFFERs sent: the number of IP address offers sent in reply to DHCP requests.

>ACKs sent: the number of ACKnowledgement replies sent to successfully configured DHCP clients.

>NAKs sent: the number of Not-AcKnowledgement replies sent to wrongly configured DHCP clients.

>Relay agent options dropped

>Lease table got full: whether the maximum number of DHCP leases is reached or not.

dhcp server debug stats

=>dhcp server stats

DHCP Server State: Stopped

DHCP server statistics:

Corrupted packet recv : 0

DISCOVER : 2451

REQUEST : 28

DECLINE : 0

RELEASE : 22

INFORM : 1

Pure BOOTP REQUESTS : 2

Other message types : 0

OFFERs sent : 2451

ACKs sent : 19

NAKs sent : 0

Relay agent options dropped : 0

Lease table got full : no

Ping table got full : no

Second dhcp server seen : no

Total size of lease table: 32, in use: 16, free: 50 %

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

153

>Ping table got full: whether the history list of IP address pings got full or not. These pings are sent by the

DHCP server to verify whether the IP address is already in use disabled the LAN or not (:dhcp server

policy verifyfirst=yes).

>Second DHCP server seen: whether a concurrent DHCP server was found disabled the LAN or not.

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp server debug clear Clear the DHCP server statistics.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

154

dhcp server debug traceconfig

Modify the DHCP server trace configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

dhcp server debug traceconfig [state = <{disabled | enabled}>]

state Enable or disable tracing.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

=>dhcp server debug traceconfig

Tracing: disabled

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

155

dhcp server lease add

Add a DHCP server lease.

SYNTAX:

where:

dhcp server lease add clientid = <client-id>

pool = <string>

[addr = <ip-address>]

[offset = <number>]

[leasetime = <number>]

[expirytime = <number>]

[gateway = <ip-address>]

[macaddr = <hardware-address>]

clientid The DHCP client identification string of the booting host. REQUIRED

pool The name of the DHCP server pool from which the DHCP lease

should be taken.

Tip Use the command

:dhcp server pool list to

obtain a list of available DHCP server pools.

REQUIRED

addr The favoured IP address for this DHCP host.

This IP address, if specified, must be in the range of the

specified DHCP server pool.

OPTIONAL

offset A number between 0 and the integer number defined by the

number of available IP addresses in the DHCP server pool.

Represents the IP address offset in the DHCP server pool

preserved for this host.

Note Not specifying this parameter does not preserve an IP

address for the host.

OPTIONAL

leasetime A number (of seconds).

Represents the time the host is allowed to use this address.

Note 0 means infinite leasetime.

OPTIONAL

expiretime The time in seconds the DHCP server keeps the lease reserved

Tip 0 means infinite expirytime.

gateway The IP address of the default router for this client. OPTIONAL

macaddr The MAC address of the host. OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

156

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

=>dhcp server lease list

Lease Pool TTL State Clientid

0 0.0.0.0 dhcp_pool_1 00:26:40 FREE 00:90:D0:12:34:56

=>dhcp server lease add clientid=01:23:55:67:89:ab pool=Local_pool leasetime=3600

=>dhcp server lease list

Lease Pool TTL State Clientid

0 0.0.0.0 dhcp_pool_1 00:26:40 FREE 00:90:D0:12:34:56

1 10.0.0.1 local_pool 00:59:22 USED 01:23:45:67:89:AB

dhcp server lease delete Delete a DHCP server lease.

dhcp server lease list List all the DHCP server leases.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

157

dhcp server lease delete

Delete a DHCP server lease.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp server lease delete [clientid = <clientid | none>]

[index = <number>]

clientid The DHCP client identification string of the DHCP lease.

Note If not specified, all DHCP clients are deleted.

OPTIONAL

index The DHCP server lease table index.

Tip Use the command :dhcp server lease list to

obtain a list of the index numbers of all current

DHCP leases.

OPTIONAL

=>dhcp server lease list

Lease Pool TTL State Clientid

0 0.0.0.0 dhcp_pool_1 00:26:40 FREE 00:90:D0:12:34:56

1 10.0.0.1 local_pool 00:59:22 USED 01:23:45:67:89:AB

=>dhcp server lease delete index=0

=>dhcp server lease list

Lease Pool TTL State Clientid

1 10.0.0.1 local_pool 00:59:22 USED 01:23:45:67:89:AB

dhcp server lease add Add a DHCP server lease.

dhcp server lease list List all the DHCP server leases.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

158

dhcp server lease flush

Flush all the DHCP server leases.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

iThe flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.

dhcp server lease flush [pool = <string>]

pool The name of the DHCP server pool to be flushed.

Only the leases belonging to this pool will be deleted.

Note If not specified, all the DHCP server leases will be

flushed.

OPTIONAL

=>dhcp server lease list

Lease Pool TTL State Clientid

0 0.0.0.0 dhcp_pool_1 00:26:40 FREE 00:90:D0:12:34:56

1 10.0.0.1 local_pool 00:59:22 USED 01:23:45:67:89:AB

2 10.0.0.101 local_pool 00:21:01 USED 01:23:89:AB:80:CD

3 10.0.0.132 local_pool 00:45:37 USED 09:D0:25:CE:F1:31

5 10.0.0.5 local_pool 00:21:11 USED AB:33:A1:7C:89:DD

4 10.0.0.6 local_pool 00:59:01 USED E3:81:9F:11:11:11

8 10.0.0.8 local_pool 00:01:00 USED 08:80:09:90:AB:DC

9 10.0.0.15 local_pool 00:00:23 USED 08:93:DA:AE:01:AF

=>dhcp server lease flush

=>dhcp server lease list

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

159

dhcp server lease list

List all the DHCP server leases.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp server lease list [clientid = <clientid | none>]

[index = <number>]

clientid The DHCP client identification string of the DHCP lease.

Note If not specified, the DSHCP server leases for all the

DHCP clients are listed.

OPTIONAL

index The DHCP server lease table index.

Note If not specified, the complete DHCP server lease table

will be shown.

OPTIONAL

=>dhcp server lease list

Lease Pool TTL State Clientid

0 0.0.0.0 dhcp_pool_1 00:26:40 FREE 00:90:D0:12:34:56

1 10.0.0.1 local_pool 00:59:22 USED 01:23:45:67:89:AB

2 10.0.0.101 local_pool 00:21:01 USED 01:23:89:AB:80:CD

3 10.0.0.132 local_pool 00:45:37 USED 09:D0:25:CE:F1:31

5 10.0.0.5 local_pool 00:21:11 USED AB:33:A1:7C:89:DD

4 10.0.0.6 local_pool 00:59:01 USED E3:81:9F:11:11:11

8 10.0.0.8 local_pool 00:01:00 USED 08:80:09:90:AB:DC

9 10.0.0.15 local_pool 00:00:23 USED 08:93:DA:AE:01:AF

dhcp server lease add Add a DHCP server lease.

dhcp server lease delete Delete a DHCP server lease.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

160

dhcp server option flush

Flush all DHCP server option templates and instances.

SYNTAX:

iThe flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.

dhcp server option flush

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

161

dhcp server option instadd

Add a DHCP server option instance.

SYNTAX:

where:

dhcp server option instadd name = <string>

tmplname = <string>

value = <Value : (type)value; type being 8-

bit,

16-bit, 32-bit, addr, ascii,

byte_array>

name The name of the DHCP server option instance. REQUIRED

tmplname The name of the DHCP server option template.

Tip Use the command :dhcp server option

tmpllist to obtain a list of DHCP server option

templates.

REQUIRED

value The value of the DHCP server option instance.

Format is (type)value where type is 8-bit, 16-bit, 32-bit, addr,

ascii or byte_array.

Note The type must be identical to the type of the DHCP

server option template. Use the command :dhcp

server option tmpllist to obtain a list of DHCP

server option templates.

REQUIRED

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

162

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

=>dhcp server option instlist

myInstance

Tmpl name : myTmpl (1)

Use : 0

Value : (32-bit)64

=>dhcp server option instadd name=yourInstance tmplname=yourTmpl value=(ascii)&#33

{root}[dhcp server option]=>instlist

yourInstance

Tmpl name : yourTmpl (2)

Use : 0

Value : (ascii)&#33

myInstance

Tmpl name : myTmpl (1)

Use : 0

Value : (32-bit)64

dhcp server option

instdelete Delete a DHCP server option instance.

dhcp server option

instlist List all the DHCP server option instances.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

163

dhcp server option instdelete

Delete a DHCP server option instance.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp server option instdelete name = <string>

name The name of the DHCP server option instance to be deleted. REQUIRED

=>dhcp server option instlist

yourInstance

Tmpl name : yourTmpl (2)

Use : 0

Value : (ascii)&#33

myInstance

Tmpl name : myTmpl (1)

Use : 0

Value : (32-bit)64

=>dhcp server option instdelete name=yourInstance

=>dhcp server option instlist

myInstance

Tmpl name : myTmpl (1)

Use : 0

Value : (32-bit)64

dhcp server option

instadd Add a DHCP server option instance.

dhcp server option

instlist List all the DHCP server option instances.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

164

dhcp server option instlist

List all the DHCP server option instances.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp server option instlist

=>dhcp server option instlist

yourInstance

Tmpl name : yourTmpl (2)

Use : 0

Value : (ascii)&#33

myInstance

Tmpl name : myTmpl (1)

Use : 0

Value : (32-bit)64

dhcp server option

instadd Add a DHCP server option instance.

dhcp server option

instdelete Delete a DHCP server option instance.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

165

dhcp server option tmpladd

Add a DHCP server option template.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp server option tmpladd name = <string>

optionid = <number{1-254}>

type = <{8-bit | 16-bit | 32-bit | addr |

ascii | byte_array}>

name The name of the DHCP server option template. REQUIRED

optionid A number between 1 and 254.

Specifies the DHCP server option code.

REQUIRED

type Specifies the DHCP server option type.

Choose between:

>8-bit

>16-bit

>32-bit

>addr

>ascii

>byte_array.

REQUIRED

=>dhcp server option tmpllist

Name Option Type Use

myTmpl 1 32-bit 0

=>dhcp server option tmpladd name=yourTmpl optionid=2 type=ascii

=>dhcp server option tmpllist

Name Option Type Use

yourTmpl 2 ascii 0

myTmpl 1 32-bit 0

dhcp server option

tmpldelete Delete a DHCP server option template.

dhcp server option

tmpllist List all the DHCP server option templates.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

166

dhcp server option tmpldelete

Delete a DHCP server option template.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp server option tmpldelete name = <string>

name The name of the DHCP server option template to be deleted. REQUIRED

=>dhcp server option tmpllist

Name Option Type Use

yourTmpl 2 ascii 0

myTmpl 1 32-bit 0

=>dhcp server option tmpldelete name=yourTmpl

=>dhcp server option tmpllist

Name Option Type Use

myTmpl 1 32-bit 0

dhcp server option

tmpladd Add a DHCP server option template.

dhcp server option

tmpllist List all the DHCP server option templates.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

167

dhcp server option tmpllist

List all the DHCP server option templates.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp server option tmpllist

=>dhcp server option tmpllist

Name Option Type Use

yourTmpl 2 ascii 0

myTmpl 1 32-bit 0

dhcp server option

tmpladd Add a DHCP server option template.

dhcp server option

tmpldelete Delete a DHCP server option template.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

168

dhcp server pool add

Add a DHCP server pool.

SYNTAX:

where:

dhcp server pool add name = <string>

[index = <number>]

name The name of the DHCP server pool.

Note If not specified, the name is “dhcp_pool_x”, where x is

a subsequent number.

REQUIRED

index The number of the pool before which you want the new pool to

be added.

Note If not specified, the DHCP server pool will be added at

the bottom of the DHCP server lease table.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

169

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

=>dhcp server pool list

Pool Start End State PPP

0 dhcp_pool_1 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 FREE

1 My_LAN_Pool 10.0.0.1 10.0.0.254 USED

2 dhcp_pool_2 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 FREE

=>dhcp server pool add

=>dhcp server pool list

Pool Start End State PPP

0 dhcp_pool_1 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 FREE

1 My_LAN_Pool 10.0.0.1 10.0.0.254 USED

2 dhcp_pool_2 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 FREE

3 dhcp_pool_3 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 FREE

=>dhcp server pool add name=POOL_EXTRA1

=>dhcp server pool list

Pool Start End State PPP

0 dhcp_pool_1 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 FREE

1 My_LAN_Pool 10.0.0.1 10.0.0.254 USED

2 dhcp_pool_2 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 FREE

3 dhcp_pool_3 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 FREE

4 POOL_EXTRA1 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 FREE

=>ppp ifconfig name=PPP_Test pool=POOL_EXTRA1

=>dhcp server pool list

Pool Start End State PPP

0 dhcp_pool_1 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 FREE

1 My_LAN_Pool 10.0.0.1 10.0.0.254 USED

2 dhcp_pool_2 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 FREE

3 dhcp_pool_3 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 FREE

4 POOL_EXTRA1 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 FREE PPP_Test

dhcp server pool delete Delete a DHCP server pool.

dhcp server pool list List all DHCP server pools.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

170

dhcp server pool config

Configure a DHCP server pool.

SYNTAX:

where:

dhcp server pool config name = <string>

intf = <string>

[index = <number>]

[poolstart = <ip-address>]

[poolend = <ip-address>]

[netmask = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>]

[gateway = <ipaddress | 0>]

[server = <ipaddress | 0>]

[primdns = <ipaddress | 0>]

[secdns = <ipaddress | 0>]

[dnsmetric = <number{0-100}>]

[primwins = <ipaddress | 0>]

[secwins = <ipaddress | 0>]

[leasetime = <number>]

[unnumbered = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[localgw = <{disabled | enabled}>]

name The name of the DHCP server pool to configure. REQUIRED

intf The interface for which the pool is allowed to lease IP

addresses.

REQUIRED

index A number between 0 (highest priority) and the highest number

(lowest priority) found in the list of existing DHCP server pools.

Represents a (higher) priority for the DHCP server pool.

Tip Use the command :dhcp server pool list to

obtain a list of the index numbers of all current

DHCP server pools.

OPTIONAL

poolstart The lowest IP address in the DHCP address range to use for

leasing.

The default value of this parameter is 0.0.0.0 (not specified),

which means that the lowest IP address of the pool will be

defined by the remote server via Internet Protocol Control

Protocol (IPCP) as soon as the Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP)

IPCP subnetmasking connection is established.

OPTIONAL

poolend The highest IP address in the DHCP address range to use for

leasing.

The default value of this parameter is 0.0.0.0 (not specified),

which means that the highest IP address of the pool will be

defined by the remote server via IPCP as soon as the PPP IPCP

subnetmasking connection is established.

OPTIONAL

netmask The applicable netmask for the DHCP leases. OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

171

EXAMPLE:

gateway The IP address of the default gateway for the DHCP clients.

The default value of this parameter is 0 (not specified), which

means that the gateway IP address will be communicated by

the remote server as soon as the PPP IPCP subnetmasking

connection is established or that the Thomson ST acts as the

LAN default gateway.

OPTIONAL

server The IP address of the DHCP server for DHCP clients. OPTIONAL

primdns The IP address of the primary DNS server for the DHCP clients.

The default value of this parameter is 0 (not specified), which

means that the IP address of the DNS server will be

communicated by the remote server as soon as the PPP IPCP

subnetmasking connection is established or that the Thomson

ST acts as the LAN DNS server.

OPTIONAL

secdns The IP address of the optional secondary DNS server for DHCP

clients.

The default value of this parameter is 0 (not specified), which

means that the gateway IP address will be communicated by

the remote server as soon as the PPP IPCP subnetmasking

connection is established.

OPTIONAL

dnsmetric The DHCP server pool DNS route metric. OPTIONAL

primwins The IP address of the primary Windows Internet Naming

Service (WINS) server for DHCP clients.

OPTIONAL

secwins The IP address of the secondary WINS server for DHCP clients. OPTIONAL

leasetime A number (of seconds).

Represents the time in seconds a client is allowed to use an

address.

Note Specifying 0 makes the lease permanent.

OPTIONAL

unnumbered Assign an IP address from this pool to the DHCP server

(enabled) or not (disabled).

Note For dynamic pools only.

OPTIONAL

localgw Proxy for a virtual default gateway residing in same subnet of

DHCP client instead of the remote peer address.

OPTIONAL

=>dhcp server pool list

Pool Start End Intf State

0 LAN_Private 10.0.0.1 10.0.0.254 eth0 USED

=>dhcp server pool config name=My_Pool poolstart=192.6.11.101

| poolend=192.6.11.254 netmask=255.255.255 gateway=192.6.11.100 leasetime=21600

=>dhcp server pool list

Pool Start End Intf State

0 LAN_Private 10.0.0.1 10.0.0.254 eth0 USED

1 My_Pool 192.6.11.101 192.6.11.254 eth0 USED

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

172

dhcp server pool delete

Delete a DHCP server pool.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp server pool delete name = <string>

name The name of the DHCP server pool to be deleted.

Tip Use the command :dhcp server pool list to

obtain a list of all current DHCP leases.

REQUIRED

=>dhcp server pool list

Pool Start End Intf State

0 LAN_Private 10.0.0.1 10.0.0.254 eth0 USED

1 My_Pool 192.6.11.101 192.6.11.254 eth0 USED

=>dhcp server pool delete name=My_Pool

=>dhcp server pool list

Pool Start End Intf State

0 LAN_Private 10.0.0.1 10.0.0.254 eth0 USED

dhcp server pool add Add a DHCP server pool.

dhcp server pool list List all DHCP server pools.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

173

dhcp server pool flush

Flush all DHCP server pools.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

iThe flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.

dhcp server pool flush

=>dhcp server pool list

Pool Start End Intf State

0 LAN_Private 10.0.0.1 10.0.0.254 eth0 USED

1 My_Pool 192.6.11.101 192.6.11.254 eth0 USED

=>dhcp server pool flush

=>dhcp server pool list

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

174

dhcp server pool list

List all DHCP server pools.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp server pool list [name = <string>]

name The name of the DHCP server pool to be shown.

Note If not specified, all the DHCP server pools are shown.

OPTIONAL

=>dhcp server pool list

Pool Start End Intf State

0 LAN_Private 10.0.0.1 10.0.0.254 eth0 USED

1 My_Pool 192.6.11.101 192.6.11.254 eth0 USED

dhcp server pool add Add a DHCP server pool.

dhcp server pool delete Delete a DHCP server pool.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

175

dhcp server pool optadd

Add an option instance to the DHCP server pool.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp server pool optadd name = <string>

instname = <string>

name The name of the DHCP server pool to which an option instance

must be added.

REQUIRED

instname The name of the DHCP server option instance.

Tip Use the command :dhcp server option

instlist to obtain a list of DHCP server option

instances.

REQUIRED

=>dhcp server pool optadd name=dhcp_pool_1 instname=yourInstance

=>dhcp server pool list name=dhcp_pool_1

Pool Start End Intf State

1 dhcp_pool_1 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 lan1 FREE

DHCP server = 0.0.0.0 [unnumbered]

Netmask = 0.0.0.0

Leasetime = infinite

Gateway = 0.0.0.0

DNS domain = lan

DNS metric = 0

DNS address list:

0.0.0.0 (local DNS)

Option instance list:

Name Option

yourInstance 2 (yourTmpl)

dhcp server pool optdelete Delete an option instance from the DHCP server pool.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

176

dhcp server pool optdelete

Delete an option instance from the DHCP server pool.

SYNTAX:

where:

dhcp server pool optdelete name = <string>

instname = <string>

name The name of the DHCP server pool from which an option

instance must be deleted.

REQUIRED

instname The name of the DHCP server option instance to be deleted.

Tip Use the command :dhcp server option list to

obtain a list of DHCP server option instances.

REQUIRED

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

177

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

=>dhcp server pool list name=dhcp_pool_1

Pool Start End Intf State

1 dhcp_pool_1 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 lan1 FREE

DHCP server = 0.0.0.0 [unnumbered]

Netmask = 0.0.0.0

Leasetime = infinite

Gateway = 0.0.0.0

DNS domain = lan

DNS metric = 0

DNS address list:

0.0.0.0 (local DNS)

Option instance list:

Name Option

yourInstance 2 (yourTmpl)

=>dhcp server pool optdelete name=dhcp_pool_1 instname=yourInstance

=>dhcp server pool list name=dhcp_pool_1

Pool Start End Intf State

1 dhcp_pool_1 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 lan1 FREE

DHCP server = 0.0.0.0 [unnumbered]

Netmask = 0.0.0.0

Leasetime = infinite

Gateway = 0.0.0.0

DNS domain = lan

DNS metric = 0

DNS address list:

0.0.0.0 (local DNS)

dhcp server pool optadd Add an option instance to the DHCP server pool.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

178

dhcp server pool rtadd

Add a route to the DHCP server pool.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp server pool rtadd name = <string>

dst = <ip-address>

[dstmsk = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>]

[gateway = <ipaddress | 0>]

name The name of the DHCP server pool to which a route must be

added.

REQUIRED

dst The IP destination address of the route for DHCP clients. REQUIRED

dstmsk The destination IP address mask. OPTIONAL

gateway The IP address of the next hop. Must be directly connected to

the DHCP client

OPTIONAL

dhcp server pool rtdelete Delete a route from the DHCP server pool.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

179

dhcp server pool rtdelete

Delete a route from the DHCP server pool.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp server pool rtdelete name = <string>

dst = <ip-address>

[dstmsk = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>]

[gateway = <ipaddress | 0>]

name The name of the DHCP server pool from which a route must be

deleted.

REQUIRED

dst The IP destination address of the route for DHCP clients. REQUIRED

dstmsk The destination IP address mask. OPTIONAL

gateway The IP address of the next hop. Must be directly connected to

the DHCP client

OPTIONAL

dhcp server pool rtadd Add a route to the DHCP server pool.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

180

dhcp server pool ruleadd

Add a selection rule to the DHCP server pool.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp server pool ruleadd name = <string>

[key = {or | and}]

rulename = <string>

name The name of the DHCP server pool to which a selection rule

must be added.

REQUIRED

key The logical key of the selection rule.

The default is or.

OPTIONAL

rulename The name of the DHCP selection rule.

Tip Use the command :dhcp server rule list to

obtain a list of DHCP server rules.

REQUIRED

dhcp server pool ruledelete Delete a selection rule from the DHCP server pool.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

181

dhcp server pool ruledelete

Delete a selection rule from the DHCP server pool.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dhcp server pool ruleadd name = <string>

rulename = <string>

name The name of the DHCP server pool from which a selection rule

must be deleted.

REQUIRED

rulename The name of the DHCP selection rule to be deleted.

Tip Use the command :dhcp server rule list to

obtain a list of DHCP server rules.

REQUIRED

dhcp server pool

ruleadd Add a selection rule to the DHCP server pool.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DHCP Commands

182

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

183

10 DNS Commands

Introduction

This chapter describes the commands of the dns command group.

Contents

This chapter covers the following commands:

dns client config Modify the Domain Name System (DNS) resolver

configuration.

184

dns client dnsadd Add a DNS server. 185

dns client dnsdelete Delete a DNS server. 186

dns client dnslist List all DNS servers. 187

dns client flush Remove all DNS servers. 188

dns client nslookup DNS lookup for a domain name or an address. 189

dns server config Modify the DNS resolver configuration. 190

dns server flush Flush all local DNS hosts and routes. 191

dns server debug clear Clear the DNS server/forwarder statistics. 192

dns server debug stats Print the DNS server/forwarder statistics. 193

dns server debug spoof clear Clear the intercept cache table 194

dns server debug spoof getaddress Get the real ip for the given spoofed ip 195

dns server debug spoof getflags Get the error flags for the given spoofed ip 196

dns server debug spoof list List the intercept cache table. 197

dns server debug spoof update Update the intercept cache table. 198

dns server host add Add a local DNS host. 199

dns server host delete Delete a local DNS host. 200

dns server host flush Flush all the local DNS hosts. 201

dns server host list List all the local DNS hosts. 202

dns server route add Creates a DNS forwarding entry or template. 203

dns server route delete Deletes a DNS forwarding entry or template 205

dns server route flush Removes all DNS forwarding entries and templates. 206

dns server route list List all the DNS forwarding entries or templates. 207

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

184

dns client config

Modify the Domain Name System (DNS) resolver configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

dns client config [timeout = <number{1-900}>]

[retry = <number{0-10}>]

[search = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[list = <string>]

[trace = <{disabled | enabled}>]

timeout A number between 1 and 900 (seconds).

Represents the query timeout.

The default is 5.

OPTIONAL

retry A number between 0 and 10.

Represents the number of query retries before giving up.

The default is 3.

OPTIONAL

search Use the search list to construct fully qualified domain names.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

list Specify a search list.

This is a slash separated list of domain name suffixes.

OPTIONAL

trace Enable or disable verbose logging.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

=>dns client config

timeout : 5s

retry : 3

search : on

srchlist : <empty>

trace : off

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

185

dns client dnsadd

Add a DNS server.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dns client dnsadd addr = <string>

[port = <number>]

addr The IP address of the DNS server to be added. REQUIRED

port The DNS server port number.

The default is 53.

OPTIONAL

=>dns client dnsadd addr=150.150.150.150

=>dns client dnslist

Entry State Family Server

1 CONNECTED IP [port] 53 - [addr] 127.0.0.1

2 CONNECTED IP [port] 53 - [addr] 150.150.150.150

dns client dnsdelete Delete a DNS server.

dns client dnslist List all DNS servers.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

186

dns client dnsdelete

Delete a DNS server.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dns client dnsdelete index = <number{1-99}>

index A number between 1 and 99.

Represents the index number of the DNS server to be deleted.

Tip Use the command :dns client dnslist to obtain a list of

DNS servers.

REQUIRED

=>dns client dnslist

Entry State Family Server

1 CONNECTED IP [port] 53 - [addr] 127.0.0.1

2 CONNECTED IP [port] 53 - [addr] 150.150.150.150

=>dns client dnsdelete index=2

=>dns client dnslist

Entry State Family Server

1 CONNECTED IP [port] 53 - [addr] 127.0.0.1

dns client dnsadd Add a DNS server.

dns client dnslist List all DNS servers.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

187

dns client dnslist

List all DNS servers.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dns client dnslist

=>dns client dnslist

Entry State Family Server

1 CONNECTED IP [port] 53 - [addr] 127.0.0.1

2 CONNECTED IP [port] 53 - [addr] 150.150.150.150

dns client dnsadd Add a DNS server.

dns client dnsdelete Delete a DNS server.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

188

dns client flush

Remove all DNS servers.

SYNTAX:

dns client flush

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

189

dns client nslookup

DNS lookup for a domain name or an address.

SYNTAX:

where:

dns client nslookup host = <string>

host The DNS domain name string for which to query. REQUIRED

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

190

dns server config

Modify the DNS resolver configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

dns server config [domain = <string>]

[timeout = <number{0-2147483647}>]

[suppress = <number>]

[state = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[trace = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[WANDownSpoofing = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[WDSpoofedIP = <ip-address>]

domain The DNS server domain name. OPTIONAL

timeout A number between 0 and 2147483647 (seconds).

Represents the forwarded DNS query timeout.

The default is 15.

OPTIONAL

suppress Suppress not more than the specified amount of remote DNS

server errors.

The default is 0.

OPTIONAL

state Enable or disable the local DNS server/forwarder.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

trace Enable or disable verbose logging.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

WANDownSpoofing Enable or disable DNS spoofing when no applicable forwarding

route present.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

WDSpoofedIP The IP address to be used for spoofing when WANDownSpoofing

is enabled.

OPTIONAL

=>dns server config

domain : lan

timeout : 15s

suppress : 0

state : enabled

trace : off

spoofing : off

spoof ip : 0.0.0.0

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

191

dns server flush

Flush all local DNS hosts and routes.

SYNTAX:

dns server flush

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

192

dns server debug clear

Clear the DNS server/forwarder statistics.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dns server debug clear

=>dns server debug stats

Corrupted packets received : 100

Local questions resolved : 3

Local negative answers sent : 1

Total DNS packets forwarded : 0

External answers received : 0

Spoofed responses : 0

Forward table full, discard : 0

Spurious answers : 0

Unknown query types : 0

=>dns server debug clear

=>dns server debug stats

Corrupted packets received : 0

Local questions resolved : 0

Local negative answers sent : 0

Total DNS packets forwarded : 0

External answers received : 0

Spoofed responses : 0

Forward table full, discard : 0

Spurious answers : 0

Unknown query types : 0

dns server debug stats Print the DNS server/forwarder statistics.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

193

dns server debug stats

Print the DNS server/forwarder statistics.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dns server debug stats

=>dns server debug stats

Corrupted packets received : 100

Local questions resolved : 3

Local negative answers sent : 1

Total DNS packets forwarded : 0

External answers received : 0

Spoofed responses : 0

Forward table full, discard : 0

Spurious answers : 0

Unknown query types : 0

dns server debug clear Clear the DNS server/forwarder statistics.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

194

dns server debug spoof clear

Clear the intercept cache table

SYNTAX:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dns server debug spoof clear

dns server debug spoof getaddress Get the real ip for the given spoofed ip

dns server debug spoof getflags Get the error flags for the given spoofed ip

dns server debug spoof list List the intercept cache table.

dns server debug spoof update Update the intercept cache table.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

195

dns server debug spoof getaddress

Get the real ip for the given spoofed ip

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dns server debug spoof getaddress addr = <ip-address>

addr The IP address of the spoofed server. REQUIRED

{Administrator}=>dns server debug spoof getaddress addr=198.18.1.1

:dns server debug spoof getaddress addr=198.18.1.1

Resolved ip = 0.0.0.0.

{Administrator}=>

dns server debug spoof clear Clear the intercept cache table

dns server debug spoof getflags Get the error flags for the given spoofed ip

dns server debug spoof list List the intercept cache table.

dns server debug spoof update Update the intercept cache table.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

196

dns server debug spoof getflags

Get the error flags for the given spoofed ip

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dns server debug spoof getflags addr = <ip-address>

addr The IP address of the spoofed server. REQUIRED

{Administrator}[dns server debug spoof]=>:dns server debug spoof getflags

addr = 192.168.1.254

:dns server debug spoof getflags addr=192.168.1.254

Invalid spoofed ip.

{Administrator}[dns server debug spoof]=>

dns server debug spoof clear Clear the intercept cache table

dns server debug spoof getaddress Get the real ip for the given spoofed ip

dns server debug spoof list List the intercept cache table.

dns server debug spoof update Update the intercept cache table.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

197

dns server debug spoof list

List the intercept cache table.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dsn server debug spoof list

{Administrator}[dns server debug spoof]=>list

Spoof IP FQDN Real IP Flags

198.18.1.1 eu.thmulti.com 0.0.0.0 Not resolved

198.18.1.2 thmulti.com 0.0.0.0 Not resolved

198.18.1.3 com 0.0.0.0 Not resolved

198.18.1.4 edgmd588.eu.thmulti.com 0.0.0.0 Not resolved

198.18.1.5 edgmssus01.eu.thmulti.com 0.0.0.0 Not resolved

198.18.1.6 BOULSDCEU02.eu.thmulti.com 0.0.0.0 Not resolved

198.18.1.7 juleke.nit 0.0.0.0 Not resolved

dns server debug spoof clear Clear the intercept cache table

dns server debug spoof getaddress Get the real ip for the given spoofed ip

dns server debug spoof getflags Get the error flags for the given spoofed ip

dns server debug spoof update Update the intercept cache table.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

198

dns server debug spoof update

Update the intercept cache table.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dns server debug spoof update

{Administrator}=>dns server debug spoof update

{Administrator}=>

dns server debug spoof clear Clear the intercept cache table

dns server debug spoof getaddress Get the real ip for the given spoofed ip

dns server debug spoof getflags Get the error flags for the given spoofed ip

dns server debug spoof list List the intercept cache table.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

199

dns server host add

Add a local DNS host.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dns server host add name = <string>

[addr = <ip-address>]

[ttl = <number{0-2147483647}>]

name The name of the IP host to be added. REQUIRED

addr The IP address of the host. OPTIONAL

ttl A number between 0 and 2147483647 (seconds).

Represents the lifetime of the host.

The default is 0 (in other words, no limit on the lifetime).

OPTIONAL

=>dns server host add name=myDNS addr=150.150.150.150 ttl=3600

=>dns server host list

Address Hostname TTL (s)

150.150.150.150 myDNS 3600

<local> speedtouch 0

<local> dsldevice 0

dns server host delete Delete a local DNS host.

dns server host list List all the local DNS hosts.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

200

dns server host delete

Delete a local DNS host.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dns server host delete name = <string>

name The name of the DNS host to be deleted. REQUIRED

=>dns server host list

Address Hostname TTL (s)

150.150.150.150 myDNS 3600

<local> speedtouch 0

<local> dsldevice 0

=>dns server host delete name=myDNS

=>dns server host list

Address Hostname TTL (s)

<local> speedtouch 0

<local> dsldevice 0

dns server host add Add a local DNS host.

dns server host list List all the local DNS hosts.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

201

dns server host flush

Flush all the local DNS hosts.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

dns server host flush

=>dns server host list

Address Hostname TTL (s)

192.168.1.64 * Unknown-00-10-a4-ad-32-cf 60

<local> dsldevice 1200

<local> speedtouch 1200

=>dns server host flush

=>dns server host list

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

202

dns server host list

List all the local DNS hosts.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dns server host list

=>dns server host list

Address Hostname TTL (s)

192.168.1.64 * Unknown-00-10-a4-ad-32-cf 60

<local> dsldevice 1200

<local> speedtouch 1200

dns server host add Add a local DNS host.

dns server host delete Delete a local DNS host.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

203

dns server route add

Creates a DNS forwarding entry or template.

SYNTAX:

where:

dns server route add dns = <ip-address>

[src = <ip-address>]

[srcmask = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>]

[domain = <string>]

[metric = <number{0-100}>]

[intf = <string>]

dns The IP address of a DNS server. If 0.0.0.0 is used, the entry becomes a

DNS-Template which is instantiated if DNS Server IPs are configured

on an IP interface.

REQUIRED

src The source IP address(es) using this remote DNS server. If specified,

only DNS queries from machines of which the source IP address

matches the source prefix of the DNS entry will be forwarded to the

corresponding DNS server.

Note Supports IP/mask notation.

OPTIONAL

srcmask The source IP address mask. OPTIONAL

domain The DNS Domain matching string. If configured, only those DNS

queries of which the domain name in the query matches with the

string configured for the entry will be forwarded to the corresponding

DNS Server. Maximum string length: 62 characters.

OPTIONAL

metric A number between 0 and 100. Represents the metric (weight factor) for

this DNS route. The DNS Entry List is sorted on DNS Metric: the lower

the metric, the higher the priority of the entry.

OPTIONAL

intf An interface name.

The interface associated with the DNS entry or DNS Template. DNS

queries will only be forwarded on the specified interface.

Note In no interface is specified, DNS queries will be forwarded on

all interfaces.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

204

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

=>dns server route add dns=150.150.150.150 src=10.0.0.0/8 domain=myDNS intf=eth0

=>dns server route list

DNS Server Source Domain Metric Intf State

150.150.150.150 10.0.0.0/8 myDNS 0 eth0 UP

dns server route delete Delete a DNS forwarding route.

dns server route list List all the DNS forwarding routes.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

205

dns server route delete

Deletes a DNS forwarding entry or template

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dns server route delete dns = <ip-address>

[domain = <string>]

[intf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}>]

dns The IP address of the DNS server for which the forwarding route must

be deleted.

REQUIRED

domain The DNS domain string. OPTIONAL

intf The interface associated with the DNS entry or DNS Template. OPTIONAL

=>dns server route list

DNS Server Source Domain Metric Intf State

150.150.150.150 10.0.0.0/8 myDNS 0 eth0 UP

=>dns server route delete dns=150.150.150.150

=>dns server route list

dns server route add Adds a DNS forwarding route.

dns server route list List all the DNS forwarding routes.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

206

dns server route flush

Removes all DNS forwarding entries and templates.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

dns server route flush

=>dns server route list

DNS Server Source Domain Metric Intf State

150.150.150.150 10.0.0.0/8 myDNS 0 eth0 UP

=>dns server route flush

=>dns server route list

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

207

dns server route list

List all the DNS forwarding entries or templates.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dns server route list

=>dns server route list

DNS Server Source Domain Metric Intf State

150.150.150.150 10.0.0.0/8 myDNS 0 eth0 UP

dns server route add Adds a DNS forwarding route.

dns server route delete Delete a DNS forwarding route.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DNS Commands

208

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DSD Commands

209

11 DSD Commands

Introduction

This chapter describes the commands of the dsd command group.

Contents

This chapter covers the following commands:

dsd config Display/modify the Differentiated Service Delivery (DSD)

framework configuration.

210

dsd debug config Display/modify DSD debug settings 211

dsd debug connection list Display the internal connection pool usage. 212

dsd debug proxy Display/modify the HyperText Transfer Protocol (HTTP)

Intercept fixed proxy configuration.

213

dsd debug recycling Display/modify HTTPI recycling settings 214

dsd debug stats Display/clear DSD framework and module statistics 215

dsd intercept config Display/modify the HTTP Intercept configuration. 216

dsd syslog config Display/modify the HTTP Intercept logging configuration. 217

dsd syslog list Display the HTTP Intercept log file. 218

dsd urlfilter config Display/modify the URL filtering configuration. 219

dsd urlfilter rule add Add a rule. 220

dsd urlfilter rule delete Delete a rule. 221

dsd urlfilter rule flush Remove all current rules. 222

dsd urlfilter rule list Display the list of current rules. 223

dsd urlfilter rule modify Modify an existing rule. 224

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DSD Commands

210

dsd config

Display/modify the Differentiated Service Delivery (DSD) framework configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

dsd config [state = <{disabled | enabled | automatic}>]

state Choose between:

>automatic (default):

By default (DSD config state is automatic), the DSD framework is

not active, for example no URL filtering or web site filtering is

applied. Only in case the state of the default WAN IP interface goes

down, DSD framework will be activated, for example in case the

PPP link goes down (implying HTTP intercept active).

>enabled:

If DSD config state is enabled the DSD framework is always active.

>disabled

OPTIONAL

iIf you do not provide any parameters, the current configuration will be shown.

=>dsd config

State : automatic

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DSD Commands

211

dsd debug config

Display/modify DSD debug settings

SYNTAX:

where:

config [turbomode = <{disabled|enabled}>]

turbomode Enable/disable turbomode OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DSD Commands

212

dsd debug connection list

Display the internal connection pool usage.

SYNTAX:

where:

dsd debug connection list [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

expand Enable or disable the expanded listing.

The default is disabled.

optional

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DSD Commands

213

dsd debug proxy

Display/modify the HyperText Transfer Protocol (HTTP) Intercept fixed proxy configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

dsd debug proxy [state = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[dest = <ip-address>]

[port = <{supported TCP/UDP port} or number>]

state Enable or disable fixed proxy redirecting.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

dest The destination IP address to which requests will be forwarded. OPTIONAL

port The port to be used for connecting to proxy.

Select one of the supported Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)/UDP

port names (see “ Supported TCP/UDP Port Names” on page 747) or,

alternatively, specify the port number.

OPTIONAL

=>dsd debug proxy

State : off

Dest.IP : 0.0.0.0

Port : 0

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DSD Commands

214

dsd debug recycling

Display/modify HTTPI recycling settings

SYNTAX:

where:

dsd debug recycling state = <disabled>|<enabled>

interval = <number>

httpidle = <number>

otheridle = <number>

state Enable/disable stream recycling OPTIONAL

interval Time between successive activity checks OPTIONAL

httpidle Minimal idle count for recycling (filtered) http streams OPTIONAL

otheridle Minimal idle count for recycling other streams OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DSD Commands

215

dsd debug stats

Display/clear DSD framework and module statistics

SYNTAX:

where:

dsd debug stats name = <{intercept|urlfilter|recycling|syslog|all}

clear = <{no|yes}>

name Specify the name of a module REQUIRED

clear Clear the specified statistics REQUIRED

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DSD Commands

216

dsd intercept config

Display/modify the HTTP Intercept configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

dsd intercept config [WDSpoofedIP = <ip-address>]

[servertimeout = <number>]

[servererrorurl = <string>]

[categoryerrorurl = <string>]

[monitorintercepturl = <string>]

[urlblockedurl = <string>]

[imageredirect = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[imageredirecturl = <string>]

[alwaysuseip = <{disabled | enabled}>]

WDSpoofedIP The IP address indicating unavailable WAN connection.

The default is 198.18.1.1.

OPTIONAL

servertimeout A number of seconds.

Represents the server timeout for redirect action.

The default is 10.

OPTIONAL

servererrorurl The destination URL when the connection to the server failed. OPTIONAL

categoryerrorurl The destination URL when the connection to the category server

failed.

OPTIONAL

monitorintercept

url

The destination URL when the request is intercepted by the

monitor thread.

OPTIONAL

urlblockedurl The destination URL when the requested URL is blocked. OPTIONAL

imageredirect Enable or disable substitution of blocked images.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

imageredirecturl The URL of the image used when substituting blocked images. OPTIONAL

alwaysuseip Always use IP address when redirecting to a local page (enabled)

or not (disabled).

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

=>dsd intercept config

WAN down spoofed IP : 198.18.1.1

Servertimeout : 10 sec

Connection failure : /cgi/b/ic/connect/

Category server error : /cgi/b/ic/connect/

Monitor intercept : /cgi/b/ic/connect/

Unauthorized request : /cgi/b/sfltr/blocked/

Image redirecting : enabled

Image redirect url : /images/spacer.gif

Always use IP : enabled

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DSD Commands

217

dsd syslog config

Display/modify the HTTP Intercept logging configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dsd syslog config [syslog = <{none | unauthorized | errors | inter-

cepted | all}>]

syslog Define the type of events to log.

Choose between:

>none: nothing is logged to syslog.

>unauthorized: only the HTTP requests that are blocked because of a

LocalRule, BlockCategory, BlockIPAddress or BlockObscure event,

are logged.

>errors: only the HTTP requests that are blocked because of Server

errors, Category errors, Monitor intercept, loop detection, bad

requests or redirects by local policy rules.

>intercepted: only the HTTP requests that are blocked because of

URLBlocked, Server errors, Category errors, Monitor intercept, loop

detection, bad requests or redirects by local policy rules.

>all: every received request is logged to syslog.

The default is intercepted.

OPTIONAL

=>dsd syslog config

syslog : errors

dsd syslog list Display the HTTP Intercept log file.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DSD Commands

218

dsd syslog list

Display the HTTP Intercept log file.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dsd syslog list

=>dsd syslog list

<86> SysUpTime: 00:22:37 [HTTPI] src=10.0.0.1 src_port=1965 dst=141.11.196.35 dst_port=80 eve

nt=ServerConnect dst_name=aWebsite.com/icons/Button_Document.gif

<86> SysUpTime: 00:22:59 [HTTPI] src=10.0.0.1 src_port=1968 dst=141.11.234.60 dst_port=80 eve

nt=ServerConnect dst_name=anotherWebsite.com/rawgen.asp

dsd syslog config Display/modify the HTTP Intercept logging configuration.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DSD Commands

219

dsd urlfilter config

Display/modify the URL filtering configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

dsd urlfilter config [state = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[blockproxy = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[blockipaddress = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[blockobscuredip = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[defaultaction = <{block | accept}>]

state Enable or disable URL filtering.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

blockproxy Enable or disable blocking of HTTP requests via a proxy server.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

blockipaddr

ess

Enable or disable blocking of HTTP requests if host name is IP address.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

blockobscur

edip

Enable or disable blocking of HTTP requests if host name is believed to

be an IP address.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

defaultactio

Select the action to be performed when no filter is applicable.

Choose between:

>block

>accept.

The default is accept.

OPTIONAL

=>dsd urlfilter config

Filter state : enabled

Block proxy traffic : disabled

Block IP addr : disabled

Block obscured IP addr : disabled

Default action : accept

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DSD Commands

220

dsd urlfilter rule add

Add a rule.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dsd urlfilter rule add url = <string>

action = <{block | accept | redirect}>

redirect = <string>

url Definition of the URL filter. REQUIRED

action The action to perform when URL matches URL.

Choose between:

>block

>accept

>redirect.

REQUIRED

redirect The redirection URL.

Note This parameter is only required when the action is redirect.

REQUIRED

=>dsd urlfilter rule add url=www.speedtouch.com action=redirect redirect=www.speedtouch.be

=>dsd urlfilter rule list

Index Action Url Redirect

----- ------ --- --------

0 redirect www.speedtouch.com www.speedtouch.be

Rule list statistics : 1 present, 128 total (0.0% used)

dsd urlfilter rule delete Delete a rule.

dsd urlfilter rule list Display the list of current rules.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DSD Commands

221

dsd urlfilter rule delete

Delete a rule.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dsd urlfilter rule delete index = <number>

[url = <string>]

index Insertion position in the list.

Tip Use the command :dsd urlfilter rule list to obtain

the index number of the rule to be deleted.

REQUIRED

url Definition of the URL filter. OPTIONAL

=>dsd urlfilter rule list

Index Action Url Redirect

----- ------ --- --------

0 redirect www.speedtouch.com www.speedtouch.be

1 accept www.baen.com

Rule list statistics : 2 present, 128 total (0.0% used)

=>dsd urlfilter rule delete index=1

=>dsd urlfilter rule list

Index Action Url Redirect

----- ------ --- --------

0 redirect www.speedtouch.com www.speedtouch.be

Rule list statistics : 1 present, 128 total (0.0% used)

dsd urlfilter rule add Add a rule.

dsd urlfilter rule list Display the list of current rules.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DSD Commands

222

dsd urlfilter rule flush

Remove all current rules.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

dsd urlfilter rule flush

=>dsd urlfilter rule list

Index Action Url Redirect

----- ------ --- --------

0 redirect www.speedtouch.com www.speedtouch.be

1 accept www.baen.com

Rule list statistics : 2 present, 128 total (0.0% used)

=>dsd urlfilter rule flush

=>dsd urlfilter rule list

Index Action Url Redirect

----- ------ --- --------

Rule list statistics : 0 present, 128 total (0.0% used)

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DSD Commands

223

dsd urlfilter rule list

Display the list of current rules.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dsd urlfilter rule list

=>dsd urlfilter rule list

Index Action Url Redirect

----- ------ --- --------

0 redirect www.speedtouch.com www.speedtouch.be

1 accept www.baen.com

Rule list statistics : 2 present, 128 total (0.0% used)

dsd urlfilter rule add Add a rule.

dsd urlfilter rule delete Delete a rule.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DSD Commands

224

dsd urlfilter rule modify

Modify an existing rule.

SYNTAX:

where:

dsd urlfilter rule modify index = <number>

[newurl = <string>]

action = <{block | accept | redirect}>

redirect = <string>

index Insertion position in the list. REQUIRED

newurl Definition of the new URL filter. OPTIONAL

action Action to perform when URL matches URL.

Choose between:

>block

>accept

>redirect.

REQUIRED

redirect The redirection URL.

Note This parameter is only required when the action is redirect.

REQUIRED

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DSD Commands

225

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

=>dsd urlfilter rule list

Index Action Url Redirect

----- ------ --- --------

0 redirect www.speedtouch.com www.speedtouch.be

1 accept www.baen.com

Rule list statistics : 2 present, 128 total (0.0% used)

=>dsd urlfilter rule modify index=0 newurl=www.speed*.* action=redirect redirect=www.speedtou

ch.be

=>dsd urlfilter rule list

Index Action Url Redirect

----- ------ --- --------

0 redirect www.speed*.* www.speedtouch.be

1 accept www.baen.com

Rule list statistics : 2 present, 128 total (0.0% used)

dsd urlfilter rule add Add a rule.

dsd urlfilter rule delete Delete a rule.

dsd urlfilter rule list Display the list of current rules.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DSD Commands

226

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DynDNS Commands

227

12 DynDNS Commands

Introduction

Dynamic DNS is a service that allows to bind a host name to an IP address. In contrast to classical DNS, this

service allows regular updates of the IP address related to a host name. In this way, hosts of which the IP

address regularly changes (for example due to a limited DHCP lease time) can be identified by a static host

name that is unique throughout the Internet.

This chapter describes the commands of the dyndns commnd group.

Contents

This chapter covers the following commands:

dyndns add Add a dynamic DNS client. 228

dyndns delete Delete a dynamic DNS client. 229

dyndns flush Delete all the dynamic DNS clients. 230

dyndns list List all the dynamic DNS clients. 231

dyndns modify Modify a dynamic DNS client. 232

dyndns host add Add a fully qualified host name. 234

dyndns host delete Delete a host name. 235

dyndns host flush Delete all hosts. 236

dyndns host list List all host names. 237

dyndns service list List all dynamic DNS services. 238

dyndns service modify Modify specific dynamic DNS service settings. 240

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DynDNS Commands

228

dyndns add

Add a dynamic DNS client.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dyndns add name = <string>

name The name of the new dynamic DNS client.

Note A maximum of 5 clients can be configured.

REQUIRED

=>dyndns add name=WAN

=>dyndns list

WAN : [INIT]

user = password =

addr = 0.0.0.0

dyndns delete Delete a dynamic DNS client.

dyndns list List all dynamic DNS clients.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DynDNS Commands

229

dyndns delete

Delete a dynamic DNS client.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dyndns delete name = <string>

name The name of the dynamic DNS client to be deleted. REQUIRED

=>dyndns list

WAN : [INIT]

user = password =

addr = 0.0.0.0

=>dyndns delete name=WAN

=>dyndns list

dyndns add Add a dynamic DNS client.

dyndns list List all dynamic DNS clients.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DynDNS Commands

230

dyndns flush

Delete all the dynamic DNS clients.

SYNTAX:

dyndns flush

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DynDNS Commands

231

dyndns list

List all the dynamic DNS clients.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dyndns list

=>dyndns list

WAN : [INIT]

user = password =

addr = 0.0.0.0

dyndns add Add a dynamic DNS client.

dyndns delete Delete a dynamic DNS client.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DynDNS Commands

232

dyndns modify

Modify a dynamic DNS client.

SYNTAX:

where:

dyndns modify name = <string>

[intf = <string>]

[user = <string>]

[password = <password>]

[group = <string>]

[mx = <string>]

[backmx = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[wildcard = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[offline = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[service = <{dyndns | statdns | custom | No-IP |

DtDNS

| gnudip}>]

[status = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[trace = <{disabled | enabled}>]

name The name of the dynamic DNS client to be modified. REQUIRED

intf The dynamic DNS client interface.

Note This parameter must be defined to enable the dynamic DNS

client.

OPTIONAL

user The username for dynamic DNS authentication. OPTIONAL

password The password for dynamic DNS authentication. OPTIONAL

group The dynamic DNS host group. OPTIONAL

mx The mail exchanger. OPTIONAL

backmx Set up the mail exchanger as a backup mail exchanger (enabled) or

not (disabled).

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

wildcard Allow the use of hostname wildcards (enabled) or not (disabled).

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

offline Set the host to offline mode (enabled) or not (disabled).

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

service The dynamic DNS service. Choose between:

>dyndns

>statdns

>custom

>No-IP

>DtDNS

>gnudip.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DynDNS Commands

233

EXAMPLE:

status Enable or disable the dynamic DNS client.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

trace Enable or disable the verbose console logging for the dynamic DNS

client.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

=>dyndns list

WAN : [INIT]

user = password =

addr = 0.0.0.0

=>dyndns modify name=WAN intf=RtPPPoE user=DNSuser password=_DEV_BA8C0C963BD84130 service=gnu

dip

=>dyndns list

WAN : RtPPPoE_ppp [INIT]

options = gnudip

user = my_DNS_user password = ********

addr = 0.0.0.0

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DynDNS Commands

234

dyndns host add

Add a fully qualified host name.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dyndns host add group = <string>

name = <string>

group The dynamic DNS host group.

Note A maximum of 4 different groups can be created.

REQUIRED

name The name of an IP host to add.

Note A maximum of 20 hosts can be configured.

REQUIRED

=>dyndns host add group=local name=localhost.com

=>dyndns host list

local :

[ ] localhost.com

legend :

[ ] not initialised [o] update in progress

[v] update successful [x] error

dyndns host delete Delete a host name.

dyndns host list List all host names.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DynDNS Commands

235

dyndns host delete

Delete a host name.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dyndns host delete name = <string>

name The name of the IP host to be deleted. REQUIRED

=>dyndns host list

local :

[ ] localhost.com

public :

[ ] publichost.com

legend :

[ ] not initialised [o] update in progress

[v] update successful [x] error

=>dyndns host delete name=publichost.com

=>dyndns host list

local :

[ ] localhost.com

legend :

[ ] not initialised [o] update in progress

[v] update successful [x] error

dyndns host add Add a fully qualified host name.

dyndns host list List all host names.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DynDNS Commands

236

dyndns host flush

Delete all hosts.

SYNTAX:

iThe hosts cannot be flushed, if there is still a group referenced to the hosts.

dyndns host flush

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DynDNS Commands

237

dyndns host list

List all host names.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

dyndns host list

=>dyndns host list

local :

[ ] localhost.com

public :

[ ] publichost.com

legend :

[ ] not initialised [o] update in progress

[v] update successful [x] error

dyndns host add Add a fully qualified host name.

dyndns host delete Delete a host name.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DynDNS Commands

238

dyndns service list

List all dynamic DNS services.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

dyndns service list

=>dyndns service list

dyndns :

server = members.dyndns.org

port = 80

request = /nic/update

update interval = 2097120

retry interval = 30

max retry = 3

statdns :

server = members.dyndns.org

port = 80

request = /nic/update

update interval = 0

retry interval = 30

max retry = 3

custom :

server = members.dyndns.org

port = 80

request = /nic/update

update interval = 0

retry interval = 30

max retry = 3

No-IP :

server = dynupdate.no-ip.com

port = 80

request = /ducupdate.php

update interval = 86400

retry interval = 30

max retry = 3

DtDNS :

server = dtdns.com

port = 80

request = /api/autodns.cfm

update interval = 86400

retry interval = 30

max retry = 3

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DynDNS Commands

239

RELATED COMMANDS:

dyndns service modify Modify specific dynamic DNS service settings.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DynDNS Commands

240

dyndns service modify

Modify specific dynamic DNS service settings.

SYNTAX:

where:

dyndns service modify name = <string>

[server = <string>]

[port = <{supported TCP/UDP port name} or number>]

[request = <string>]

[updateinterval = <number{0-2097120}>]

[retryinterval = <number{0-600}]

[max_retry = <number{1-5}>]

name The name of the dynamic DNS service.

Choose between:

>dyndns

>statdns

>custom

>No-IP

>DtDNS

>gnudip.

REQUIRED

server The hostname of the dynamic DNS server. OPTIONAL

port The port of the dynamic DNS server.

Select one of the supported TCP/UDP port names (see “ Supported

TCP/UDP Port Names” on page 747) or, alternatively, specify the port

number.

OPTIONAL

request The dynamic DNS request string. OPTIONAL

updateinterval A number between 0 and 2097120 (seconds).

Represents the time interval before a dynamic update is sent to the

dynamic DNS server.

Note The value 0 means disabled.

OPTIONAL

retryinterval A number between 0 and 600 (seconds).

Represents the interval between retries if communication with the

dynamic DNS server fails.

The default is 30.

Note The value 0 means disabled.

OPTIONAL

max_retry A number between 1 and 5.

Represents the maximum number of retries if communication with

the dynamic DNS server fails.

The default is 3.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DynDNS Commands

241

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

=>dyndns service modify name=custom server=mydyndns.org port=www-http request=hereiam

| updateinterval=2000000 retryinterval=15 max_retry=5

=>dyndns service list

dyndns :

server = members.dyndns.org

port = 80

request = /nic/update

update interval = 2097120

retry interval = 30

max retry = 3

statdns :

server = members.dyndns.org

port = 80

request = /nic/update

update interval = 0

retry interval = 30

max retry = 3

custom :

server = mydyndns.org

port = 80

request = hereiam

update interval = 2000000

retry interval = 15

max retry = 5

No-IP :

server = dynupdate.no-ip.com

port = 80

request = /ducupdate.php

update interval = 86400

retry interval = 30

max retry = 3

DtDNS :

server = dtdns.com

port = 80

request = /api/autodns.cfm

update interval = 86400

retry interval = 30

max retry = 3

dyndns service list List all dynamic DNS services.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

DynDNS Commands

242

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Env Commands

243

13 Env Commands

Introduction

This chapter describes the commands of the env command group.

Contents

This chapter covers the following commands:

env flush Flush all the non-system environment variables. 244

env get Get the current value of an environment variable. 245

env list Show all the currently available environment variables. 246

env set Set an environment variable. 247

env unset Delete a environment variable. 248

Env Commands

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

244

env flush

Flush all the non-system environment variables.

SYNTAX:

env flush

Env Commands

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0 245

env get

Get the current value of an environment variable.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

env get var = <string>

var The name of the environment variable.

Tip Use the command :env list to obtain a list of all environ-

ment variables.

REQUIRED

env list List all current environment variables.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Env Commands

246

env list

Show all the currently available environment variables.

SYNTAX:

RELATED COMMANDS:

env list

env get Get the current value of an environment variable.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Env Commands

247

env set

Set an environment variable.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

For infinite TELNET time out, set the value of the variable SESSIONTIMEOUT to “0”:

RELATED COMMANDS:

env set var = <string>

value = <translated string>

var The name of the environment variable.

Tip When creating an environment variable, any name is

allowed.

However spaces are NOT allowed and the name may NOT

start with:

>“CONF”

>“HOST”

>an underscore “_”

>the dollar sign “$”.

REQUIRED

value A quoted translated string which defines the value of the environment

variable.

Note The value of system variables (built-in variables with names

starting with an underscore “_”, “CONF” or “HOST”) cannot

be changed.

REQUIRED

=>env set var=SESSIONTIMEOUT value=0

env unset Delete a non-system environment variable.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Env Commands

248

env unset

Delete a environment variable.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

env unset var = <string>

var The name of the environment variable to be deleted.

Note System variables (built-in variables with names starting with

an underscore “_”, “CONF” or “HOST”) cannot be unset,

changed or deleted.

REQUIRED

=>env list

_COMPANY_NAME=THOMSON multimedia

_COMPANY_URL=http://www.speedtouch.com

_PROD_NAME=SpeedTouch

.....

CONF_DATE=March 2004

CONF_REGION=World

HOST_SETUP=user

=>env unset var=CONF_REGION

=>env list

_COMPANY_NAME=THOMSON multimedia

_COMPANY_URL=http://www.speedtouch.com

_PROD_NAME=SpeedTouch

.....

CONF_DATE=March 2004

HOST_SETUP=user

env set Create and set a non-system environment variable.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

249

14 Eth Commands

Introduction

This chapter describes the commands of the eth command group.

Contents

This chapter covers the following commands:

eth ifadd Create a new ETH interface. 252

eth ifattach Attach an ETH interface. 253

eth ifconfig Modify an ETH interface. 254

eth ifdelete Delete an ETH interface. 255

eth ifdetach Detach an ETH interface. 256

eth iflist Display the ETH interfaces. 257

eth flush Flush all the ETH interfaces. 258

eth bridge clear Clear the bridge statistics. 259

eth bridge list Display the current bridge instances. 260

eth bridge add Add a new bridge instance. 261

eth bridge delete Delete a bridge instance. 262

eth bridge select Select the default bridge to configure interfaces . 263

eth bridge config Modify/display the bridge configuration settings. 264

eth bridge dynvlan actlist Display the active MAC entries for the dynamic

VLAN membership.

265

eth bridge dynvlan add Add a dynamic VLAN membership entry. 266

eth bridge dynvlan config Modify the dynamic VLAN membership

configuration.

267

eth bridge dynvlan delete Delete a dynamic VLAN membership entry. 268

eth bridge dynvlan flush Flush all dynamic VLAN membership entries. 269

eth bridge dynvlan list Delete a dynamic VLAN membership entry. 268

eth bridge flush Flush bridge interfaces and parameters. 271

eth bridge ifadd Add a new bridge interface. 272

eth bridge ifattach Attach a bridge interface. 273

eth bridge ifconfig Modify a bridge interface configuration. 274

eth bridge ifdelete Delete a bridge interface. 276

eth bridge ifdetach Detach a bridge interface. 277

eth bridge iflist Display the current bridge interfaces. 278

eth bridge ifflush Flush the bridge interfaces 279

eth bridge igmpsnooping config Configure the bridge instance‘s IGMP Snooping

flags

280

eth bridge igmpsnooping list Display a bridge instance‘s snooped groups 281

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

250

eth bridge igmpsnooping ifconfig Configure the bridge interface‘s IGMP snooping

flags and mode

282

eth bridge igmpsnooping iflist Display a bridge interface‘s IGMP status 283

eth bridge igmpsnooping clear Clear the snooping statistics 284

eth bridge macadd Add a static MAC address to a bridge interface. 285

eth bridge macdelete Remove a MAC address from the filtering database. 287

eth bridge maclist Display the MAC address database. 289

eth bridge rule add Add a new constraint to the VLAN learning system. 293

eth bridge rule delete Delete a constraint from the VLAN learning system. 294

eth bridge rule flush Flush all constraints from the VLAN learning system. 295

eth bridge rule list Display all constraints from the VLAN learning

system.

296

eth bridge vlan ifadd Add a bridge interface to a VLAN. 297

eth bridge vlan ifconfig Modify a bridge interface from a VLAN. 298

eth bridge vlan ifdelete Delete a bridge interface from a VLAN. 299

eth bridge vlan iflist Display all VLANs. 300

eth device ifconfig Configure an Ethernet interface. 301

eth device iflist Show status of Ethernet interfaces. 303

eth switch group flush Set all the ports to the default settings. 304

eth switch group list List all the configured switch groups. 305

eth switch group move Move a specified port to a specified switch group. 306

eth switch mirror capture Define the specified port to be the Mirror Capture

Port.

307

eth switch mirror egress Enable or disable the specified port to be the Mirror

Egress Port.

308

eth switch mirror ingress Enable or disable the specified port to be the Mirror

Ingress Port.

309

eth switch share add Add a port to be shared. 310

eth switch share delete Delete a shared port. 311

eth switch share list Display shared ports. 312

eth switch info Display switch capabilities. 313

eth switch qos config Configure common qos parameters. 314

eth switch qos ifconfig Configure per port QoS parameters. 315

eth switch qos list Display QoS configuration. 316

eth switch qos weights Configure the queue weights. 317

eth switch shaper config Configure common ingress shaper parameters. 318

eth switch shaper ifconfig Configure per port shaper parameters. 319

eth switch shaper iflist Display shaper configuration per port. 320

eth switch storm ifconfig Configure per port storm control parameters. 321

eth switch storm iflist Display storm control configuration per port. 322

eth vlan add Add a new VLAN. 323

eth vlan delete Delete a VLAN. 324

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

251

eth vlan flush Flush all VLANs. 325

eth vlan list Display all VLANs. 326

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

252

eth ifadd

Create a new ETH interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth ifadd intf = <string>

intf The name of the new ETH interface. REQUIRED

eth ifdelete Delete an ETH interface.

eth iflist Display the ETH interfaces.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

253

eth ifattach

Attach an ETH interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth ifattach intf = <string>

intf The name of the ETH interface to be attached. REQUIRED

eth ifdetach Detach an ETH interface.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

254

eth ifconfig

Modify an ETH interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

eth ifconfig intf = <string>

[dest = <string>]

[retry = <number{0-65535}>]

[vlan = <string>]

intf The name of the ETH interface to be configured. REQUIRED

dest The destination interface for this ETH interface. OPTIONAL

retry A number between 0 and 65535.

Represents the number of times the ETH connection setup

should retry before giving up.

The default is 10.

OPTIONAL

vlan The Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) for this ETH interface. OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

255

eth ifdelete

Delete an ETH interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth ifdelete intf = <string>

intf The name of the ETH interface name to be deleted. REQUIRED

eth ifadd Create a new ETH interface.

eth iflist Display the ETH interfaces.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

256

eth ifdetach

Detach an ETH interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth ifdetach intf = <string>

intf The name of the ETH interface to be detached. REQUIRED

eth ifattach Attach an ETH interface.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

257

eth iflist

Display the ETH interfaces.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth iflist [intf = <string>]

[string = <string>]

[beginstring = <string>]

intf The name of the ETH interface to be displayed.

Note If not specified, all the ETH interfaces will be displayed.

OPTIONAL

string String matching condition OPTIONAL

beginstring Beginstring matching condition OPTIONAL

eth ifadd Create a new ETH interface.

eth ifdelete Delete an ETH interface.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

258

eth flush

Flush all the ETH interfaces.

SYNTAX:

iThe flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.

eth flush

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

259

eth bridge clear

Clear the bridge statistics.

SYNTAX:

eth bridge clear

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

260

eth bridge list

Display the current bridge instances

Syntax

where

eth bridge list [brname = <{bridge}>]

[string = <string>]

[beginstring = <string>]

brname The name of a bridge instance OPTIONAL

string String matching condition OPTIONAL

beginstring Beginstring matching condition OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

261

eth bridge add

Add a new bridge instance

Syntax

where

eth bridge add brname=<string>

brname The name of the new bridge instance REQUIRED

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

262

eth bridge delete

Delete a bridge instance

Syntax

where

eth bridge delete brname = <{bridge}>

brname The name of the bridge instance to be deleted REQUIRED

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

263

eth bridge select

Select the default bridge to configure interfaces (when not setting a bridge name, for legacy purposes).

Syntax

where

eth bridge select brname = <{bridge}>

brname The name of a bridge instance REQUIRED

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

264

eth bridge config

Modify/display the bridge configuration settings.

SYNTAX:

where:

eth bridge config [brname = <{bridge}>]

[age = <number{10-100000}>]

[filter = <{no_WAN_broadcast | none}>]

[vlan = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[precedencemap = <string>]

brname The name of a bridge instance

age A number between 10 and 100000 (seconds).

Represents the lifetime of a dynamically learned Medium Access

Control (MAC) address.

The default is 300.

OPTIONAL

filter The bridge filter to be applied for all Wide Area Network (WAN)

bridge ports.

Choose between:

>no_WAN_broadcast: broadcasts from the Thomson ST itself

to the WAN are filtered out, broadcasts from the LAN to the

WAN are still passed through

>none: no broadcasts are filtered out.

The default is no_WAN_broadcast.

OPTIONAL

vlan Enable or disable the use of the VLAN ID of the received VLAN

packets.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

precedencemap The IP QoS precedence mapping table OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

265

eth bridge dynvlan actlist

Display the active MAC entries for the dynamic VLAN membership.

SYNTAX:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth bridge dynvlan actlist

eth bridge dynvlan add Add a dynamic VLAN membership entry.

eth bridge dynvlan config Modify the dynamic VLAN membership configuration.

eth bridge dynvlan delete Delete a dynamic VLAN membership entry.

eth bridge dynvlan list Display a dynamic VLAN membership entry.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

266

eth bridge dynvlan add

Add a dynamic VLAN membership entry.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth bridge dynvlan add [id = <number{0-100000}>]

hwaddr = <masked-hardware-address>

vlan = <string>

[remvlan = <{default}>]

id A number between 0 and 100000.

Represents the id of the dynamic VLAN membership entry.

OPTIONAL

hwaddr The (masked) ethernet MAC address of the dynamic VLAN

membership entry.

REQUIRED

vlan The VLAN for the dynamic VLAN membership entry. REQUIRED

remvlan The VLAN that will be removed from the bridge interface. OPTIONAL

eth bridge dynvlan actlist Display the active MAC entries for the dynamic VLAN membership.

eth bridge dynvlan config Modify the dynamic VLAN membership configuration.

eth bridge dynvlan delete Delete a dynamic VLAN membership entry.

eth bridge dynvlan list Display a dynamic VLAN membership entry.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

267

eth bridge dynvlan config

Modify the dynamic VLAN membership configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth bridge dynvlan config [timeout = <number{0-100000}>]

timeout A number between 0 and 100000 (seconds).

Represents timeout for the dynamic entries.

OPTIONAL

eth bridge dynvlan actlist Display the active MAC entries for the dynamic VLAN membership.

eth bridge dynvlan add Add a dynamic VLAN membership entry.

eth bridge dynvlan delete Delete a dynamic VLAN membership entry.

eth bridge dynvlan list Display a dynamic VLAN membership entry.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

268

eth bridge dynvlan delete

Delete a dynamic VLAN membership entry.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth bridge dynvlan delete id = <number{0-100000}>

id A number between 0 and 100000.

Represents the id of a dynamic VLAN membership.

REQUIRED

eth bridge dynvlan actlist Display the active MAC entries for the dynamic VLAN membership.

eth bridge dynvlan add Add a dynamic VLAN membership entry.

eth bridge dynvlan config Modify the dynamic VLAN membership configuration.

eth bridge dynvlan list Display a dynamic VLAN membership entry.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

269

eth bridge dynvlan flush

Flush all dynamic VLAN membership entries.

SYNTAX:

eth bridge dynvlan flush

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

270

eth bridge dynvlan list

Display a dynamic VLAN membership entry.

SYNTAX:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth bridge dynvlan list

eth bridge dynvlan actlist Display the active MAC entries for the dynamic VLAN membership.

eth bridge dynvlan add Add a dynamic VLAN membership entry.

eth bridge dynvlan config Modify the dynamic VLAN membership configuration.

eth bridge dynvlan delete Delete a dynamic VLAN membership entry.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

271

eth bridge flush

Flush bridge interfaces and parameters.

SYNTAX:

iThe flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.

eth bridge flush

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

272

eth bridge ifadd

Add a new bridge interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth bridge ifadd [brname = <{bridge}>] intf = <string>

brname The name of a bridge instance. OPTIONAL

intf The name of the new bridge interface. REQUIRED

eth bridge ifdelete Delete a bridge interface.

eth bridge iflist Display the current bridge interfaces.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

273

eth bridge ifattach

Attach a bridge interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth bridge ifattach [brname = <{bridge}>] intf = <string>

brname The name of a bridge instance. OPTIONAL

intf The name of the bridge interface to be attached. REQUIRED

eth bridge ifdetach Detach a bridge interface.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

274

eth bridge ifconfig

Modify a bridge interface configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

eth bridge ifconfig [brname = <{bridge}>]

intf = <string>

[dest = <string>]

[portstate = <{disabled | learning |

forwarding}>]

[retry = <number{0-65535}>]

[prioconfig = <{disabled|over-

write|increase}>]

[vlan = <string>]

[ipprec = <{disabled|precedence|dscp}>]

[priority = <number{0-7}>]

[regenprio = <string>]

[ingressfiltering = <{disabled |

enabled}>]

[acceptvlanonly = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[mcastfilter = <{disabled|enabled}>]

[dynvlan = <{disabled|enabled}>]

[igmpsnooping = <{disabled|enabled}>]

brname The name of a bridge instance. OPTIONAL

intf The name of the bridge interface to be configured. REQUIRED

dest The destination for this interface.

Typically an ATM or a physical interface name.

OPTIONAL

portstate The bridge portstate for this interface.

Choose between:

>disabled

>learning

>forwarding.

The default is forwarding.

OPTIONAL

retry A number between 0 and 65535.

Represents the number of times the Thomson ST retries to set

up a WAN connection before giving up.

The default is 10.

OPTIONAL

vlan Select the default VLAN. OPTIONAL

prioconfig The priority configuration for this interface. OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

275

ipprec The IP precedence for this interface.

Choose between:

>disabled

>precedence

>dscp.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

priority A number between 0 and 7.

Represents the default priority for tagging egress packets.

The default is 0.

OPTIONAL

regenprio The priority regeneration table for tagged ingress packets.

The default is 01234567.

OPTIONAL

ingressfiltering Enable/disable discard of tagged ingress packets if the interface

is not part of the VLAN.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

acceptvlanonly Enable or disable receipt of tagged ingress packets.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

mcastfilter Enable or disable the discard of multicast packets on this port

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

dynvlan Enable or disable dynamic VLAN membership checking for this

interface.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

igmpsnooping Enable or disable IGMP snooping for this interface.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

276

eth bridge ifdelete

Delete a bridge interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth bridge ifdelete [brname = <{bridge}>] intf = <string>

brname The name of a bridge instance. OPTIONAL

intf The name of the bridge interface name to be deleted. REQUIRED

eth bridge ifadd Add a new bridge interface.

eth bridge iflist Display the current bridge interfaces.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

277

eth bridge ifdetach

Detach a bridge interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth bridge ifdetach [brname = <{bridge}>]

intf = <string>

brname The name of a bridge instance. OPTIONAL

intf The name of the bridge interface to be detached. REQUIRED

eth bridge ifattach Attach a bridge interface.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

278

eth bridge iflist

Display the current bridge interfaces.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth bridge iflist [brname = <{bridge}>]

[intf = <string>]

[string = <string>]

[beginstring = <string>]

brname The name of a bridge instance. OPTIONAL

intf The name of the bridge interface to be displayed.

Note If not specified, all bridge interfaces are shown.

OPTIONAL

string String matching condition OPTIONAL

beginstring Beginstring matching condition OPTIONAL

eth bridge ifadd Add a new bridge interface.

eth bridge ifdelete Delete a bridge interface.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

279

eth bridge ifflush

Flush the bridge interfaces: detach/delete all interfaces.

SYNTAX:

where:

eth bridge ifflush [brname = <{bridge}>]

brname The name of a bridge instance. OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

280

eth bridge igmpsnooping config

Configure the bridge instance‘s IGMP Snooping flags

Syntax

where:

eth bridge igmpsnooping config [brname = <{bridge}>]

[state = <{enabled|disabled}>]

[floodrp = <{disabled|enabled}>]

[floodmcast = <{disabled|enabled}>]

brname The name of a bridge instance OPTIONAL

state Enable/Disable the IGMP Snooping

The default is enabled

OPTIONAL

floodrp Enable/Disable flooding reports to all ports

The default is disabled

OPTIONAL

floodmcast Enable/Disable flooding unregistered multicasts

The default is disabled

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

281

eth bridge igmpsnooping list

Display a bridge instance‘s snooped groups.

Syntax

where:

eth bridge igmpsnooping list [brname = <{bridge}>]

brname The name of a bridge instance OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

282

eth bridge igmpsnooping ifconfig

Configure the bridge interface‘s IGMP snooping flags and mode.

Syntax

where:

eth bridge igmpsnooping ifconfig [brname = <{bridge}>]

intf = <{interface}>

[portmode = <{Host|Router|Auto}>]

[fastleave = <{disabled|enabled}>]

[exptrack = <{disabled|enabled}>]

[mrdp = <{disabled|enabled}>]

[rgmp = <{disabled|enabled}>]

brname The bridge instance currently to be configured OPTIONAL

intf The bridge interface currently to be configured REQUIRED

portmode Mode of the bridge port OPTIONAL

fastleave Enable/Disable Fast Immediate Leave OPTIONAL

exptrack Enable/Disable Explicit Host Tracking OPTIONAL

mrdp Enable/Disable MRDP support OPTIONAL

rgmp Enable/Disable RGMP support OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

283

eth bridge igmpsnooping iflist

Display a bridge interface‘s IGMP status

Syntax

where:

Display bridge interface IGMP status [brname = <{bridge}>]

[intf = <{interface}>]

brname The name of a bridge instance OPTIONAL

intf The name of the bridge interface OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

284

eth bridge igmpsnooping clear

Clear the snooping statistics.

Syntax

where:

eth bridge igmpsnooping clear [brname = <{bridge}>]

[intf = <{interface}>]

brname The name of a bridge instance OPTIONAL

intf The name of the bridge interface OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

285

eth bridge macadd

Add a static MAC address to a bridge interface.

This command allows to manually add static MAC addresses, which should normally be dynamically

discovered by the bridge itself.

SYNTAX:

where:

eth bridge macadd [brname = <{bridge}>]

intf = <string>

hwaddr = <hardware-address>

[vlan = <string>]

brname The name of a bridge instance. OPTIONAL

intf The name of the bridge interface to which the MAC address must

be added.

REQUIRED

hwaddr The Ethernet MAC address of the new entry. REQUIRED

vlan The VLAN. OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

286

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

=>eth bridge maclist

00:10:a4:ad:32:cf -- dynamic, ethport1, 300 seconds

00:90:d0:8b:fc:2c -- permanent

01:00:5e:00:00:67 -- static

01:00:5e:7f:ff:fa -- static

01:80:c2:00:00:00 -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:01 -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:02 -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:03 -- permanent

...

01:80:c2:00:00:0e -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:0f -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:10 -- permanent

ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff -- permanent

=>eth bridge macadd intf=ethport2 hwaddr=00:80:9f:01:23:45

=>eth bridge maclist

00:0d:9d:47:dd:aa -- dynamic, ethport1, 300 seconds

00:80:9f:01:23:45 -- static

00:90:d0:72:88:64 -- permanent

01:00:5e:00:00:67 -- static

01:00:5e:7f:ff:fa -- static

01:80:c2:00:00:00 -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:01 -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:02 -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:03 -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:0e -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:0f -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:10 -- permanent

ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff -- permanent

eth bridge macdelete Remove a MAC address from the filtering database.

eth bridge maclist Display the MAC address database.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

287

eth bridge macdelete

Remove a MAC address from the filtering database.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

eth bridge macdelete [brname = <{bridge}>]

hwaddr = <hardware-address>

[vlan = <string>]

brname The name of a bridge instance. OPTIONAL

hwaddr The Ethernet MAC address of the entry to be deleted. REQUIRED

vlan The VLAN. OPTIONAL

=>eth bridge maclist

00:0d:9d:47:dd:aa -- dynamic, ethport1

00:80:9f:01:23:45 -- static

00:90:d0:72:88:64 -- permanent

01:00:5e:00:00:67 -- static

01:00:5e:7f:ff:fa -- static

01:80:c2:00:00:00 -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:01 -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:02 -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:03 -- permanent

...

01:80:c2:00:00:0e -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:0f -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:10 -- permanent

ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff -- permanent

=>eth bridge macdelete hwaddr=00:80:9f:01:23:45

=>eth bridge maclist

00:0d:9d:47:dd:aa -- dynamic, ethport1

00:90:d0:72:88:64 -- permanent

01:00:5e:00:00:67 -- static

01:00:5e:7f:ff:fa -- static

01:80:c2:00:00:00 -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:01 -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:02 -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:03 -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:0e -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:0f -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:10 -- permanent

ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff -- permanent

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

288

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth bridge macadd Add a static MAC address to a bridge interface.

eth bridge maclist Display the MAC address database.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

289

eth bridge maclist

Display the MAC address database.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth bridge maclist [brname = <{bridge}>]

brname The name of a bridge instance. OPTIONAL

=>eth bridge maclist

00:0d:9d:47:dd:aa -- dynamic, ethport1, 300 seconds

00:90:d0:72:88:64 -- permanent

01:00:5e:00:00:67 -- static

01:00:5e:7f:ff:fa -- static

01:80:c2:00:00:00 -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:01 -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:02 -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:03 -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:04 -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:05 -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:06 -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:07 -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:08 -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:09 -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:0a -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:0b -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:0c -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:0d -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:0e -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:0f -- permanent

01:80:c2:00:00:10 -- permanent

ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff -- permanent

eth bridge macadd Add a static MAC address to a bridge interface.

eth bridge macdelete Remove a MAC address from the filtering database.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

290

eth bridge mcdadd

Add a multicast group to be dropped to the database.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth bridge mcdadd [brname = <{bridge}>]

srcintfs = <string or combination of

strings separated by '+'}>

dstintfs = <string or combination of

strings separated by '+'}>

brname The name of a bridge instance. OPTIONAL

srcports The source bridge interfaces from which multicast packets must

be dropped.

REQUIRED

dstports The destination bridge interfaces for which the multicast packets

must be dropped.

REQUIRED

eth bridge mcddelete Delete a multicast group to be dropped from the database.

eth bridge mcdlist Display the multicast group to be dropped from the database.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

291

eth bridge mcddelete

Delete a multicast group to be dropped from the database.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth bridge mcddelete [brname = <{bridge}>]

brname The name of a bridge instance. OPTIONAL

eth bridge mcdadd Add a multicast group to be dropped to the database.

eth bridge mcdlist Display the multicast group to be dropped from the database.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

292

eth bridge mcdlist

Display the multicast group to be dropped from the database.

SYNTAX:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth bridge mcdlist

eth bridge mcdadd Add a multicast group to be dropped to the database.

eth bridge mcddelete Delete a multicast group to be dropped from the database.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

293

eth bridge rule add

Add a new constraint to the VLAN learning system.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth bridge rule add type = <{shared | independent}>

vlan = <string>

[vlan2 = <string>]

[isi = <number{0-32}>]

type Type of constraint.

Choose between:

>shared

>independent.

REQUIRED

vlan The VLAN to which the constraint belongs. REQUIRED

vlan2 The second VLAN for a shared constraint.

Note This parameter is required when type is shared.

OPTIONAL

isi A number between 0 and 32.

Represents the Independent Set ID (ISI) for an independent

constraint.

Note This parameter is required when type is independent.

OPTIONAL

=>eth bridge rule add type=independant vlan=default isi=1

=>eth bridge rule list

Index Type VLAN Parameter

----- ---- ---- ---------

1 independant default Independent set identifier: 1

eth bridge rule delete Delete a constraint from the VLAN learning system.

eth bridge rule list Display all constraints from the VLAN learning system.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

294

eth bridge rule delete

Delete a constraint from the VLAN learning system.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth bridge rule delete index = <number{0-32}>

index Index of the constraint to be deleted.

Tip Use the command :eth bridge rule list to

obtain a list of the indexes of the constraints.

REQUIRED

=>eth bridge rule list

Index Type VLAN Parameter

----- ---- ---- ---------

1 independant default Independent set identifier: 1

=>eth bridge rule delete index=1

=>eth bridge rule list

Index Type VLAN Parameter

----- ---- ---- ---------

eth bridge rule add Add a new constraint to the VLAN learning system.

eth bridge rule list Display all constraints from the VLAN learning system.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

295

eth bridge rule flush

Flush all constraints from the VLAN learning system.

SYNTAX:

eth bridge rule flush

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

296

eth bridge rule list

Display all constraints from the VLAN learning system.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth bridge rule list

=>eth bridge rule list

Index Type VLAN Parameter

----- ---- ---- ---------

1 independant default Independent set identifier: 1

eth bridge rule add Add a new constraint to the VLAN learning system.

eth bridge rule delete Delete a constraint from the VLAN learning system.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

297

eth bridge vlan ifadd

Add a bridge interface to a VLAN.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth bridge vlan ifadd name = <string>

intf = <string>

[untagged = <{disabled | enabled}>]

name The VLAN name to which a bridge interface must be added. REQUIRED

intf The name of the bridge interface to be added to the VLAN. REQUIRED

untagged Enable or disable the interface as untagged for this VLAN.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

eth bridge vlan ifconfig Modify a bridge interface from a VLAN.

eth bridge vlan ifdelete Delete a bridge interface from a VLAN.

eth bridge vlan iflist Display all VLANs.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

298

eth bridge vlan ifconfig

Modify a bridge interface from a VLAN.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth bridge vlan ifconfig name = <string>

intf = <string>

untagged = <{disabled | enabled}>

name The VLAN name for which a bridge interface must be modified. REQUIRED

intf The name of the bridge interface to be modified. REQUIRED

untagged Enable or disable the interface as untagged for this VLAN. REQUIRED

eth bridge vlan ifadd Add a bridge interface to a VLAN.

eth bridge vlan ifdelete Delete a bridge interface from a VLAN.

eth bridge vlan iflist Display all VLANs.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

299

eth bridge vlan ifdelete

Delete a bridge interface from a VLAN.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth bridge vlan ifdelete name = <string>

intf = <string>

name The VLAN name for which a bridge interface must be deleted. REQUIRED

intf The name of the bridge interface to be deleted. REQUIRED

eth bridge vlan ifadd Add a bridge interface to a VLAN.

eth bridge vlan ifconfig Modify a bridge interface from a VLAN.

eth bridge vlan iflist Display all VLANs.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

300

eth bridge vlan iflist

Display all VLANs.

SYNTAX:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth bridge vlan iflist

eth bridge vlan ifadd Add a bridge interface to a VLAN.

eth bridge vlan ifconfig Modify a bridge interface from a VLAN.

eth bridge vlan ifdelete Delete a bridge interface from a VLAN.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

301

eth device ifconfig

Configure an Ethernet interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

eth device ifconfig intf = <string>

[type = <{auto | 10BaseTHD | 10BaseTFD |

100BaseTHD| 100BaseTFD} or number>]

[state = <{enabled | disabled}>]

intf The name of a physical interface. REQUIRED

type The Ethernet type.

Select either:

>auto: Auto negotiation of Ethernet communication speed

(10Mb/s or 100Mb/s) and Duplex mode (half duplex or full

duplex).

>10BaseTHD: 10Mb/s communication speed in half duplex

mode.

>10BaseTFD: 10Mb/s communication speed in full duplex

mode.

>100BaseTHD: 100Mb/s communication speed in half duplex

mode.

>100BaseTFD: 100Mb/s communication speed in full duplex

mode.

or enter a number between 0 (auto) and 5 (100BaseTFD).

The default is auto.

Note This value should never be changed, except in case of

communication problems.

OPTIONAL

state Enable or disable the interface.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

302

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

=>eth device iflist

Interface Type Result State

ethif1 auto 100BaseTFD UP [forwarding]

ethif2 auto 100BaseTFD UP [forwarding]

ethif3 auto 100BaseTFD UP [forwarding]

ethif4 auto 100BaseTFD UP [forwarding]

usbif1 UP [forwarding]

=>eth device ifconfig intf=ethif4 state=disabled

=>eth device iflist

Interface Type Result State

ethif1 auto 100BaseTFD UP [forwarding]

ethif2 auto 100BaseTFD UP [forwarding]

ethif3 auto 100BaseTFD UP [forwarding]

ethif4 auto 100BaseTFD DOWN [disabled]

usbif1 UP [forwarding]

eth device iflist Show status of Ethernet interfaces.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

303

eth device iflist

Show status of Ethernet interfaces.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

DESCRIPTION:

>Ty p e : Indicates the configured Ethernet communication speed and duplex mode.

>Result : Indicates the effective operating status if Type equals “auto”. In other cases, when the Ethernet

types do NOT match, Result Type will equal “unknown” and no Ethernet connectivity will exist.

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth device iflist

=>eth device iflist

Interface Type Result State

ethif1 auto 100BaseTFD UP [forwarding]

ethif2 auto 100BaseTFD UP [forwarding]

ethif3 auto 100BaseTFD UP [forwarding]

ethif4 auto 100BaseTFD UP [forwarding]

usbif1 UP [forwarding]

wlif1 UP [forwarding]

wlif2 UP [forwarding]

wlif3 UP [forwarding]

wlif4 UP [forwarding]

wlif5 UP [forwarding]

eth device ifconfig Configure an Ethernet interface.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

304

eth switch group flush

Set all the ports to the default settings.

All the ports are placed in group 0.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth switch group flush

=>eth switch group list

Group 0 Ports: 4

Group 1 Ports: 1

Group 2 Ports: 2 3

=>eth switch group flush

=>eth switch group list

Group 0 Ports:1234

eth switch group list List all the configured switch groups.

eth switch group move Move a specified port to a specified switch group.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

305

eth switch group list

List all the configured switch groups.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth switch group list

=>eth switch group list

Group 0 Ports: 4

Group 1 Ports: 1

Group 2 Ports: 2 3

eth switch group flush Set all the ports to the default settings.

eth switch group move Move a specified port to a specified switch group.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

306

eth switch group move

Move a specified port to a specified switch group.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth switch group move group = <number{0-3}>

port = <number{1-4}>

group A number between 0 and 4.

Represents the group ID to which the port must be moved.

REQUIRED

port A number between 01 and 4.

Represents the port to be moved.

REQUIRED

=>eth switch group list

Group 0 Ports:1234

=>eth switch group move group=3 port=1

=>eth switch group list

Group 0 Ports:234

Group 3 Ports: 1

eth switch group flush Set all the ports to the default settings.

eth switch group list List all the configured switch groups.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

307

eth switch mirror capture

Define the specified port to be the Mirror Capture Port.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

iOnly one port can be the Mirror Capture Port at any one time.

eth switch mirror capture port = <number{1-4}>

port The port to be the Mirror Capture Port.

Note If no port number is specified, then the port number of

the Mirror Capture Port is shown.

REQUIRED

=>eth switch mirror capture port=2

=>eth switch mirror capture

Mirror capture port = 2

eth switch mirror egress Enable or disable the specified port to be the Mirror Egress Port.

eth switch mirror ingress Enable or disable the specified port to be the Mirror Ingress Port.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

308

eth switch mirror egress

Enable or disable the specified port to be the Mirror Egress Port.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

Here port 1 is enabled as Mirror Egress Port

Here port 1 is disabled as Mirror Egress Port

RELATED COMMANDS:

iOnly one port can be the Mirror Egress Port at any one time.

But a port can be the Mirror Egress Port and the

Mirror Ingress Port at the same time.

eth switch mirror egress port = <number{1-4}>

[state = <{enabled | disabled}>]

port The port to be the Mirror Egress Port.

Note If no port number is specified, then the port number of

the current Mirror Egress Port is shown.

REQUIRED

state Enable or disable the port as Mirror Egress Port.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

=>eth switch mirror egress port=1

=>eth switch mirror egress

Egress mirror port = 1

=>eth switch mirror egress

Egress mirror port = 1

=>eth switch mirror egress port=1 state=disabled

=>eth switch mirror egress

eth switch mirror capture Define the specified port to be the Mirror Capture Port.

eth switch mirror ingress Enable or disable the specified port to be the Mirror Ingress Port.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

309

eth switch mirror ingress

Enable or disable the specified port to be the Mirror Ingress Port.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

Here port 2 is enabled as Mirror Ingress Port

Here port 2 is disabled as Mirror Ingress Port

RELATED COMMANDS:

iOnly one port can be the Mirror Ingress Port at any one time.

But a port can be the Mirror Egress Port and the

Mirror Ingress Port at the same time.

eth switch mirror ingress port = <number{1-4}>

[state = <{enabled | disabled}>]

port The port to be the Mirror Ingress Port.

Note If no port number is specified, then the port number of

the current Mirror Ingress Port is shown.

REQUIRED

state Enable or disable the port as Mirror Ingress Port.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

=>eth switch mirror ingress port=2

=>eth switch mirror ingress

Ingress mirror port = 2

=>eth switch mirror ingress

Ingress mirror port = 2

=>eth switch mirror ingress port=2 state=disabled

=>eth switch mirror ingress

eth switch mirror capture Define the specified port to be the Mirror Capture Port.

eth switch mirror egress Enable or disable the specified port to be the Mirror Egress Port.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

310

eth switch share add

Add a port to be shared.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth switch share add port = <number{1-4}>

shared = <number{1-4}>

port A number between 1 and 4.

Represents the port.

REQUIRED

shared A number between 1 and 4.

Represents the shared port.

REQUIRED

eth switch share delete Delete a shared port.

eth switch share list Display shared ports.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

311

eth switch share delete

Delete a shared port.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth switch share delete port = <number{1-4}>

shared = <number{1-4}>

port A number between 1 and 4.

Represents the port.

REQUIRED

shared A number between 1 and 4.

Represents the shared port.

REQUIRED

eth switch share add Add a port to be shared.

eth switch share list Display shared ports.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

312

eth switch share list

Display shared ports.

SYNTAX:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth switch share list

eth switch share add Add a port to be shared.

eth switch share delete Delete a shared port.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

313

eth switch info

Display switch capabilities.

SYNTAX:

RELATED COMMANDS:

Not applicable

eth switch info

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

314

eth switch qos config

Configure common qos parameters.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth switch qos config state = <disabled|enabled>

[nbrOfQueues = <number{0-4}>]

[realtime = <disabled|enabled>]

state Enable or disable QoS REQUIRED

nbrOfQueues Number of QoS queues OPTIONAL

realtime Enable or disable real time OPTIONAL

eth switch qos ifconfig Configure per port QoS parameters.

eth switch qos list Display QoS configuration.

eth switch qos weights Configure the queue weights.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

315

eth switch qos ifconfig

Configure per port QoS parameters.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth switch qos ifconfig port = <number{1-4}>

mode = <802.1p|diffserv|high|none|tos>

[flowcontrol = <disabled|enabled>]

Port Port to be configured REQUIRED

Mode QoS Classifier for the port REQUIRED

Fowcontrol Enable or disable flow control OPTIONAL

eth switch qos config Configure common qos parameters.

eth switch qos list Display QoS configuration.

eth switch qos weights Configure the queue weights.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

316

eth switch qos list

Display QoS configuration.

SYNTAX:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth switch qos list

eth switch qos config Configure common qos parameters.

eth switch qos ifconfig Configure per port QoS parameters.

eth switch qos weights Configure the queue weights.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

317

eth switch qos weights

Configure the queue weights.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth switch qos weights queue0 = <number{0-100}>

queue1 = <number{0-100}>

queue2 = <number{0-100}>

queue3 = <number{0-100}>

QueueX The weight of queue X in WFQ (percentage)

X=1 through 4

REQUIRED

eth switch qos config Configure common qos parameters.

eth switch qos ifconfig Configure per port QoS parameters.

eth switch qos list Display QoS configuration.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

318

eth switch shaper config

Configure common ingress shaper parameters.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth switch shaper config shaper = <number{0-1}>

[unicast = <disabled|enabled>]

[multicast = <disabled|enabled>]

[broadcast = <disabled|enabled>]

[control = <disabled|enabled>]

[unknown = <disabled|enabled>]

[discard = <disabled|enabled>]

shaper The shaper instance REQUIRED

unicast Shape unicast traffic. OPTIONAL

multicast Shape multicast traffic. OPTIONAL

broadcast Shape broadcast traffic. OPTIONAL

control Shape MAC control traffic. OPTIONAL

unknown Shape traffic with unknown destination address. OPTIONAL

discard Discard frame at overflow (else attempt for flow control) OPTIONAL

eth switch shaper ifconfig Configure per port shaper parameters.

eth switch shaper iflist Display shaper configuration per port.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

319

eth switch shaper ifconfig

Configure per port shaper parameters.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth switch shaper ifconfig port = <number{1-4}>

ingress = <disabled|enabled>

shaper = <number{0-1}>

[state = <disabled|enabled>]

[speed = <number{64000-100000000}>]

[burstsize = <number{6-126}>]

port Port number REQUIRED

ingress Enabled: port is ingress port

Disabled: port is egress port

REQUIRED

shaper Shaper instance REQUIRED

state Enable/disable shaping OPTIONAL

speed Speed in bits/sec. OPTIONAL

burstsize Burst size in KBytes OPTIONAL

eth switch shaper config Configure common ingress shaper parameters.

eth switch shaper iflist Display shaper configuration per port.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

320

eth switch shaper iflist

Display shaper configuration per port.

SYNTAX:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth switch shaper iflist

eth switch shaper config Configure common ingress shaper parameters.

eth switch shaper ifconfig Configure per port shaper parameters.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

321

eth switch storm ifconfig

Configure per port storm control parameters.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth switch storm ifconfig port = <number{1-4}>

[state = <disabled|enabled>]

[rate = <{33|50|100|200}>]

[burstsize = <number{2-8}>]

[broadcast = <disabled|enabled>

[multicast = <disabled|enabled>]

[unknown = <disabled|enabled>]

port Port number REQUIRED

state Enable/disable storm control OPTIONAL

rate Rate in 10ths of percent OPTIONAL

burstsize Burst size in KBytes OPTIONAL

broadcast Storm control for broadcast traffic OPTIONAL

multicast Storm control for multicast traffic OPTIONAL

unknown Storm control for traffic with unknown destination address OPTIONAL

eth switch storm iflist Display storm control configuration per port.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

322

eth switch storm iflist

Display storm control configuration per port.

SYNTAX:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth switch storm iflist

eth switch storm ifconfig Configure per port storm control parameters.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

323

eth vlan add

Add a new VLAN.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth vlan add name = <string>

vid = <number{2-4094}>

[addrule = <{disabled | enabled}>]

name The new VLAN name. REQUIRED

vid A number representing the new VLAN ID.

Note The ID 1 is reserved for the default VLAN.

REQUIRED

addrule Add (enabled) the default bridge constraint or not (disabled).

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

=>eth vlan list

Vid Name

--- ----

1 default

=>eth vlan add name=myVLAN vid=2

=>eth vlan list

Vid Name

--- ----

1 default

2 myVLAN

eth vlan delete Delete a VLAN.

eth vlan list Display all VLANs.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

324

eth vlan delete

Delete a VLAN.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth vlan delete name = <string>

name The name of the VLAN to be deleted. REQUIRED

=>eth vlan list

Vid Name

--- ----

1 default

2 myVLAN

=>eth vlan delete name=myVLAN vid=2

=>eth vlan list

Vid Name

--- ----

1 default

eth vlan add Add a new VLAN.

eth vlan list Display all VLANs.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

325

eth vlan flush

Flush all VLANs.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

iAll the VLANs, except the default VLAN will be flushed.

eth vlan flush

=>eth vlan list

Vid Name

--- ----

1 default

2 myVLAN

3 yourVLAN

=>eth vlan flush

=>eth vlan list

Vid Name

--- ----

1 default

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Eth Commands

326

eth vlan list

Display all VLANs.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

eth vlan list

=>eth vlan list

Vid Name

--- ----

1 default

2 myVLAN

eth vlan add Add a new VLAN.

eth vlan delete Delete a VLAN.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Expr Commands

327

15 Expr Commands

Introduction

This chapter describes the commands of the expr command group.

Contents

This chapter covers the following commands:

expr add Add a subexpression to an expression. 328

expr delete Delete an expression. 332

expr flush Flush all the expressions. 334

expr list List the expressions. 335

expr modify Modify an expression. 339

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Expr Commands

328

expr add

Add a subexpression to an expression.

SYNTAX:

where:

expr add name = <string>

type = <{intf | ip | serv}>

addr [!]= <ip-range>

[intf [!]= <string>]

[intfgroup [!]= <{wan|local|lan|tunnel|dmz|guest} or number>]

[tos [!]= <number{0-255}>]

[precedence [!]= <IP precedence type> or <number>]

[dscp [!]= <DSCP name> or <number>]

[proto = <supported IP protocol name> or <number>]

[srcport [!]= <supported TCP/UDP port name> or <number>]

[srcportend = <supported TCP/UDP port name> or <number>]

[dstport [!]= <supported TCP/UDP port name> or <number>]

[dstportend = <supported TCP/UDP port name> or <number>]

[icmptype [!]= <supported ICMP type name> or <number>]

[icmpcode [!]= <number{0-15}>]

[icmpcodeend = <number{0-15}>]

iIf a value is preceded by a “!”, it means NOT.

For example “intfgroup=!wan” means “if the interface group is different from WAN”.

name The name of an existing expression. REQUIRED

type The expression type.

Choose between:

>intf

>ip

>serv.

REQUIRED

addr The IP address (or range). Supports ip/mask notation.

Note Only for expression type ip.

REQUIRED

intf The IP interface name.

Note Only for expression type intf.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Expr Commands

329

intfgroup The IP interface group.

Choose between:

>wan

>local

>lan

>tunnel

>dmz

>guest.

Note Only for expression type intf.

OPTIONAL

tos A number between 0 and 255.

Represents the Type of Service (ToS) specification in the IP

packet.

Note The parameters tos, precedence and dscp are mutually

exclusive.

OPTIONAL

precedence The precedence in the IP packet (part of tos).

Select an IP precedence (see “ IP Precedence” on page 752) or,

alternatively, specify the number.

Note The parameters tos, precedence and dscp are mutually

exclusive.

OPTIONAL

dscp The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) in the IP packet

(part of tos).

Select a DSCP (see “ Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP)”

on page 753) or, alternatively, specify the number.

Note The parameters tos, precedence and dscp are mutually

exclusive.

OPTIONAL

proto The protocol (name or number) expected in the IP packet.

Select one of the following protocols: icmp, igmp, ipinip, tcp,

udp, ah, esp, ipcomp or, alternatively, specify the protocol

number.

OPTIONAL

srcport The TCP/UDP port (or beginning of range) the packet is coming

from.

Select one of the supported TCP/UDP port names (see

“ Supported TCP/UDP Port Names” on page 747) or,

alternatively, specify the port number.

OPTIONAL

srcportend The source TCP/UDP port range end (inclusive).

Select one of the supported TCP/UDP port names (see

“ Supported TCP/UDP Port Names” on page 747) or,

alternatively, specify the port number.

OPTIONAL

dstport The TCP/UDP port (or beginning of range) the packet is going to.

Select one of the supported TCP/UDP port names (see

“ Supported TCP/UDP Port Names” on page 747) or,

alternatively, specify the port number.

OPTIONAL

dstportend The destination TCP/UDP port range end. (inclusive).

Select one of the supported TCP/UDP port names (see

“ Supported TCP/UDP Port Names” on page 747) or,

alternatively, specify the port number.

OPTIONAL

icmptype The Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) type (name or

number) of the packet.

Select one of the supported ICMP types (see “ Supported ICMP

Type Names” on page 750) or, alternatively, specify the type

number.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Expr Commands

330

icmpcode A number between 0 and 15.

Represents the ICMP code (or beginning of range) of the packet.

OPTIONAL

icmpcodeend A number between 0 and 15.

Represents the ICMP code range end (inclusive).

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Expr Commands

331

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

=>expr list

name type use flags expression

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

_myPPP_ppp intf 0 D 1. intf=myPPP_ppp

_eth0 intf 0 D 1. intf=eth0

wan intf 0 1. intfgroup=0

lan intf 28 1. intfgroup=2

local intf 0 1. intfgroup=1

notwan intf 1 1. intfgroup=2

2. intfgroup=1

_10.0.0.138 ip 0 D 1. addr=10.0.0.138

_192.168.1.254 ip 0 D 1. addr=192.168.1.254

...

DiffServ serv 0 1. dscp=!0

sip serv 1 1. proto=17 dst-prt=5060

2. proto=6 dst-prt=5060

h323 serv 1 1. proto=6 dst-prt=1720

2. proto=17 dst-prt=1718

3. proto=17 dst-prt=1719

=>expr add name=myEXPR type=intf intf=Internet intfgroup=lan

=>expr list

name type use flags expression

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

_myPPP_ppp intf 0 D 1. intf=myPPP_ppp

_eth0 intf 0 D 1. intf=eth0

wan intf 0 1. intfgroup=0

lan intf 28 1. intfgroup=2

local intf 0 1. intfgroup=1

notwan intf 1 1. intfgroup=2

2. intfgroup=1

myEXPR intf 0 1. intf=Internet intfgroup=2

_10.0.0.138 ip 0 D 1. addr=10.0.0.138

_192.168.1.254 ip 0 D 1. addr=192.168.1.254

...

DiffServ serv 0 1. dscp=!0

sip serv 1 1. proto=17 dst-prt=5060

2. proto=6 dst-prt=5060

h323 serv 1 1. proto=6 dst-prt=1720

2. proto=17 dst-prt=1718

3. proto=17 dst-prt=1719

expr delete Delete an expression.

expr list List the expressions.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Expr Commands

332

expr delete

Delete an expression.

SYNTAX:

where:

expr delete name = <string>

[index = <number>]

name The name of the expression to be deleted. REQUIRED

index The index of the subexpression to be deleted.

Note If not specified, all the subexpressions wil be deleted.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Expr Commands

333

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

=>expr list

name type use flags expression

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

_myPPP_ppp intf 0 D 1. intf=myPPP_ppp

_eth0 intf 0 D 1. intf=eth0

wan intf 0 1. intfgroup=0

lan intf 28 1. intfgroup=2

local intf 0 1. intfgroup=1

notwan intf 1 1. intfgroup=2

2. intfgroup=1

myEXPR intf 0 1. intf=Internet intfgroup=2

_10.0.0.138 ip 0 D 1. addr=10.0.0.138

_192.168.1.254 ip 0 D 1. addr=192.168.1.254

...

DiffServ serv 0 1. dscp=!0

sip serv 1 1. proto=17 dst-prt=5060

2. proto=6 dst-prt=5060

h323 serv 1 1. proto=6 dst-prt=1720

2. proto=17 dst-prt=1718

3. proto=17 dst-prt=1719

=>expr delete name=myEXPR

=>expr list

name type use flags expression

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

_myPPP_ppp intf 0 D 1. intf=myPPP_ppp

_eth0 intf 0 D 1. intf=eth0

wan intf 0 1. intfgroup=0

lan intf 28 1. intfgroup=2

local intf 0 1. intfgroup=1

notwan intf 1 1. intfgroup=2

2. intfgroup=1

_10.0.0.138 ip 0 D 1. addr=10.0.0.138

_192.168.1.254 ip 0 D 1. addr=192.168.1.254

...

DiffServ serv 0 1. dscp=!0

sip serv 1 1. proto=17 dst-prt=5060

2. proto=6 dst-prt=5060

h323 serv 1 1. proto=6 dst-prt=1720

2. proto=17 dst-prt=1718

3. proto=17 dst-prt=1719

expr add Add a subexpression to an expression.

expr list List the expressions.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Expr Commands

334

expr flush

Flush all the expressions.

SYNTAX:

expr flush

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Expr Commands

335

expr list

List the expressions.

SYNTAX:

where:

expr list [name = <string>]

[type = <{intf | ip | serv}>]

[format = <{pretty | cli}>]

[string = <string>]

[beginstring = <string>]

name The name of an existing expression.

Note If not specified, all the expressions will be listed.

OPTIONAL

type The expression type.

Choose between:

>intf

>ip

>serv.

Note If not specified, the expressions of all types will be

shown.

OPTIONAL

format Select the output format of the list.

Choose between:

>pretty: the expressions are shown as intuitive output in clear

text.

>cli: the expressions are shown via the CLI commands

configuration.

The default is pretty.

OPTIONAL

string String matching condition OPTIONAL

beginstring Beginstring matching condition OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Expr Commands

336

EXAMPLE 1:

=>expr list

name type use flags expression

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

_Internet intf 0 D 1. intf=Internet

_LocalNetwork intf 0 D 1. intf=LocalNetwork

HTTPI_if_0 intf 1 D 1. intf=LocalNetwork

2. intf=LocalNetwork

3. intf=LocalNetwork

HTTP_if_0 intf 1 D 1. intfgroup=2

HTTPs_if_0 intf 1 D 1. intfgroup=2

FTP_if_0 intf 1 D 1. intfgroup=2

TELNET_if_0 intf 1 D 1. intfgroup=2

DNS-S_if_0 intf 1 D 1. intfgroup=2

SNMP_AGENT_if_0 intf 1 D 1. intfgroup=2

PING_RESPONDER_if_0 intf 1 D 1. intfgroup=2

wan intf 1 1. intfgroup=0

lan intf 2 1. intfgroup=2

local intf 0 1. intfgroup=1

_10.0.0.138 ip 0 D 1. addr=10.0.0.138

_192.168.1.254 ip 0 D 1. addr=192.168.1.254

private ip 0 1. addr=10.0.0.0/8

2. addr=172.[16-31].*.*

3. addr=192.168.1.0/24

ssdp_ip ip 1 1. addr=239.255.255.250

mdap_ip ip 1 1. addr=224.0.0.103

HTTP_sv_0 serv 1 D 1. proto=6 dst-prt=80

HTTPs_sv_0 serv 1 D 1. proto=6 dst-prt=443

FTP_sv_0 serv 1 D 1. proto=6 dst-prt=21

TELNET_sv_0 serv 1 D 1. proto=6 dst-prt=23

RIP_sv_0 serv 1 D 1. proto=17 src-prt=520 dst-prt=520

RIP-Query_sv_0 serv 1 D 1. proto=17 dst-prt=520

DNS-S_sv_0 serv 1 D 1. proto=17 dst-prt=53

SNMP_AGENT_sv_0 serv 1 D 1. proto=17 dst-prt=161

RAS_sv_0 serv 1 D 1. proto=6 dst-prt=80

SRAS_sv_0 serv 1 D 1. proto=6 dst-prt=443

ICMP_LISTEN_sv_0 serv 1 D 1. proto=1

SENDTO_LISTEN_sv_0 serv 1 D 1. proto=17

PING_RESPONDER_sv_0 serv 1 D 1. proto=1 icmp-type=8

HTTPI_sv_0 serv 1 D 1. proto=6 dst-prt=8080

icmp serv 1 1. proto=1

igmp serv 2 1. proto=2

ftp serv 0 1. proto=6 dst-prt=21

telnet serv 1 1. proto=6 dst-prt=23

http serv 1 1. proto=6 dst-prt=80

httpproxy serv 1 1. proto=6 dst-prt=8080

https serv 1 1. proto=6 dst-prt=443

RPC serv 0 1. proto=6 dst-prt=135

NBT serv 0 1. proto=17 dst-prt=137

2. proto=17 dst-prt=138

3. proto=6 dst-prt=139

SMB serv 0 1. proto=6 dst-prt=445

imap serv 1 1. proto=6 dst-prt=143

imap3 serv 1 1. proto=6 dst-prt=220

imap4-ssl serv 1 1. proto=6 dst-prt=585

imaps serv 1 1. proto=6 dst-prt=993

pop2 serv 1 1. proto=6 dst-prt=109

pop3 serv 1 1. proto=6 dst-prt=110

pop3s serv 1 1. proto=6 dst-prt=995

smtp serv 1 1. proto=6 dst-prt=25

ssh serv 0 1. proto=6 dst-prt=22

dns serv 1 1. proto=6 dst-prt=53

2. proto=17 dst-prt=53

nntp serv 0 1. proto=6 dst-prt=119

ipsec serv 0 1. proto=51

2. proto=50

3. proto=17 src-prt=500 dst-prt=500

esp serv 1 1. proto=50

ah serv 1 1. proto=51

ike serv 1 1. proto=17 dst-prt=500

DiffServ serv 0 1. dscp=!0

sip serv 1 1. proto=17 dst-prt=5060

2. proto=6 dst-prt=5060

h323 serv 1 1. proto=6 dst-prt=1720

2. proto=17 dst-prt=1718

3. proto=17 dst-prt=1719

dhcp serv 1 1. proto=17 dst-prt=68

2. proto=17 dst-prt=67

rtsp serv 1 1. proto=17 dst-prt=554

2. proto=6 dst-prt=554

ssdp_serv serv 1 1. proto=17 dst-prt=1900

mdap_serv serv 1 1. proto=17 dst-prt=3235

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Expr Commands

337

EXAMPLE 2:

=>expr list format=cli

:expr add name=_Internet type=intf intf=Internet

:expr add name=_LocalNetwork type=intf intf=LocalNetwork

:expr add name=HTTPI_if_0 type=intf intf=LocalNetwork

:expr add name=HTTP_if_0 type=intf intfgroup=lan

:expr add name=HTTPs_if_0 type=intf intfgroup=lan

:expr add name=FTP_if_0 type=intf intfgroup=lan

:expr add name=TELNET_if_0 type=intf intfgroup=lan

:expr add name=DNS-S_if_0 type=intf intfgroup=lan

:expr add name=SNMP_AGENT_if_0 type=intf intfgroup=lan

:expr add name=PING_RESPONDER_if_0 type=intf intfgroup=lan

:expr add name=wan type=intf intfgroup=wan

:expr add name=lan type=intf intfgroup=lan

:expr add name=local type=intf intfgroup=local

:expr add name=_10.0.0.138 type=ip addr=10.0.0.138

:expr add name=_192.168.1.254 type=ip addr=192.168.1.254

:expr add name=private type=ip addr=10.0.0.0/8

:expr add name=private type=ip addr=172.[16-31].*.*

:expr add name=private type=ip addr=192.168.1.0/24

:expr add name=ssdp_ip type=ip addr=239.255.255.250

:expr add name=mdap_ip type=ip addr=224.0.0.103

:expr add name=HTTP_sv_0 type=serv proto=tcp dstport=www-http

:expr add name=HTTPs_sv_0 type=serv proto=tcp dstport=443

:expr add name=FTP_sv_0 type=serv proto=tcp dstport=ftp

:expr add name=TELNET_sv_0 type=serv proto=tcp dstport=telnet

:expr add name=RIP_sv_0 type=serv proto=udp srcport=rip dstport=rip

:expr add name=RIP-Query_sv_0 type=serv proto=udp dstport=rip

:expr add name=DNS-S_sv_0 type=serv proto=udp dstport=dns

:expr add name=SNMP_AGENT_sv_0 type=serv proto=udp dstport=snmp

:expr add name=RAS_sv_0 type=serv proto=tcp dstport=www-http

:expr add name=SRAS_sv_0 type=serv proto=tcp dstport=443

:expr add name=ICMP_LISTEN_sv_0 type=serv proto=icmp

:expr add name=SENDTO_LISTEN_sv_0 type=serv proto=udp

:expr add name=PING_RESPONDER_sv_0 type=serv proto=icmp icmptype=echo-request

:expr add name=HTTPI_sv_0 type=serv proto=tcp dstport=httpproxy

:expr add name=icmp type=serv proto=icmp

:expr add name=igmp type=serv proto=igmp

:expr add name=ftp type=serv proto=tcp dstport=ftp

:expr add name=telnet type=serv proto=tcp dstport=telnet

:expr add name=http type=serv proto=tcp dstport=www-http

:expr add name=httpproxy type=serv proto=tcp dstport=httpproxy

:expr add name=https type=serv proto=tcp dstport=443

:expr add name=RPC type=serv proto=tcp dstport=135

:expr add name=NBT type=serv proto=udp dstport=netbios-ns

:expr add name=NBT type=serv proto=udp dstport=netbios-dgm

:expr add name=NBT type=serv proto=tcp dstport=netbios-ssn

:expr add name=SMB type=serv proto=tcp dstport=445

:expr add name=imap type=serv proto=tcp dstport=imap2

:expr add name=imap3 type=serv proto=tcp dstport=imap3

:expr add name=imap4-ssl type=serv proto=tcp dstport=585

:expr add name=imaps type=serv proto=tcp dstport=993

:expr add name=pop2 type=serv proto=tcp dstport=pop2

:expr add name=pop3 type=serv proto=tcp dstport=pop3

:expr add name=pop3s type=serv proto=tcp dstport=995

:expr add name=smtp type=serv proto=tcp dstport=smtp

:expr add name=ssh type=serv proto=tcp dstport=22

:expr add name=dns type=serv proto=tcp dstport=dns

:expr add name=dns type=serv proto=udp dstport=dns

:expr add name=nntp type=serv proto=tcp dstport=nntp

:expr add name=ipsec type=serv proto=ah

:expr add name=ipsec type=serv proto=esp

:expr add name=ipsec type=serv proto=udp srcport=ike dstport=ike

:expr add name=esp type=serv proto=esp

:expr add name=ah type=serv proto=ah

:expr add name=ike type=serv proto=udp dstport=ike

:expr add name=DiffServ type=serv dscp=!cs0

:expr add name=sip type=serv proto=udp dstport=sip

:expr add name=sip type=serv proto=tcp dstport=sip

:expr add name=h323 type=serv proto=tcp dstport=h323

:expr add name=h323 type=serv proto=udp dstport=1718

:expr add name=h323 type=serv proto=udp dstport=1719

:expr add name=dhcp type=serv proto=udp dstport=bootpc

:expr add name=dhcp type=serv proto=udp dstport=bootps

:expr add name=rtsp type=serv proto=udp dstport=rtsp

:expr add name=rtsp type=serv proto=tcp dstport=rtsp

:expr add name=ssdp_serv type=serv proto=udp dstport=1900

:expr add name=mdap_serv type=serv proto=udp dstport=3235=>

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Expr Commands

338

RELATED COMMANDS:

expr add Add a subexpression to an expression.

expr delete Delete an expression.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Expr Commands

339

expr modify

Modify an expression.

SYN TAX:

where:

expr modify name = <string>

type = <{intf | ip | serv}>

index = <number>

addr [!]= <ip-range>

[intf [!]= <string>]

[intfgroup [!]= <{wan|local|lan|tunnel|dmz|guest} or

number>]

[bridgeport [!]= <number>]

[tos [!]= <number{0-255}>]

[precedence [!]= <IP precedence type> or <number>]

[dscp [!]= <DSCP name> or <number>]

[proto = <supported IP protocol name> or <number>]

[srcport [!]= <supported TCP/UDP port name> or <number>]

[srcportend = <supported TCP/UDP port name> or <number>]

[dstport [!]= <supported TCP/UDP port name> or <number>]

[dstportend = <supported TCP/UDP port name> or <number>]

[icmptype [!]= <supported ICMP type name> or <number>]

[icmpcode [!]= <number{0-15}>]

[icmpcodeend = <number{0-15}>]

iIf a value is preceded by a “!”, it means NOT.

For example “intfgroup=!wan” means “if the interface group is different from WAN”.

name The name of the expression to be modified. REQUIRED

type The expression type.

Choose between:

>intf

>ip

>serv.

REQUIRED

number The index of the subexpression to be modified.

Tip Use the command :expr list to obtain the indexes

of the subexpressions.

REQUIRED

addr The IP address (or range). Supports ip/mask notation.

Note Only for expression type ip.

REQUIRED

intf The IP interface name.

Note Only for expression type intf.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Expr Commands

340

intfgroup The IP interface group.

Choose between:

>wan

>local

>lan

>tunnel

>dmz

>guest.

Note Only for expression type intf.

OPTIONAL

bridgeport The bridge port number.

Note Only for expression type intf.

OPTIONAL

tos A number between 0 and 255.

Represents the ToS specification in the IP packet.

Note The parameters tos, precedence and dscp are mutually

exclusive.

OPTIONAL

precedence The precedence in the IP packet (part of tos).

Select an IP precedence (see “ IP Precedence” on page 752) or,

alternatively, specify the number.

Note The parameters tos, precedence and dscp are mutually

exclusive.

OPTIONAL

dscp The DSCP in the IP packet (part of tos).

Select a DSCP (see “ Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP)”

on page 753).

Note The parameters tos, precedence and dscp are mutually

exclusive.

OPTIONAL

proto The protocol (name or number) expected in the IP packet.

Select one of the following protocols: icmp, igmp, ipinip, tcp,

udp, ah, esp, ipcomp or, alternatively, specify the protocol

number.

OPTIONAL

srcport The TCP/UDP port (or beginning of range) the packet is coming

from.

Select one of the supported TCP/UDP port names (see

“ Supported TCP/UDP Port Names” on page 747) or,

alternatively, specify the protocol number.

OPTIONAL

srcportend The source TCP/UDP port range end (inclusive).

Select one of the supported TCP/UDP port names (see

“ Supported TCP/UDP Port Names” on page 747) or,

alternatively, specify the protocol number.

OPTIONAL

dstport The TCP/UDP port (or beginning of range) the packet is going to.

Select one of the supported TCP/UDP port names (see

“ Supported TCP/UDP Port Names” on page 747) or,

alternatively, specify the protocol number.

OPTIONAL

dstportend The destination TCP/UDP port range end (inclusive).

Select one of the supported TCP/UDP port names (see

“ Supported TCP/UDP Port Names” on page 747) or,

alternatively, specify the protocol number.

OPTIONAL

icmptype The ICMP type (name or number) of the packet.

Select one of the supported ICMP types (see “ Supported ICMP

Type Names” on page 750) or, alternatively, specify the type

number.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Expr Commands

341

icmpcode A number between 0 and 15.

Represents the ICMP code (or beginning of range) of the packet.

OPTIONAL

icmpcodeend A number between 0 and 15.

Represents the ICMP code range end (inclusive).

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Expr Commands

342

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

343

16 Firewall Commands

Introduction

This chapter describes the commands of the firewall command group.

Contents

This chapter covers the following commands:

firewall config Configure the firewall options. 344

firewall clear Flush the firewall configuration. 346

firewall list List the firewall configuration. 347

firewall chain add Add a chain. 349

firewall chain delete Delete a chain. 351

firewall chain flush Flush all chains. 353

firewall chain list List all chains. 354

firewall debug clear Clear the firewall statistics. 355

firewall debug stats Display the firewall statistics. 356

firewall debug traceconfig Configure the firewall trace options. 357

firewall level add Add a security level. 358

firewall level delete Delete a security level. 359

firewall level flush Flush the security level configuration. 360

firewall level list List all the security levels. 361

firewall level modify Configure a security level. 362

firewall level set Set the security level or display the current security level. 363

firewall rule add Add a firewall rule. 364

firewall rule delete Delete a firewall rule. 365

firewall rule flush Flush all firewall rules. 366

firewall rule list Show a list of the firewall rules in a chain. 367

firewall rule modify Modify a firewall rule. 369

firewall rule debug clear Clear the firewall rule statistics. 370

firewall rule debug stats Show the firewall rule statistics. 372

firewall rule debug

traceconfig

Display or modify the rule trace configuration. 374

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

344

firewall config

Configure the firewall options.

SYNTAX:

where:

firewall config [state = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[keep = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[tcpchecks = <{none | fast | exact}>]

[udpchecks = <{disabled|enabled}>]

[icmpchecks = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[logdefault = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[logthreshold = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[tcpwindow = <number{0-1073725440}>]

state Enable or disable the firewall.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

keep The firewall keeps active connections (enabled) or not

(disabled) when the firewall rules change.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

tcpchecks Select the level of TCP sequence number checks. Choose

between:

>none: no TCP checks are done.

>fast: check all the combinations of flag and disallow all the

possible illegal combinations shown below:

SYN PSH (SYN PSH URG,...)

SYN FIN (SYN FIN PSH, SYN FIN RST PSH,...)

FIN flag set without ACK

All flags set

No flags set.

>exact: check and permit only combinations of flag with the

TCP state of a connection:

SYN: request to open connection

SYN ACK: agree to open connection

A, PA, AU, PAU: acknowledgement of receipt

FA, FAP, FAU, FAP, FAPU, FAU, FPAU: request to close

connection

R, RA, RP, RU, RPA, RPU, RAU, RPAU: tear down

connection.

The default is none.

OPTIONAL

udpchecks Disable or enable keeping UDP checks.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

icmpchecks Disable or enable keeping ICMP checks.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

345

EXAMPLE:

logdefault Disable or enable logging of default firewall rule.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

logthreshold Disable or enable log thresholding.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

tcpwindow A number between 0 and 1073725440.

This parameter permits to modify the TCP window for fast TCP

checks.

The default is 65536.

OPTIONAL

=>firewall config

:firewall config state=enabled keep=disabled tcpchecks=none udpchecks=enabled

icmpchecks=enabled logdefault=disabled logthreshold=enabled tcpwindow=65536

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

346

firewall clear

Flush the firewall configuration.

SYNTAX:

firewall clear

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

347

firewall list

List the firewall configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

firewall list [format = <{pretty | cli}>]

format Select the output format in which the configuration must be

shown.

Choose between:

>pretty: the configuration is shown as intuitive output in

clear text.

>cli: the configuration is shown via the CLI commands

configuration.

The default is pretty.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

348

EXAMPLE of output in text mode:

EXAMPLE of output in CLI mode:

=>firewall list

Config

======

State : enabled

Keep : disabled

TcpChecks : exact

TcpWindow : 65536

IcmpChecks : enabled

LogDefault : disabled

LogThreshold : enabled

Modules

=======

Module State Text Hooks

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----

fire enabled Firewall Administration Module sink, forward, source

host_service enabled Firewall Host Service Module forward

level enabled Firewall Level Module forward

system_service enabled Firewall System Service Module sink

=>firewall list format=cli

:firewall config state=enabled keep=disabled tcpchecks=exact icmpchecks=enabled logdefault=di

sabled

| logthreshold=enabled tcpwindow=65536

:firewall debug traceconfig tcpchecks=disabled icmpchecks=disabled sink=none forward=none

| source=none

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

349

firewall chain add

Add a chain.

SYNTAX:

where:

firewall chain add chain = <string>

chain The name of the chain to be added. REQUIRED

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

350

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

=>firewall chain list

Chains

======

Name Description

-----------------------------------------------------------------

sink system

forward system

source system

sink_fire system

forward_fire system

source_fire system

forward_host_service system

forward_level system

sink_system_service system

forward_level_BlockAll system

forward_level_Standard system

forward_level_Disabled system

=>firewall chain add chain=myCHAIN

=>firewall chain list

Chains

======

Name Description

-----------------------------------------------------------------

sink system

forward system

source system

sink_fire system

forward_fire system

source_fire system

forward_host_service system

forward_level system

sink_system_service system

forward_level_BlockAll system

forward_level_Standard system

forward_level_Disabled system

myCHAIN user

firewall chain delete Delete a chain.

firewall chain list List all chains.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

351

firewall chain delete

Delete a chain.

SYNTAX:

where:

firewall chain delete chain = <string>

chain The name of the chain to be deleted. REQUIRED

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

352

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

=>firewall chain list

Chains

======

Name Description

-----------------------------------------------------------------

sink system

forward system

source system

sink_fire system

forward_fire system

source_fire system

forward_host_service system

forward_level system

sink_system_service system

forward_level_BlockAll system

forward_level_Standard system

forward_level_Disabled system

myCHAIN user

=>firewall chain delete chain=myCHAIN

=>firewall chain list

Chains

======

Name Description

-----------------------------------------------------------------

sink system

forward system

source system

sink_fire system

forward_fire system

source_fire system

forward_host_service system

forward_level system

sink_system_service system

forward_level_BlockAll system

forward_level_Standard system

forward_level_Disabled system

firewall chain add Add a chain.

firewall chain list List all chains.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

353

firewall chain flush

Flush all chains.

SYNTAX:

firewall chain flush

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

354

firewall chain list

List all chains.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

firewall chain list [format = <{pretty | cli}>]

format Select the output format in which the chains must be shown.

Choose between:

>pretty: the chains are shown as intuitive output in clear

text.

>cli: the chains are shown via the CLI commands

configuration.

The default is pretty.

OPTIONAL

=>firewall chain list

Chains

======

Name Description

-----------------------------------------------------------------

sink system

forward system

source system

sink_fire system

forward_fire system

source_fire system

forward_host_service system

forward_level system

sink_system_service system

forward_level_BlockAll system

forward_level_Standard system

forward_level_Disabled system

firewall chain add Add a chain.

firewall chain delete Delete a chain.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

355

firewall debug clear

Clear the firewall statistics.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

firewall debug clear

=>firewall debug stats

Statistics

==========

Used rule contexts : 0

Total rule contexts : 256

Total packets parsed : 2554

Packets parsed in hook sink : 1461

Packets parsed in hook forward : 12

Packets parsed in hook source : 1041

Packets dropped in hook sink : 0

Packets dropped in hook forward : 0

Packets dropped in hook source : 0

TCP flag errors detected : 14

TCP seq/ack/win errors detected : 5

ICMP errors with partial info : 0

ICMP errors without cause : 0

ICMP replies without request : 0

Packet replay errors : 0

=>firewall debug clear

=>firewall debug stats

Statistics

==========

Used rule contexts : 0

Total rule contexts : 256

Total packets parsed : 26

Packets parsed in hook sink : 16

Packets parsed in hook forward : 0

Packets parsed in hook source : 10

Packets dropped in hook sink : 0

Packets dropped in hook forward : 0

Packets dropped in hook source : 0

TCP flag errors detected : 0

TCP seq/ack/win errors detected : 0

ICMP errors with partial info : 0

ICMP errors without cause : 0

ICMP replies without request : 0

Packet replay errors : 0

firewall debug stats Display the firewall statistics.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

356

firewall debug stats

Display the firewall statistics.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

firewall debug stats

=>firewall debug stats

Statistics

==========

Used rule contexts : 0

Total rule contexts : 256

Total packets parsed : 2554

Packets parsed in hook sink : 1461

Packets parsed in hook forward : 12

Packets parsed in hook source : 1041

Packets dropped in hook sink : 0

Packets dropped in hook forward : 0

Packets dropped in hook source : 0

TCP flag errors detected : 14

TCP seq/ack/win errors detected : 5

ICMP errors with partial info : 0

ICMP errors without cause : 0

ICMP replies without request : 0

Packet replay errors : 0

firewall debug clear Clear the firewall statistics.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

357

firewall debug traceconfig

Configure the firewall trace options.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

firewall debug traceconfig [tcpchecks = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[udpchecks = <{disabled|enabled}>]

[icmpchecks = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[sink = <{none | all | accept | deny | drop

| reset} or number>]

[forward = <{none | all | accept | deny | drop

reset} or number>]

[source = <{none | all | accept | deny | drop

| reset} or number>]

tcpchecks Disable or enable tcpchecks traces.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

udpchecks Disable or enable udpchecks traces.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

icmpchecks Disable or enable icmpchecks traces.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

sink Specify the action traced by the firewall for sink traffic.

The default is none.

OPTIONAL

forward Specify the action traced by the firewall for forward traffic.

The default is none.

OPTIONAL

source Specify the action traced by the firewall for source traffic.

The default is none.

OPTIONAL

=>firewall debug traceconfig

Trace Config

============

tcpchecks : disabled

icmpchecks : disabled

sink : none

forward : none

source : none

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

358

firewall level add

Add a security level.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

firewall level add name = <string>

[index = <number>]

[readonly = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[udptrackmode = <{strict | loose}>]

[service = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[proxy = <{disabled|enabled}>]

[text = <quoted string>]

name The name of the security level to be added. REQUIRED

index The index of the security level.

Tip Use the command :firewall level list to

obtain a list of indexes.

Note If not specified, the new security level will be added at

the bottom of the list.

OPTIONAL

readonly Select whether the security level is readonly (enabled) or not

(disabled).

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

udptrackmode Select the UDP connection tracking mode.

Choose between:

>strict: replies to a request from a client must be in a specific

window to the client.

>loose: inbound packets are allowed on the port that was

first used to start the communication with the server (for

example to allow a client of an online game to obtin peer-

to-peer information from other clients of that same online

game).

The default is strict.

OPTIONAL

proxy Enable or disable proxy system services for this security level. OPTIONAL

service Disable or enable host service definitions.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

text Description of the security level.

Note The maximum length is 39 characters.

OPTIONAL

firewall level delete Delete a security level.

firewall level list List all the security levels.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

359

firewall level delete

Delete a security level.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

firewall level delete name = <string>

name The name of the security level to be deleted. REQUIRED

firewall level add Add a security level.

firewall level list List all the security levels.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

360

firewall level flush

Flush the security level configuration.

SYNTAX:

firewall level flush

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

361

firewall level list

List all the security levels.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

firewall level list [format = <{pretty | cli}>]

[string = <string>]

[beginstring = <string>]

format Select the output format in which the security levels must be

shown.

Choose between:

>pretty: the security levels are shown as intuitive output in

clear text.

>cli: the security levels are shown via the CLI commands

configuration.

The default is pretty.

OPTIONAL

string String matching condition OPTIONAL

beginstring Beginstring matching condition OPTIONAL

firewall level add Add a security level.

firewall level delete Delete a security level.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

362

firewall level modify

Configure a security level.

SYNTAX:

where:

firewall level modify name = <string>

[index = <number>]

[readonly = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[udptrackmode = <{strict | loose}>]

[service = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[proxy = <{disabled|enabled}>]

[text = <quoted string>]

name The name of the security level to be added. REQUIRED

index The index of the security level.

Tip Use the command :firewall level list to

obtain a list of indexes.

OPTIONAL

readonly Select whether the security level is readonly (enabled) or not

(disabled).

OPTIONAL

udptrackmode Select the UDP connection tracking mode.

Choose between:

>strict: replies to a request from a client must be in a specific

window to the client.

>loose: inbound packets are allowed on the port that was

first used to start the communication with the server (for

example to allow a client of an online game to obtin peer-

to-peer information from other clients of that same online

game).

The default is strict.

OPTIONAL

proxy Enable or disable proxy system services for this security level. OPTIONAL

service Disable or enable service definitions for this security level. OPTIONAL

text Description of the security level.

Note The maximum length is 39 characters.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

363

firewall level set

Set the security level or display the current security level.

SYNTAX:

where:

firewall level set [name = <string>]

name The name of the security level to be set.

Note If no security level is specified, the current security

level will be shown.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

364

firewall rule add

Add a firewall rule.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

firewall rule add chain = <chain name>

[index = <number>]

[name = <string>]

[clink = <chain name>]

[srcintf [!]= <string>]

[srcip [!]= <string>]

[dstip [!]= <string>]

[serv [!]= <string>]

[log = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[state = <{disabled | enabled}>]

action = <{accept|deny|drop|reset|count|link}>

iIf a value is preceded by a “!”, it means NOT.

For example “srcintf=!wan” means “if the source interface is different from WAN”.

chain The name of the chain which contains the rule. REQUIRED

index The number of the rule in the chain. OPTIONAL

name The name of the new rule. OPTIONAL

clink The name of the chain to be parsed when this rule applies. OPTIONAL

srcintf The name of the source interface expression. OPTIONAL

srcip The name of the source IP expression. OPTIONAL

dstintf The name of the destination interface expression. OPTIONAL

dstip The name of the destination IP expression. OPTIONAL

serv The name of the service expression. OPTIONAL

log Disable or enable logging is done when this rule applies. OPTIONAL

state Enable or disable this rule. OPTIONAL

action The action to be taken when this rule applies ('link' when clink is used). REQUIRED

firewall rule delete Delete a firewall rule.

expr list List the expressions.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

365

firewall rule delete

Delete a firewall rule.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

firewall rule delete chain = <string>

index = <number>

chain The name of the chain in which a rule must be deleted. REQUIRED

index The number of the rule in the chain. REQUIRED

firewall rule add Add a firewall rule.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

366

firewall rule flush

Flush all firewall rules.

SYNTAX:

where:

firewall rule flush [chain = <string>]

chain The name of the chain for which the rules must be flushed.

Note If not specified, the rules of all the chains will be

flushed.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

367

firewall rule list

Show a list of the firewall rules in a chain.

SYNTAX:

where:

firewall rule list [chain = <string>]

[format = <{pretty | cli}>]

[string = <string>]

[beginstring = <string>]

chain The name of the chain for which the rules must be listed.

Note If not specified, the rules of all the chains are shown.

OPTIONAL

format Select the output format in which the list must be shown.

Choose between:

>pretty: the list is shown as intuitive output in clear text.

>cli: the list is shown via the CLI commands configuration.

The default is pretty.

OPTIONAL

string String matching condition OPTIONAL

beginstring Beginstring matching condition OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

368

EXAMPLE:

=>firewall rule list

Rules (flags: C=Constant, D=Dynamic, E=Enable, L=Log)

=====

Chain Nr. Flags Rule

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

sink 1 CDE : link sink_fire

2 CDE : link sink_system_service

sink_fire 1 C E SSDP : accept ssdp_serv lan.* > *.ssdp_ip

sink_system_service 1 CDE HTTPI : accept HTTPI_sv_0 HTTPI_if_0.* > *.*

2 DE PING_RESPONDER : accept PING_RESPONDER_sv_0 PING_RESPON

DER_

if_0.* > *.*

3 CD SENDTO_LISTEN : accept SENDTO_LISTEN_sv_0 *.* > *.*

4 D ICMP_LISTEN : accept ICMP_LISTEN_sv_0 *.* > *.*

5 CD SRAS : accept SRAS_sv_0 *.* > *.*

6 CD RAS : accept RAS_sv_0 *.* > *.*

7 CDE MDAP : accept MDAP_sv_0 *.* > *.*

8 CDE SNMP_AGENT : accept SNMP_AGENT_sv_0 SNMP_AGENT_

if_0.* > *.*

9 CD DHCP-S : accept DHCP-S_sv_0 *.* > *.*

10 CDE DHCP-R : accept DHCP-R_sv_0 DHCP-R_if_0.* > *.*

11 CDE DNS-S : accept DNS-S_sv_0 DNS-S_if_0.* > *.*

12 CD RIP-Query : accept RIP-Query_sv_0 *.* > *.*

13 CDE RIP : accept RIP_sv_0 *.* > *.*

14 CDE TELNET : accept TELNET_sv_0 TELNET_if_0.* > *.*

15 CDE FTP : accept FTP_sv_0 FTP_if_0.* > *.*

16 CDE HTTPs : accept HTTPs_sv_0 HTTPs_if_0.* > *.*

17 CDE HTTP : accept HTTP_sv_0 HTTP_if_0.* > *.*

forward 1 CDE : link forward_fire

2 CDE : link forward_host_service

3 CDE : link forward_level

forward_level 1 CDE : link forward_level_Disabled

forward_level_Disabled 1 C E AnyTraffic : accept *.* > *.*

source 1 CDE : link source_fire

source_fire 1 C E AnyTraffic : accept *.* > *.*

=>firewall rule list format=cli

:firewall rule add chain=sink_fire index=1 name=SSDP srcintf=lan dstip=ssdp_ip serv=ssdp_serv

| log=disabled state=enabled action=accept

:firewall rule add chain=source_fire index=1 name=AnyTraffic log=disabled state=enabled

| action=accept

:firewall rule add chain=forward_level_BlockAll index=1 name=AnyTraffic log=disabled state=en

abled

| action=drop

:firewall rule add chain=forward_level_Standard index=1 name=FromLAN srcintf=lan log=disabled

| state=enabled action=accept

:firewall rule add chain=forward_level_Disabled index=1 name=AnyTraffic log=disabled state=en

abled

| action=accept

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

369

firewall rule modify

Modify a firewall rule.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

firewall rule modify chain = <string>

index = <number>

[newindex = <number>]

[name = <string>]

[clink = <chain name>]

[srcintf [!]= <string>]

[srcip [!]= <string>]

[dstintf [!]= <string>]

[dstip [!]= <string>]

[serv [!]= <string>]

[log = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[state = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[action = <action>]

iIf a value is preceded by a “!”, it means NOT.

For example “srcintf=!wan” means “if the source interface is different from WAN”.

chain The name of the chain which contains the rule. REQUIRED

index The number of the rule in the chain. REQUIRED

newindex The number of the rule in the chain. OPTIONAL

name The name of the new rule. OPTIONAL

clink The name of the chain to be parsed when this rule applies. OPTIONAL

srcintf The name of the source interface expression. OPTIONAL

srcip The name of the source IP expression. OPTIONAL

dstintf The name of the destination interface expression. OPTIONAL

dstip The name of the destination IP expression. OPTIONAL

serv The name of the service expression. OPTIONAL

log Disable or enable logging when this rule applies. OPTIONAL

state Disable or enable this rule. OPTIONAL

action The action to be taken when this rule applies ('link' when clink

is used).

OPTIONAL

firewall rule delete Delete a firewall rule.

expr list List the expressions.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

370

firewall rule debug clear

Clear the firewall rule statistics.

SYNTAX:

where:

firewall rule debug clear [chain = <string>]

[index = <number>]

chain The name of the chain which contains the rule. OPTIONAL

index The number of the rule in the chain.

Note If not specified, the statistics for all the rules in the

chain will be cleared.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

371

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

=>firewall rule debug stats

chain index packets bytes

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

sink 1 0 0

2 4 192

forward 1 0 0

200

3 10 480

source 1 0 0

sink_fire 1 0 0

source_fire 1 0 0

forward_level 1 10 480

sink_system_service 1 1 48

200

...

16 0 0

17 2 96

forward_level_BlockAll 1 0 0

forward_level_Standard 1 0 0

forward_level_Disabled 1 10 480

=>firewall rule debug clear

=>firewall rule debug stats

chain index packets bytes

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

sink 1 0 0

200

forward 1 0 0

200

300

source 1 0 0

sink_fire 1 0 0

source_fire 1 0 0

forward_level 1 0 0

sink_system_service 1 0 0

200

...

16 0 0

17 0 0

forward_level_BlockAll 1 0 0

forward_level_Standard 1 0 0

forward_level_Disabled 1 0 0

firewall rule debug

stats Show the firewall rule statistics.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

372

firewall rule debug stats

Show the firewall rule statistics.

SYNTAX:

where:

firewall rule debug stats [chain = <chain name>]

[index = <number>]

chain The name of the chain for which the statistics must be shown.

Note If not specified, the statistics for all the chains will be

shown.

OPTIONAL

index The number of the rule in the chain.

Note If not specified, the statistics for all the rules in the

chain are shown.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

373

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

=>firewall rule debug stats

chain index packets bytes

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

sink 1 0 0

2 4 192

forward 1 0 0

200

3 10 480

source 1 0 0

sink_fire 1 0 0

source_fire 1 0 0

forward_level 1 10 480

sink_system_service 1 1 48

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

10 0 0

11 0 0

12 0 0

13 0 0

14 1 48

15 0 0

16 0 0

17 2 96

forward_level_BlockAll 1 0 0

forward_level_Standard 1 0 0

forward_level_Disabled 1 10 480

firewall rule debug clear Clear the firewall rule statistics.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Firewall Commands

374

firewall rule debug traceconfig

Display or modify the rule trace configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

firewall rule debug traceconfig [trace = <{disabled | enabled}>]

trace Enable or disable rule traces.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

=>firewall rule debug traceconfig

:firewall rule debug traceconfig state=disabled

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

GRP Commands

375

17 GRP Commands

Introduction

This chapter describes the commands of the grp command group.

Contents

This chapter covers the following commands:

grp config Set the Generic Routing Protocol (GRP) configuration settings. 376

grp flush Flush the GRP interface settings and parameters. 377

grp rtlist Show the current routes in the GRP interfaces routing table. 378

grp rip config Configure the RIP settings. 379

grp rip flush Flush the RIP interface settings and global parameters. 382

grp rip ifconfig Configure a RIP interface. 383

grp rip show Show the RIP settings and the routes in the RIP database. 385

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

GRP Commands

376

grp config

Set the Generic Routing Protocol (GRP) configuration settings.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

grp config [cdistance = <number{0-255}>]

[kdistance = <number{0-255}>]

[rdistance = <number{0-255}>]

[trace = <{disabled | enabled}>]

cdistance A number between 0 and 255.

Sets the distance of the connected route type.

The default is 0.

OPTIONAL

kdistance A number between 0 and 255.

Sets the distance of the kernel route type.

The default is 1.

OPTIONAL

rdistance A number between 0 and 255.

Sets the distance of the RIP route type.

The default is 120.

OPTIONAL

trace Enable or disable verbose console messaging.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

=>grp config

Distance of the connected route type : 0

Distance of the kernel route type : 1

Distance of the RIP route type : 120

Tracing : disabled

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

GRP Commands

377

grp flush

Flush the GRP interface settings and parameters.

SYNTAX:

grp flush

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

GRP Commands

378

grp rtlist

Show the current routes in the GRP interfaces routing table.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

grp rtlist [dst = <ip-address>]

[dstmask = <ip-mask (dotted or cidr)>]

dst The destination IP address of the route.

Supports IP/mask notation.

Note If no destination IP address is specified, all the current routes

will be shown.

OPTIONAL

dstmask The destination IP address mask, either in dotted or in numerical cidr

notation.

OPTIONAL

=>grp rtlist

Codes : K - kernel, C - connected, S - static, R - rip, * - FIB route

destination : 10.0.0.0/24 *

Route type : "C"

distance : 0

Nexthop : LocalNetwork

destination : 10.0.0.0/24

Route type : "K"

distance : 1

Nexthop : 10.0.0.138

destination : 127.0.0.0/8 *

Route type : "C"

distance : 0

Nexthop : loop

destination : 192.168.1.0/24 *

Route type : "C"

distance : 0

Nexthop : LocalNetwork

destination : 192.168.1.0/24

Route type : "K"

distance : 1

Nexthop : 192.168.1.254

destination : 255.255.255.255/32 *

Route type : "K"

distance : 1

Nexthop : 127.0.0.1

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

GRP Commands

379

grp rip config

Configure the RIP settings.

SYNTAX:

where:

grp rip config state = <{disabled | enabled}>

[version = <{rip_unspec | rip_v1 | rip_v2}>]

[defmetric = <number{1-16}>]

[updatetime = <number{1-3600}>]

[timeouttime = <number{1-3600}>]

[garbagetime = <number{1-3600}>]

[impcrt = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[impkrt = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[impsrt = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[impdefkrt = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[impdefsrt = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[exprt = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[expdefrt = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[txdefrt = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[trace = <{disabled | enabled}>]

state Enable or disable the RIP daemon.

The default is enabled.

REQUIRED

version Configure the RIP version to be applied.

Choose between:

>rip_unspec: No RIP version is specified as such. The actual RIP

version to be used is negotiated with the remote side.

>rip_v1: RIP version 1 is used.

>rip_v2: RIP version 2 is used.

The default is rip_v2.

OPTIONAL

defmetric A number between 1 and 16 (hops).

Represents the default RIP metric for imported routes.

The default is 1.

OPTIONAL

updatetime A number between 1 and 3600 (seconds).

Represents the update timer value of the RIP routing table.

The default is 30.

OPTIONAL

timeouttime A number between 1 and 3600 (seconds).

Represents the timeout timer value of the RIP routing info.

The default is 180.

OPTIONAL

garbagetime A number between 1 and 3600 (seconds).

Represents the garbage collection timer value.

The default is 120.

OPTIONAL

impcrt Enable or disable the import of connected routes.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

impkrt Enable or disable the import of kernel routes.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

GRP Commands

380

impsrt Enable or disable the import of static routes.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

impdefkrt Enable or disable the import of the default kernel route.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

impdefsrt Enable or disable the import of the default static route.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

exprt Enable or disable the export of received RIP routes.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

expdefrt Enable or disable the export of the received RIP default route.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

txrt Enable or disable the transmission of the RIP default route.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

trace Enable or disable verbose console messaging.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

GRP Commands

381

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

=>grp rip show

RIP routing protocol config dump

------------------------------------

RIP daemon is enabled

Global RIP queries received : 0

Global RIP route changes : 0

Default version : send rip_v2, receive rip_v2

Default redistribution metric is 1

Sending routing table updates every 30 seconds with +/-5%

Route timeout after 180 seconds

Route garbage collect after 120 seconds

Import of connected routes is enabled

Import of kernel routes is enabled

Import of static routes is enabled

Import of default kernel route is enabled

Import of default static route is enabled

Export of RIP routes is enabled

Export of default RIP route is enabled

Transmission of default RIP route is enabled

Interface Send Recv AuthMode Passive SplitHorizon BadPackets

BadRoutes SentUpdates

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------

lan1 rip_unspec rip_unspec none enabled enabled 0 0

Internet rip_unspec rip_unspec none enabled enabled 0 0

RIP routing table dump

--------------------------

Codes : K - Kernel, C - connected, S - Static, R - RIP, * - FIB route

Network Next Hop Metric From Flags

----------------------------------------------------------------------

C 10.0.0.0/24 1 <> *

C 192.168.1.0/24 1 <> *

grp rip show Show the RIP settings and the routes in the RIP database.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

GRP Commands

382

grp rip flush

Flush the RIP interface settings and global parameters.

SYNTAX:

grp rip flush

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

GRP Commands

383

grp rip ifconfig

Configure a RIP interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

grp rip ifconfig intf = <string>

[rip = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[rxversion = <{rip_unspec | rip_v1 | rip_v2 | rip_v1-2}>]

[authmode = <{none | cleartext}>]

[authstring = <quoted string>]

[splithorizon = <{disable | enable}>]

intf The name of the RIP interface to be configured.

Tip Use the command :grp iflist to obtain a list of avail-

able interfaces.

REQUIRED

rip Enabled or disabled RIP on this interface.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

rxversion Configure the RIP receive version to be applied.

Choose between:

>rip_unspec: No RIP version is specified as such. The actual RIP

version to be used is negotiated with the remote side.

>rip_v1: RIP version 1 is used.

>rip_v2: RIP version 2 is used.

>rip_v1-2: RIP version 1 and RIP version 2 are used.

The default is rip_unspec.

OPTIONAL

authmode Configure the RIP authentication mode.

Enter the mode in cleartext or specify none in case no authentication

mode is required.

The default is none.

OPTIONAL

authstring Configure the authentication string for the RIP authentication

password.

Note Leave authstring unspecified in case authmode is none.

OPTIONAL

splithorizon Enable or disable the split horizon status for this interface.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

GRP Commands

384

EXAMPLE:

=>grp rip ifconfig

intf = myPPP_ppp

[rip] = disabled

[rxversion] = rip_unspec

[authmode] = none

[authstr] =

[passive] = disabled

[splithorizon] = enabled

:grp rip ifconfig intf=myPPP_ppp

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

GRP Commands

385

grp rip show

Show the RIP settings and the routes in the RIP database.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

grp rip show

=>grp rip show

RIP routing protocol config dump

------------------------------------

RIP daemon is enabled

Global RIP queries received : 0

Global RIP route changes : 3

Default version : send rip_v2, receive rip_v2

Default redistribution metric is 1

Sending routing table updates every 30 seconds with +/-5%

Route timeout after 180 seconds

Route garbage collect after 120 seconds

Import of connected routes is enabled

Import of kernel routes is enabled

Import of static routes is enabled

Import of default kernel route is enabled

Import of default static route is enabled

Export of RIP routes is enabled

Export of default RIP route is enabled

Transmission of default RIP route is enabled

Intf Send Recv AuthMode Passive SplitHorizon BadPackets BadRoutes SentUpd

ates

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----

eth0 rip_unspec rip_unspec none off on 0 58

RIP route table dump

----------------------

Codes:K-Kernel, C - connected, S - Static, R - RIP, * - FIB route

Network Next Hop Metric From Flags

---------------------------------------------------------------------

R 0.0.0.0/0 192.6.11.150 3 192.6.11.150 <> *

C 10.0.0.0/8 1 <> *

K 129.132.2.21/32 138.203.7.146 1 <> *

C 138.203.4.0/22 1 <> *

C 172.16.1.0/24 1 <> *

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

GRP Commands

386

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Hostmgr Commands

387

18 Hostmgr Commands

Introduction

This chapter describes the commands of the hostmgr command group.

Contents

This chapter covers the following commands:

hostmgr add Add host device info to the host manager. 388

hostmgr clear Remove all the hosts from the list. 390

hostmgr config Configure the host manager parameters. 391

hostmgr delete Delete the host device info from the host manager. 392

hostmgr flush Flush the host manager configuration. 393

hostmgr list List all the host devices. 394

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Hostmgr Commands

388

hostmgr add

Add host device info to the host manager.

SYNTAX:

where:

hostmgr add mac_addr = <hardware-address>

[ip_addr = <ip-address>]

[name = <string>]

[type = <{generic_device|desktop_computer|laptop_computer|

printer|mass_storage_device}>]

[ipintf = <string>]

[ethintf = <string>]

[physintf = <string>]

mac_addr The MAC address of the host to be added. REQUIRED

ip_addr The host IP address. OPTIONAL

name The host name. OPTIONAL

type The host type.

Choose between:

>generic_device

>desktop_computer

>laptop_computer

>set_top_box

>pda

>gaming_console

>phone

>mobile_phone

>printer

>mass_storage_device

The default is Generic Device.

OPTIONAL

ipintf The IP interface name. OPTIONAL

ethintf The Ethernet interface name. OPTIONAL

physintf The physical interface name. OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Hostmgr Commands

389

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

=>hostmgr list

MAC-address IP-address Flags Type Intf Hw Intf Hostname

----------- ---------- ----- ---- ---- ------- --------

00:10:a4:ad:32:cf 192.168.1.64 C Generic Device LocalNetwork ethif4 MyComputer

=>hostmgr add mac_addr=00:10:a4:33:56:53 name=Play type=Playstation

=>hostmgr list

MAC-address IP-address Flags Type Intf Hw Intf Hostname

----------- ---------- ----- ---- ---- ------- --------

00:10:a4:33:56:53 0.0.0.0 Playstation ethif1 ethif1 Play

00:10:a4:ad:32:cf 192.168.1.64 C Generic Device LocalNetwork ethif4 MyComputer

hostmgr delete Delete the host device info from the host manager.

hostmgr list List all the host devices.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Hostmgr Commands

390

hostmgr clear

Remove all the hosts from the list.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

hostmgr clear

=>hostmgr list

MAC-address IP-address Flags Type Intf Hw Intf Hostname

----------- ---------- ----- ---- ---- ------- --------

00:10:a4:33:56:53 0.0.0.0 Playstation ethif1 ethif1 Play

00:10:a4:ad:32:cf 192.168.1.64 C Generic Device LocalNetwork ethif4 MyComput

=>hostmgr clear

=>hostmgr list

No hosts found.

hostmgr delete Delete the host device info from the host manager.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Hostmgr Commands

391

hostmgr config

Configure the host manager parameters.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

hostmgr config [state = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[scantime = <number{10-600}>]

[autosave = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[trace = <{disabled | enabled}>]

state Enable or disable the host manager daemon.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

scantime A number between 10 an 600 (seconds).

Represents the time between two scans.

The default is 30 (seconds).

OPTIONAL

autosave Enable or disable automatic saves to flash memory.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

trace Enable or disable the host manager traces.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

=>hostmgr config

state : enabled

scantime : 30 sec.

autosave : enabled

trace : disabled

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Hostmgr Commands

392

hostmgr delete

Delete the host device info from the host manager.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

hostmgr delete mac_addr = <hardware-address>

mac_addr The MAC address of the host to be removed. REQUIRED

=>hostmgr list

MAC-address IP-address Flags Type Intf Hw Intf Hostname

----------- ---------- ----- ---- ---- ------- --------

00:10:a4:33:56:53 0.0.0.0 Playstation ethif1 ethif1 Play

00:10:a4:ad:32:cf 192.168.1.64 C Generic Device LocalNetwork ethif4 MyComput

=>hostmgr delete mac_addr=00:10:a4:fa:33:56

=>hostmgr list

MAC-address IP-address Flags Type Intf Hw Intf Hostname

----------- ---------- ----- ---- ---- ------- --------

00:10:a4:ad:32:cf 192.168.1.64 C Generic Device LocalNetwork ethif4 MyComput

hostmgr add Add host device info to the host manager.

hostmgr clear Remove all the hosts from the list.

hostmgr list List all the host devices.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Hostmgr Commands

393

hostmgr flush

Flush the host manager configuration.

The host manager configuration is cleaned and returned to default values.

SYNTAX:

hostmgr flush

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Hostmgr Commands

394

hostmgr list

List all the host devices.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

hostmgr list

=>hostmgr list

MAC-address IP-address Flags Type Intf Hw Intf Hostname

----------- ---------- ----- ---- ---- ------- --------

00:10:a4:33:56:53 0.0.0.0 Playstation ethif1 ethif1 Play

00:10:a4:ad:32:cf 192.168.1.64 C Generic Device LocalNetwork ethif4 MyComput

hostmgr add Add host device info to the host manager.

hostmgr delete Delete the host device info from the host manager.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IDS Commands

395

19 IDS Commands

Introduction

This chapter describes the commands of the ids command group.

Contents

This chapter covers the following commands:

ids clear Reset the IDS statistics. 396

ids config Display/modify the Intrusion Detection System (IDS) configuration. 397

ids parser list Display the IDS parser configuration. 398

ids parser modify Modify the IDS parser configuration. 399

ids pattern clear Reset the pattern tracker. 401

ids pattern list Display the patterns in the pattern tracker. 402

ids pattern stats Display the pattern tracker statistics. 403

ids signature list Displays the ids signature configuration 404

ids signature

modify

Modify the states of the signatures. 405

ids threshold clear Reset the IDS thresholds to their default values. 406

ids threshold list Display the IDS thresholds. 407

ids threshold

modify

Modify the IDS thresholds. 408

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IDS Commands

396

ids clear

Reset the IDS statistics.

SYNTAX:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ids clear

ids parser list Display the IDS parser configuration.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IDS Commands

397

ids config

Display/modify the Intrusion Detection System (IDS) configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

ids config [state = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[trace = <{disabled|enabled}>]

state Enable or disable IDS checks.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

trace Enable or disable tracing.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

=>ids config

IDS configuration:

=================

state : enabled

traces ::disabled

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IDS Commands

398

ids parser list

Display the IDS parser configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

ids parser list [parser = <parser>]

parser The name of the parser REQUIRED

=>ids parser list

parser state

-----------------------------------------

fragment enabled

scan enabled

dos enabled

proto enabled

rate enabled

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IDS Commands

399

ids parser modify

Modify the IDS parser configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

ids parser modify parser = <string>

state = <{disabled | enabled}>

parser The name of the IDS parser of which the configuration must be modifi

ed.

REQUIRED

state Disable or enable the parser. REQUIRED

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IDS Commands

400

EXAMPLE:

=>ids list

Resources:

==========

resource total maximum

---------------------------------

parsers 5 10

signatures 38 50

Signatures:

==========

parser signature hits action state

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

fragment fragment sweep 0 log, drop enabled

fragment zero-length fragment size 0 log, drop enabled

fragment small fragment size 0 log, drop enabled

fragment fragment size overrun 0 log, drop enabled

fragment fragment overlap 0 log, drop enabled

fragment fragment out-of-order 0 log enabled

...

=>ids parser modify parser=fragment state=disabled

=>ids list

Resources:

==========

resource total maximum

---------------------------------

parsers 5 10

signatures 38 50

Signatures:

==========

parser signature hits action state

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

fragment fragment sweep 0 log, drop disabled

fragment zero-length fragment size 0 log, drop disabled

fragment small fragment size 0 log, drop disabled

fragment fragment size overrun 0 log, drop disabled

fragment fragment overlap 0 log, drop disabled

fragment fragment out-of-order 0 log disabled

...

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IDS Commands

401

ids pattern clear

Reset the pattern tracker.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ids pattern clear

=>ids pattern stats

Pattern tracker statistics:

---------------------------

memory : 32768 bytes

maximum number of patterns : 512

number of active patterns : 8

number of recycled patterns : 0

number of pattern searches : 9

number of new patterns : 8

maximum number of hash collisions : 1

% of hash entries with collisions : 0.09

% of hash entries unused : 99.31

=>ids pattern clear

=>ids pattern stats

Pattern tracker statistics:

---------------------------

memory : 32768 bytes

maximum number of patterns : 512

number of active patterns : 0

number of recycled patterns : 0

number of pattern searches : 0

number of new patterns : 0

maximum number of hash collisions : 0

% of hash entries with collisions : 0.00

% of hash entries unused : 100.00

ids pattern list Display the patterns in the pattern tracker.

ids pattern stats Display the pattern tracker statistics.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IDS Commands

402

ids pattern list

Display the patterns in the pattern tracker.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ids pattern list [size = <{10 | 100 | full} or number>]

size The size of the IDS pattern list that will be shown.

Choose between:

>10

>100

>full

or, alternatively, specify a number.

The default is full.

OPTIONAL

=>ids pattern list

1. # 40002# UDP *.*.*.*:* -> *.*.*.*:* count:1

period: [00001564..00001565]

2. # 30002# UDP *.*.*.*:* -> 255.255.255.255:67 count:1

period: [00001564..00001566]

3. # 5000a# UDP *.*.*.*:* -> 255.255.255.255:* count:1

period: [00001411..00001425]

ids pattern clear Reset the pattern tracker.

ids pattern stats Display the pattern tracker statistics.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IDS Commands

403

ids pattern stats

Display the pattern tracker statistics.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ids pattern stats

=>ids pattern stats

Pattern tracker statistics:

---------------------------

memory : 32768 bytes

maximum number of patterns : 512

number of active patterns : 8

number of recycled patterns : 0

number of pattern searches : 9

number of new patterns : 8

maximum number of hash collisions : 1

% of hash entries with collisions : 0.09

% of hash entries unused : 99.31

ids pattern clear Reset the pattern tracker.

ids pattern list Display the patterns in the pattern tracker.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IDS Commands

404

ids signature list

Displays the ids signature configuration

SYNTAX

where

EXAMPLE:

ids signature list [signature = <fragment_sweep|zero-

length_fragment_size|

small_fragment_size|fragment_size_ove

rrun| fragment_overlap|fragment_out-

of-order|

ip_protocol_scan|tcp_port_scan|tcp_sy

n_scan|

stealth_tcp_null_scan|stealth_tcp_fin

_scan| stealth_tcp_xmas_scan|

stealth_tcp_full_xmas_scan|

stealth_tcp_vecna_scan|

stealth_tcp_syn-fin_scan|

udp_port_scan|ping_sweep_scan|tcp_syn

_flood|

udp_flood|ping_flood|icmp_unreachable

_storm|

smurf_broadcast_attack|smurf_storm_at

tack| fraggle_broadcast_attack|

fraggle_storm_attack|land_attack}>]

signature The name of the signature OPTIONAL

=>ids signature list signature fragment_sweep

signature parser hits action state

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

fragment_sweep fragment 0 log enabled

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IDS Commands

405

ids signature modify

Modify the states of the signatures.

SYNTAX

where

EXAMPLE:

ids signature modify [signature = <fragment_sweep|

zero-length_fragment_size|

small_fragment_size|

fragment_size_overrun|

fragment_overlap|

fragment_out-of-order|

ip_protocol_scan|

tcp_port_scan|tcp_syn_scan|

stealth_tcp_null_scan|

stealth_tcp_fin_scan|

stealth_tcp_xmas_scan|

stealth_tcp_full_xmas_scan|

stealth_tcp_vecna_scan|

stealth_tcp_syn-fin_scan|

udp_port_scan|ping_sweep_scan|

tcp_syn_flood|udp_flood|ping_flood|

icmp_unreachable_storm|

smurf_broadcast_attack|

smurf_storm_attack|

fraggle_broadcast_attack|

fraggle_storm_attack|land_attack}>]

state = <{disabled|enabled}>

signature The name of the signature REQUIRED

state The desired state of the signature. REQUIRED

=>ids signature modify

[signature] = ip_protocol_scan

state = disabled

:ids signature modify signature=ip_protocol_scan state=disabled

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IDS Commands

406

ids threshold clear

Reset the IDS thresholds to their default values.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ids threshold clear

=>ids threshold list

index name window limit scaling

-----------------------------------------------------------------

1. ids scan 20 20 enabled

2. ids flood 2 100 disabled

3. ids tcp rate 10 300 enabled

4. ids udp rate 1 200 disabled

5. ids icmp rate 1 200 disabled

6. ids ip rate 1 200 disable

=>ids threshold clear

=>ids threshold list

index name window limit scaling

-----------------------------------------------------------------

1. ids scan 20 20 enabled

2. ids flood 2 100 disabled

3. ids tcp rate 1 200 disabled

4. ids udp rate 1 200 disabled

5. ids icmp rate 1 200 disabled

6. ids ip rate 1 200 disabled

ids threshold list Display the IDS thresholds.

ids threshold modify Modify the IDS thresholds.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IDS Commands

407

ids threshold list

Display the IDS thresholds.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ids threshold list

=>ids threshold list

index name window limit scaling

-----------------------------------------------------------------

1. ids scan 20 20 enabled

2. ids flood 2 100 disabled

3. ids tcp rate 1 200 disabled

4. ids udp rate 1 200 disabled

5. ids icmp rate 1 200 disabled

6. ids ip rate 1 200 disabled

ids threshold clear Reset the IDS thresholds to their default values.

ids threshold modify Modify the IDS thresholds.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IDS Commands

408

ids threshold modify

Modify the IDS thresholds.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ids threshold modify index = <number>

[window = <number>]

[limit = <number>]

[scaling = <{disabled | enabled}>]

index The index of the IDS threshold to be modified.

Tip Use the command :ids threshold list to obtain the indexes.

REQUIRED

window A number (of seconds).

Represents the time window of the threshold.

OPTIONAL

limit A number.

Represents the limit of the threshold.

OPTIONAL

scaling Enable or disable scaling of the threshold window. OPTIONAL

=>ids threshold list

index name window limit scaling

-----------------------------------------------------------------

1. ids scan 20 20 enabled

2. ids flood 2 100 disabled

3. ids tcp rate 1 200 disabled

4. ids udp rate 1 200 disabled

5. ids icmp rate 1 200 disabled

6. ids ip rate 1 200 disabled

=>ids threshold modify index=3 window=10 limit=300 scaling=enabled

=>ids threshold list

index name window limit scaling

-----------------------------------------------------------------

1. ids scan 20 20 enabled

2. ids flood 2 100 disabled

3. ids tcp rate 10 300 enabled

4. ids udp rate 1 200 disabled

5. ids icmp rate 1 200 disabled

6. ids ip rate 1 200 disable

ids threshold clear Reset the IDS thresholds to their default values.

ids threshold list Display the IDS thresholds.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IGMP Commands

409

20 IGMP Commands

Introduction

This chapter describes the commands of the IGMP command group.

Contents

This chapter covers the following commands:

igmp host config Display or modify global IGMP configuration. 410

igmp host flush Flush the IGMP settings. 411

igmp host list Show the IGMP groups. 412

igmp host debug clear Show the IGMP groups. 412

igmp host ifconfig Configure an IGMP interface. 413

igmp host iflist Show the configuration of the IGMP interfaces. 414

igmp host debug clear Clear IGMP statistics. 415

igmp host debug stats Print IGMP statistics. 416

igmp proxy config Configure the IGMP proxy. 417

igmp proxy flush Flush all IGMP proxy settings and learned groups. 419

igmp proxy grouplist Show the learned groups on an IGMP proxy interface. 420

igmp proxy ifconfig Configure an IGMP proxy interface. 421

igmp proxy iflist Show the configuration of an IGMP proxy interface. 422

igmp proxy mbslist Show the IGMP proxy membership database (merge of all

learned groups.

423

igmp proxy config Clear IGMP proxy statistics. 424

igmp proxy debug stats Print IGMP proxy statistics. 425

igmp proxy debug

traceconfig

Modify IGMP proxy trace configuration. 426

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IGMP Commands

410

igmp host config

Display or modify global IGMP configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

igmp host config [requirera = <{disabled | enabled}>]

requirera Enable or disable the router alert IP option check.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

=>igmp host confighostmgr list

Router alert IP option check : disabled

igmp host debug

clear

Show the IGMP groups.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IGMP Commands

411

igmp host flush

Flush the IGMP settings.

SYNTAX:

igmp host flush

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IGMP Commands

412

igmp host list

Show the IGMP groups.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

igmp host list [intf = <string>]

[expand = <{disabled | enabled}>]

intf The IP interface name. OPTIONAL

expand Enable or disable expanded listing of IGMP groups.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

=>igmp host list

Interface Group Filter-Mode Source

4 lan1 224.0.0.103 EXCLUDE none

4 lan1 239.255.255.250 EXCLUDE none

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IGMP Commands

413

igmp host ifconfig

Configure an IGMP interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

igmp host ifconfig intf = <string>

version = <{none |IGMPv1 |IGMPv2 |IGMPv3}>

intf The IP interface name. REQUIRED

version The IGMP version of the IP interface.

Choose between:

>IGMPv1

>IGMPv2

>IGMPv3

>none

REQUIRED

=>igmp host ifconfig

intf = lan1

version = IGMPv1

:igmp host ifconfig intf=lan1 version=IGMPv1

igmp proxy iflist Show the configuration of the IGMP interfaces.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IGMP Commands

414

igmp host iflist

Show the configuration of the IGMP interfaces.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

igmp host iflist [expand = <{disabled | enabled}>]

expand Enable or disable expanded listing of IGMP interfaces

configuration.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

=>igmp host iflist

Interface Version

0 loop IGMPv3

1 Internet IGMPv3

2 ISDN_backup IGMPv3

3 ISDN_backup_trigger IGMPv3

4 lan1 IGMPv3

5 wan1 IGMPv3

6 dmz1 IGMPv3

7 guest1 IGMPv3

igmp proxy ifconfig Configure an IGMP interface.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IGMP Commands

415

igmp host debug clear

Clear IGMP statistics.

SYNTAX:

RELATED COMMANDS:

igmp host debug clear

igmp host debug

stats

Print IGMP statistics.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IGMP Commands

416

igmp host debug stats

Print IGMP statistics.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

igmp host debug stats

=>igmp host debug stats

Total IGMP messages received : 0

Too small IGMP messages received : 0

Too long IGMP messages received : 0

IGMP messages with bad checksum received : 0

IGMP messages with bad TTL received : 0

IGMP messages with no router alert IP option received : 0

IGMPv1 membership queries received : 0

IGMPv2 membership queries received : 0

IGMPv3 membership queries received : 0

IGMP bad queries received : 0

IGMP failing membership queries : 0

IGMPv1/v2 membership reports received : 0

IGMPv1/v2 invalid membership reports received : 0

IGMPv1/v2 membership reports received for our groups : 0

IGMPv1/v2 membership reports transmitted : 0

IGMPv3 membership reports transmitted : 0

igmp host debug clear Clear IGMP statistics.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IGMP Commands

417

igmp proxy config

Configure the IGMP proxy.

SYNTAX:

where:

igmp proxy config [state = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[qi = <number{1-86400}>]

[qri = <number{1-86400}>]

[lmqi = <number{1-86400}>]

[rv = <number{2-10}>]

[requirera = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[localgroup = <{disabled | enabled}>]

state Enable or disable the IGMP proxy.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

qi A number between 1 and 86400.

Represents the interval in seconds between general queries sent

by the querier.

OPTIONAL

qri A number between 1 and 86400.

Represents the maximum response time in seconds for an IGMP

client in reply to general queries.

OPTIONAL

lmqi A number between 1 and 86400.

Represents the maximum response time in seconds for an IGMP

client in reply to group specific queries.

OPTIONAL

rv A number between 2 and 10.

Represents the robustness variable, which allows tuning for

expected IGMP packet loss.

OPTIONAL

requirera Enable or disable the router alert IP option check.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

localgroup Enable or disable the processing of a local multicast group in an

IGMP packet.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IGMP Commands

418

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

=>igmp proxy config

IGMP proxy state : disabled

Query Interval : 0 days, 0:02:05

Query Response Interval : 0 days, 0:00:10

Last Member Query Interval : 0 days, 0:00:01

Robustness variable : 2

Router alert IP option check : disabled

Process local multicast group : disabled

igmp proxy grouplist Show the learned groups on an IGMP proxy interface.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IGMP Commands

419

igmp proxy flush

Flush all IGMP proxy settings and learned groups.

SYNTAX:

igmp proxy flush

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IGMP Commands

420

igmp proxy grouplist

Show the learned groups on an IGMP proxy interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

igmp proxy grouplist [intf = <string>]

[expand = <{disabled | enabled}>]

intf The name of the IGMP proxy interface to be listed. OPTIONAL

expand Enable or disable expanded listing of the learned groups on an

IGMP proxy interface.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

igmp proxy config Configure the IGMP proxy.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IGMP Commands

421

igmp proxy ifconfig

Configure an IGMP proxy interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

igmp proxy ifconfig intf = <string>

[state = <{inactive | downstream | upstream}>]

[version = <{IGMPv1 | IGMPv2 | IGMPv3}>]

[fastleave = <{disabled | enabled}>]

intf The name of the IGMP proxy interface to be configured. REQUIRED

state The state of the IGMP proxy interface.

Choose between:

>inactive

>downstream

>upstream

OPTIONAL

version The IGMP version of the IGMP proxy interface.

Choose between:

>IGMPv1

>IGMPv2

>IGMPv3

>none

OPTIONAL

fastleave Enable or disable the immediate deletion of a group when a

leave is received.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

=>igmp proxy ifconfig

intf = lan1

[state] = downstream

[version] = IGMPv3

[fastleave] = disabled

igmp proxy iflist Show the configuration of an IGMP proxy interface.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IGMP Commands

422

igmp proxy iflist

Show the configuration of an IGMP proxy interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

igmp proxy iflist [expand = <{disabled | enabled}>]

expand Enable or disable expanded listing of IGMP proxy interface

configuration.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

=>igmp proxy iflist

Interface State Version Querier

7 guest1 inactive - -

6 dmz1 inactive - -

5 wan1 inactive - -

4 lan1 downstream - -

3 ISDN_backup_trigger inactive - -

2 ISDN_backup inactive - -

1 Internet inactive - -

igmp proxy ifconfig Configure an IGMP proxy interface.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IGMP Commands

423

igmp proxy mbslist

Show the IGMP proxy membership database (merge of all learned groups.

SYNTAX:

igmp proxy mbslist

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IGMP Commands

424

igmp proxy debug clear

Clear IGMP proxy statistics.

SYNTAX:

RELATED COMMANDS:

igmp proxy debug clear

igmp proxy debug stats Print IGMP proxy statistics.

igmp proxy debug traceconfig Modify IGMP proxy trace configuration.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IGMP Commands

425

igmp proxy debug stats

Print IGMP proxy statistics.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

igmp proxy debug stats

=>igmp proxy debug stats

IGMP proxy statistics:

Total IGMP packets recv : 0

Too short IGMP packets recv : 0

IGMP packets with bad checksum recv : 0

IGMP packets with bad ttl recv : 0

IGMP packets with no route alert option recv : 0

IGMPv1 queries recv : 0

IGMPv2 queries recv : 0

IGMPv3 queries recv : 0

IGMP bad queries recv : 0

IGMP queries fail : 0

IGMPv1 reports recv : 0

IGMPv2 reports recv : 0

IGMPv3 reports recv : 0

IGMP bad reports recv : 0

IGMP leave reports recv : 0

IGMP bad leave reports recv : 0

IGMPv1 queries sent : 0

IGMPv2 queries sent : 0

IGMPv3 queries sent : 0

IGMP query election switch : 0

igmp proxy debug

clear

Clear IGMP proxy statistics.

igmp proxy debug

traceconfig

Modify IGMP proxy trace configuration.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IGMP Commands

426

igmp proxy debug traceconfig

Modify IGMP proxy trace configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

igmp proxy debug traceconfig [state = <{disabled | enabled}>]

state Enable or disable tracing.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

igmp proxy debug

clear

Clear IGMP proxy statistics.

igmp proxy debug

stats

Print IGMP proxy statistics.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Interface Commands

427

21 Interface Commands

Introduction

This chapter describes the commands of the interface command group.

Contents

This chapter covers the following commands:

interface list Display interfaces. 428

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Interface Commands

428

interface list

Display interfaces.

SYNTAX:

where:

interface list [expand = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[reverse = <{disabled | enabled}>]

expand Enable or disable expanded listing of interfaces.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

reverse Enable or disable reverse listing (lower layer first instead of upper layer

first).

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Interface Commands

429

EXAMPLE:

=>interface list

Name Type State Use UL Interfaces

ethif1 physical connected 1 bridge

ethif4 physical connected 1 bridge

usbif1 physical connected 1 bridge

RELAY eth connected 1 Internet_ppp

bridge eth connected 1 eth0

atm_0_35 atm connected 1 ethoa_0_35

atm_8_35 atm connected 1 ethoa_8_35

ethoa_0_35 eth connected 0

ethoa_8_35 eth connected 0

Internet_ppp ppp not-connected 1 Internet

Internet ip not-connected 0

eth0 ip connected 0

=>interface list expand=enabled

Name Type State Use UL Interfaces

ethif1 physical connected 1 bridge

Flags....: INTERNAL

Phys.....: intf: 0 type eth speed: 100 Mbps

ethif4 physical connected 1 bridge

Flags....: INTERNAL

Phys.....: intf: 3 type eth speed: 100 Mbps

usbif1 physical connected 1 bridge

Flags....: INTERNAL

Phys.....: intf: 4 type usb speed: 12 Mbps

RELAY eth connected 1 Internet_ppp

Flags....: INTERNAL DYNAMIC RELAY

Eth......: port: 65535 ip_cid: 200 arp_cid: 0

bridge eth connected 1 eth0

Flags....: DYNAMIC

Eth......: port: 0 ip_cid: 16385 arp_cid: 16386

atm_0_35 atm connected 1 ethoa_0_35

Flags....:

Atm......: cid: 8196 atm_cid: 8196 llc_cid: 0 ppp_cid: 0

atm_8_35 atm connected 1 ethoa_8_35

Flags....:

Atm......: cid: 8198 atm_cid: 8198 llc_cid: 0 ppp_cid: 0

ethoa_0_35 eth connected 0

Flags....:

Eth......: port: 1 ip_cid: 16387 arp_cid: 16388

ethoa_8_35 eth connected 0

Flags....:

Eth......: port: 2 ip_cid: 16389 arp_cid: 16390

Internet_ppp ppp not-connected 1 Internet

Flags....:

Ppp......: cid: 0 ip_cid: 0

Internet ip not-connected 0

Flags....: DYNAMIC

Ip.......: dest: Internet_ppp

eth0 ip connected 0

Flags....:

Ip.......: dest: bridge

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Interface Commands

430

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

431

22 IP Commands

Introduction

This chapter describes the commands of the ip command group.

Contents

This chapter covers the following commands:

ip arpadd Add an entry to the ARP cache of a broadcast Internet Protocol

(IP) interface.

433

ip arpdelete Delete an entry from the ARP cache. 434

ip arplist Display the ARP cache. 435

ip config Show/set global IP stack configuration options. 436

ip flush Flush all the static IP parameters. 438

ip ifadd Create an IP interface. 439

ip ifattach Attach an IP interface. 440

ip ifconfig Configure the parameters of an IP interface. 441

ip ifdelete Delete an IP interface. 443

ip ifdetach Detach an IP interface. 444

ip iflist Display all the IP interfaces. 445

ip ifwait Wait for a status change of an IP interface. 446

ip ipadd Assign an IP address to an IP interface. 447

ip ipconfig Modify an IP address configuration. 448

ip ipdelete Remove an IP address from an IP interface. 449

ip iplist Display all the configured IP addresses. 450

ip mcast rtadd Add a multicast route to the multicast routing table. 451

ip mcast rtdelete Delete a multicast route from the multicast routing table. 452

ip mcast rtlist Display the multicast routing table. 453

ip mcast flush Flush the multicast routing table. 454

ip rtadd Add a route to the routing table. 455

ip rtdelete Delete a route from the routing table. 457

ip rtlist Display the routing table. 458

ip auto flush Flush the autoIP interfaces. 459

ip auto ifadd Create an autoIP interface. 460

ip auto ifattach Select and assign a link-local address to an autoIP interface. 461

ip auto ifconfig Configure an autoIP interface. 462

ip auto ifdelete Delete an existing autoIP interface. 464

ip auto ifdetach Release the link-local address for the given autoIP interface. 465

ip auto iflist Display the autoIP interfaces. 466

ip debug httpprobe Send a HTTP probe. 467

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

432

ip debug sendto Send UDP packets. 468

ip debug stats Display IP statistics. 470

ip debug traceconfig Display/modify the IP stack trace configuration. 471

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

433

ip arpadd

Add an entry to the ARP cache of a broadcast Internet Protocol (IP) interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ip arpadd intf = <string>

ip = <ip-range>

[hwaddr = <hardware-address>]

intf The IP interface name. REQUIRED

ip The IP address (or range) of the entry to be added to the Address

Resolution Protocol (ARP) cache.

REQUIRED

hwaddr The hardware address (for example the Ethernet MAC address) of the

entry to be added.

OPTIONAL

=>ip arplist

Interface IP-address HW-address Type

2 eth0 10.0.0.1 00:10:a4:ad:32:cf STATIC

=>ip arpadd intf=eth0 ip=10.0.0.2

=>ip arplist

Interface IP-address HW-address Type

2 eth0 10.0.0.1 00:10:a4:ad:32:cf STATIC

2 eth0 10.0.0.2 00:00:00:00:00:00 DYNAMIC

=>ip arpadd intf=eth0 ip=10.0.0.3 hwaddr=00:a0:24:ae:66:e1

=>ip arplist

Interface IP-address HW-address Type

2 eth0 10.0.0.1 00:10:a4:ad:32:cf STATIC

2 eth0 10.0.0.2 00:00:00:00:00:00 DYNAMIC

2 eth0 10.0.0.3 00:a0:24:ae:66:e1 STATIC

ip arpdelete Delete an entry from the ARP cache.

ip arplist Display the ARP cache.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

434

ip arpdelete

Delete an entry from the ARP cache.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ip arpdelete intf = <string>

ip = <ip-range>

[hwaddr = <hardware-address>]

intf The IP interface name. REQUIRED

ip The IP address (or range) of the entry to be deleted. REQUIRED

hwaddr The hardware address (for example the Ethernet MAC address) of the

entry to be deleted.

OPTIONAL

=>ip arplist

Interface IP-address HW-address Type

2 eth0 10.0.0.1 00:10:a4:ad:32:cf STATIC

2 eth0 10.0.0.2 00:00:00:00:00:00 DYNAMIC

2 eth0 10.0.0.3 00:a0:24:ae:66:e1 STATIC

=>ip arpdelete intf=eth0 ip=10.0.0.3 hwaddr=00:a0:24:ae:66:e1

=>ip arplist

Interface IP-address HW-address Type

2 eth0 10.0.0.1 00:10:a4:ad:32:cf STATIC

2 eth0 10.0.0.2 00:00:00:00:00:00 DYNAMIC

ip arpadd Add an entry to the ARP cache of a broadcast Internet Protocol (IP) interface.

ip arplist Display the ARP cache.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

435

ip arplist

Display the ARP cache.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ip arplist

=>ip arplist

Interface IP-address HW-address Type

2 eth0 10.0.0.1 00:10:a4:ad:32:cf STATIC

2 eth0 10.0.0.2 00:00:00:00:00:00 DYNAMIC

2 eth0 10.0.0.3 00:a0:24:ae:66:e1 STATIC

ip arpadd Add an entry to the ARP cache of a broadcast Internet Protocol (IP) interface.

ip arpdelete Delete an entry from the ARP cache.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

436

ip config

Show/set global IP stack configuration options.

SYNTAX:

where:

ip config [forwarding = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[redirects = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[checkoptions = <{disabled|enabled|transparent}>]

[netbroadcasts = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[ttl = <number{0-255}>]

[defragmode = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[addrcheck = <{off | own | static | dynamic}>]

[mssclamping = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[natloopback = <{disabled|enabled}>]

[loadbalancing = <{disabled|roundrobin}>]

[bitrate-window(sec) = <number{10-3600}>]

[acceleration = <{disabled|enabled}>]

forwarding Disable or enable the IP routing functionality.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

redirects Disable or enable the sending of ICMP redirect messages.

A router can send a redirect message in case a shorter path than the

path followed is discovered.

The default is enabled (for security reasons).

OPTIONAL

checkoptions Disallow/Allow packets with IP options.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

netbroadcasts Disable or enable net directed broadcasts.

The default is disabled.

In case netbroadcasts are allowed, no traces of netbroadcasts are

generated.

OPTIONAL

ttl A number between 0 and 255.

Represents the default Time To Live (TTL) for locally generated IP

packets. This parameter determines the number of hop counts the IP

packet may pass before it is dropped.

By limiting the TTL, continuous circulation of IP packets on the

network without ever reaching a destination is avoided.

The default is 64.

OPTIONAL

defragmode Disallow (disabled) or allow (enabled) defragmenting IP fragments.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

437

EXAMPLE:

addrcheck Set the level of IP address checks.

Choose between:

>off: No address checking is performed. For advanced users only;

in normal circumstances there should always be some kind of

address checking.

>own: Minimum level of checking.

Only the address configuration on the Thomson ST is checked.

>static: Checking of the address configuration of the Thomson ST

and also of traffic: addresses of incoming packets; this checking

is related to constants (for example an address may not be

entirely composed of one‘s or zero‘s).

>dynamic: Besides the address configuration of the Thomson ST

itself, and besides the checking of traffic on a constants level,

additional checking is performed on the IP addresses that are

determined by the configuration, more specifically by the

network.

The default is dynamic.

OPTIONAL

mssclamping Disable or enable mss clamping for low MTU interfaces.

Enabling mss clamping assures that the size of a TCP packet never

exceeds the available Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) of the

outgoing interface.

The default is on.

Note It is recommended not to disable this parameter.

OPTIONAL

natloopback Disable/Enable NAT loopback.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

loadbalancing Select loadbalancing mechanism OPTIONAL

bitrate-

window(sec)

A number between 10 and 3600.

Set the window to calculate the bitrate (multiple of 10).

The default is 30.

OPTIONAL

acceleration Disable/Enable IP acceleration OPTIONAL

=>ip config

Forwarding enabled

Sendredirects enabled

IP options enabled

NetBroadcasts disabled

Default TTL 64

Fraglimit 64 fragments

Fragcount currently 0 fragments

Defragment mode : enabled

Address checks : dynamic

Mss Clamping : enabled

NAT Loopback : enabled

Bitrate window (sec), multiple of 10 : 30

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

438

ip flush

Flush all the static IP parameters.

Dynamic configurations (for example from PPP or CIP links) remain.

SYNTAX:

iThe flush command does not impact previously saved configurations.

!The command :ip flush deletes all local IP connectivity.

Do not use this command during an IP based local connection, for example a Telnet CLI session, or

web based CLI access.

ip flush

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

439

ip ifadd

Create an IP interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ip ifadd intf = <string>

dest = <string>

intf The name of the IP interface to be created. REQUIRED

dest An network interface name. REQUIRED

=>ip iflist

Interface Group MTU RX TX TX-Drop Status HW-address

0 loop local 65535 122062 72987 0 [UP] 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

1 Internet wan 1500 0 0 0 DOWN

2 RtPPPoE_ppp wan 1500 0 0 0 DOWN

3 LocalNetwork lan 1500 84105 123358 0 [UP] 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

=>ip ifadd intf=myIPintf dest=RtPPPoE_eth

=>ip iflist

Interface Group MTU RX TX TX-Drop Status HW-address

0 loop local 65535 123966 75177 0 [UP] 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

1 Internet wan 1500 0 0 0 DOWN

2 RtPPPoE_ppp wan 1500 0 0 0 DOWN

3 LocalNetwork lan 1500 86589 125262 0 [UP] 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

4 myIPintf wan 1500 0 0 0 DOWN 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

ip ifdelete Delete an IP interface.

ip iflist Display all the IP interfaces.

ip ifwait Wait for a status change of an IP interface.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

440

ip ifattach

Attach an IP interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ip ifattach intf = <string>

intf The name of the IP interface to be attached. REQUIRED

=>ip iflist

Interface Group MTU RX TX TX-Drop Status HW-address

0 loop local 65535 123966 75177 0 [UP] 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

1 Internet wan 1500 0 0 0 DOWN

2 RtPPPoE_ppp wan 1500 0 0 0 DOWN

3 LocalNetwork lan 1500 86589 125262 0 [UP] 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

4 myIPintf wan 1500 0 0 0 DOWN 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

=>ip ifattach intf=myIPintf

=>ip iflist

Interface Group MTU RX TX TX-Drop Status HW-address

0 loop local 65535 123966 75177 0 [UP] 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

1 Internet wan 1500 0 0 0 DOWN

2 RtPPPoE_ppp wan 1500 0 0 0 DOWN

3 LocalNetwork lan 1500 86589 125262 0 [UP] 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

4 myIPintf wan 1500 0 0 0 [UP] 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

ip ifdetach Detach an IP interface.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

441

ip ifconfig

Configure the parameters of an IP interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

ip ifconfig intf = <string>

[mtu = <number{68-65535}>]

[status = <{down | up}>]

[hwaddr = <hardware-address>]

[group = <string> or number]

[linksensing = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[primary = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[mcastpromisc = <{disabled|enabled}>]

intf The name of the IP interface to be configured. REQUIRED

mtu A number between 68 and 65535.

Represents the MTU (the maximum packet size (including IP

header)) to be used on this interface.

Note The default value depends on the connection and packet

service for which the interface was created.

OPTIONAL

status The administrative state of the interface.

Choose between:

>down

>up.

OPTIONAL

hwaddr The hardware address (for example the Ethernet MAC address) of

this IP interface.

OPTIONAL

group The group to which this interface belongs. Can be used for

firewalling, for example.

OPTIONAL

linksensing The IP interface's awareness of link state transitions.

The default is enabled.

OPTIONAL

primary Make the IP interface the primary interface (enabled) or not

(disabled).

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

mcastpromisc Make the IP interface multicast promiscuous.

Choose between:

>disabled

>enabled

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

442

EXAMPLE:

=>ip iflist

Interface Group MTU RX TX TX-Drop Status HW-address

0 loop local 65535 123966 75177 0 [UP] 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

1 Internet wan 1500 0 0 0 DOWN

2 RtPPPoE_ppp wan 1500 0 0 0 DOWN

3 LocalNetwork lan 1500 86589 125262 0 [UP] 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

4 myIPintf wan 1500 0 0 0 DOWN 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

=>ip ifconfig

intf = myIPintf

[mtu] = 1500

[status] = up

[hwaddr] = 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

[group] = wan

[linksensing] = enabled

[primary] = enabled

:ip ifconfig intf=myIPintf

=>ip iflist

Interface Group MTU RX TX TX-Drop Status HW-address

0 loop local 65535 123966 75177 0 [UP] 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

1 Internet wan 1500 0 0 0 DOWN

2 RtPPPoE_ppp wan 1500 0 0 0 DOWN

3 LocalNetwork lan 1500 86589 125262 0 [UP] 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

4 myIPintf wan 1500 0 0 0 [UP] 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

iIf the STATUS is shown between square brackets, then linksensing is disabled for that particular

interface.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

443

ip ifdelete

Delete an IP interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ip ifdelete intf = <string>

intf The name of the IP interface to be deleted. REQUIRED

=>ip iflist

Interface Group MTU RX TX TX-Drop Status HW-address

0 loop local 65535 123966 75177 0 [UP] 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

1 Internet wan 1500 0 0 0 DOWN

2 RtPPPoE_ppp wan 1500 0 0 0 DOWN

3 LocalNetwork lan 1500 86589 125262 0 [UP] 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

4 myIPintf wan 1500 0 0 0 [UP] 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

=>ip ifdelete intf=myIPintf

=>ip iflist

Interface Group MTU RX TX TX-Drop Status HW-address

0 loop local 65535 123966 75177 0 [UP] 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

1 Internet wan 1500 0 0 0 DOWN

2 RtPPPoE_ppp wan 1500 0 0 0 DOWN

3 LocalNetwork lan 1500 86589 125262 0 [UP] 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

ip ifadd Create an IP interface.

ip iflist Display all the IP interfaces.

ip ifwait Wait for a status change of an IP interface.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

444

ip ifdetach

Detach an IP interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ip ifdetach intf = <string>

intf The name of the IP interface to be detached. REQUIRED

=>ip iflist expand=enabled

Interface Group MTU RX TX TX-Drop Status HW-address

0 loop local 65535 130597 82240 0 [UP] 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

BRHW-address : ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff

RX unicastpkts: 1304 brcastpkts : 0

TX unicastpkts: 1994 brcastpkts : 0 droppkts:0

Oper state : UP Admin State: UP

Flags : ARP BROADCAST ARPTABLE LOOP MULTICAST INTERNAL

...

4 myIPintf wan 1500 0 0 0 DOWN 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

BRHW-address : ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff

RX unicastpkts: 0 brcastpkts : 0

TX unicastpkts: 0 brcastpkts : 0 droppkts:0

Oper state : DOWN Admin State: UP

Flags : PRIMARY ARP BROADCAST BOUND ARPTABLE MULTICAST LINKSENSING STATIC

=>ip ifdetach intf=myIPintf

=>ip iflist expand=enabled

Interface Group MTU RX TX TX-Drop Status HW-address

0 loop local 65535 133683 83949 0 [UP] 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

BRHW-address : ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff

RX unicastpkts: 1332 brcastpkts : 0

TX unicastpkts: 2036 brcastpkts : 0 droppkts:0

Oper state : UP Admin State: UP

Flags : ARP BROADCAST ARPTABLE LOOP MULTICAST INTERNAL

...

4 myIPintf wan 1500 0 0 0 DOWN 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

BRHW-address : ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff

RX unicastpkts: 0 brcastpkts : 0

TX unicastpkts: 0 brcastpkts : 0 droppkts:0

Oper state : DOWN Admin State: DOWN

Flags : PRIMARY ARP BROADCAST ARPTABLE MULTICAST LINKSENSING STATIC

ip ifattach Attach an IP interface.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

445

ip iflist

Display all the IP interfaces.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ip iflist [expand = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[string = <string>]

[beginstring = <string>]

expand Enable or disable expanded listing.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

string String matching conditions OPTIONAL

beginstring Bginstring matching conditions OPTIONAL

=>ip iflist

Interface Group MTU RX TX TX-Drop Status HW-address

0 loop local 65535 123966 75177 0 [UP] 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

1 Internet wan 1500 0 0 0 DOWN

2 RtPPPoE_ppp wan 1500 0 0 0 DOWN

3 LocalNetwork lan 1500 86589 125262 0 [UP] 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

4 myIPintf wan 1500 0 0 0 [UP] 00:0e:50:0f:fc:2c

ip ifadd Create an IP interface.

ip ifdelete Delete an IP interface.

ip ifwait Wait for a status change of an IP interface.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

446

ip ifwait

Wait for a status change of an IP interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ip ifwait intf = <string>

[timeout = <number{1-600000}>]

[adminstatus = <{down | up}>]

[operstatus = <{down | up}>]

[linkstatus = <{down | up}>]

intf The IP interface name. REQUIRED

timeout A number between 1 and 600000 (seconds).

Represents the timeout.

OPTIONAL

adminstatus The administrative state of the interface.

Choose between:

>down

>up.

OPTIONAL

operstatus The operational state of the interface.

Choose between:

>down

>up.

OPTIONAL

linkstatus The link state of the interface.

Choose between:

>down

>up.

OPTIONAL

ip ifadd Create an IP interface.

ip ifdelete Delete an IP interface.

ip iflist Display all the IP interfaces.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

447

ip ipadd

Assign an IP address to an IP interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ip ipadd intf = <string>

addr = <ip-address>

[netmask = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>]

[pointopoint = <ip-address>]

[addroute = <{disabled | enabled}>]

intf The IP interface name. REQUIRED

addr The new IP address to be added. REQUIRED

netmask The subnetmask associated with this address. OPTIONAL

pointopoi

The remote IP address in case of a dedicated point-to-point link. OPTIONAL

addroute Add typical net/subnet routes automatically according to the default (or

specified) subnet mask (enabled) or not (disabled).

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

=>ip iplist

Interface Type IP-address Point-to-point/Mask

1 eth0 Ethernet 10.0.0.138 255.255.255.0

1 eth0 Ethernet 169.254.141.11 255.255.0.0

0 loop Ethernet 127.0.0.1 255.0.0.0

=>ip ipadd intf=eth0 addr=10.0.0.2/24 addroute=enabled

=>ip iplist

Interface Type IP-address Point-to-point/Mask

1 eth0 Ethernet 10.0.0.2 255.255.255.0

1 eth0 Ethernet 10.0.0.138 255.255.255.0

1 eth0 Ethernet 169.254.141.11 255.255.0.0

0 loop Ethernet 127.0.0.1 255.0.0.0

ip ipdelete Remove an IP address from an IP interface.

ip iplist Display all the configured IP addresses.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

448

ip ipconfig

Modify an IP address configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

ip ipconfig addr = <ip-address>

[preferred = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[primary = <{disabled | enabled}>]

addr The IP address to be configured. REQUIRED

preferred Make this IP address the preferred address for that subnet (enabled) or

not (disabled).

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

primary Make this IP address the primary address for the interface (enabled) or

not (disabled).

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

=>ip iplist

Interface Type IP-address Point-to-point/Mask

1 eth0 Ethernet 10.0.0.138 255.255.255.0

1 eth0 Ethernet 169.254.141.11 255.255.0.0

0 loop Ethernet 127.0.0.1 255.0.0.0

=>ip ipconfig addr=169.254.141.11 preferred=enabled primary=enabled

=>ip iplist

Interface Type IP-address Point-to-point/Mask

1 eth0 Ethernet 10.0.0.138 255.255.255.0

1 eth0 Ethernet *169.254.141.11 255.255.0.0

0 loop Ethernet 127.0.0.1 255.0.0.0

iThe primary IP address is marked with “*” in the list.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

449

ip ipdelete

Remove an IP address from an IP interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ip ipdelete addr = <ip-address>

addr The IP address to be deleted. REQUIRED

=>ip iplist

Interface Type IP-address Point-to-point/Mask

1 eth0 Ethernet 10.0.0.2 255.255.255.0

1 eth0 Ethernet 10.0.0.138 255.255.255.0

1 eth0 Ethernet 169.254.141.11 255.255.0.0

0 loop Ethernet 127.0.0.1 255.0.0.0

=>ip ipdelete addr=10.0.0.2

=>ip iplist

Interface Type IP-address Point-to-point/Mask

1 eth0 Ethernet 10.0.0.138 255.255.255.0

1 eth0 Ethernet 169.254.141.11 255.255.0.0

0 loop Ethernet 127.0.0.1 255.0.0.0

ip ipadd Assign an IP address to an IP interface.

ip iplist Display all the configured IP addresses.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

450

ip iplist

Display all the configured IP addresses.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ip iplist

=>ip iplist

Interface Type IP-address Point-to-point/Mask

2 LocalNetwork Ethernet 10.0.0.138 255.255.255.0

2 LocalNetwork Ethernet *192.168.1.254 255.255.255.0

0 loop Ethernet 127.0.0.1 255.255.255.255

ip ipadd Assign an IP address to an IP interface.

ip ipdelete Remove an IP address from an IP interface.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

451

ip mcast rtadd

Add a multicast route to the multicast routing table.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ip mcast rtadd srcintf = <string>

[src = <ip-address>]

grp = <ip-address>

dstintf = <string>

[ttl = <number{1-255}>]

[ttlincr = {disabled | enabled}]

srcintf The source IP interface. REQUIRED

src The source IP address. OPTIONAL

grp The multicast group IP address. REQUIRED

dstintf The destination IP interface. REQUIRED

ttl The time-to-live for that destination IP interface. OPTIONAL

ttlincr Increment TTL before packet is send. OPTIONAL

ip mcast rtdelete Delete a multicast route from the multicast routing table.

ip mcast rtlist Display the multicast routing table.

ip mcast flush Flush the multicast routing table.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

452

ip mcast rtdelete

Delete a multicast route from the multicast routing table.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ip mcast rtdelete srcintf = <string>

[src = <ip-address>]

grp = <ip-address>

dstintf = <string>

srcintf The source IP interface. REQUIRED

src The source IP address. OPTIONAL

grp The multicast group IP address. REQUIRED

dstintf The destination IP interface. REQUIRED

ip mcast rtadd Add a multicast route to the multicast routing table.

ip mcast rtlist Display the multicast routing table.

ip mcast flush Flush the multicast routing table.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

453

ip mcast rtlist

Display the multicast routing table.

SYNTAX:

where:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ip mcast rtlist [expand = <{disabled | enabled}>}]

expand Enable or disable expanded listing.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

ip mcast rtadd Add a multicast route to the multicast routing table.

ip mcast rtdelete Delete a multicast route from the multicast routing table.

ip mcast flush Flush the multicast routing table.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

454

ip mcast flush

Flush the multicast routing table.

SYNTAX:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ip mcast flush

ip mcast rtadd Add a multicast route to the multicast routing table.

ip mcast rtdelete Delete a multicast route from the multicast routing table.

ip mcast rtlist Display the multicast routing table.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

455

ip rtadd

Add a route to the routing table.

SYNTAX:

where:

ip rtadd dst = <ip-address>

[dstmsk = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>]

[label = <string>]

[gateway = <ip-address>]

[intf = <string>]

[srcintf = <string>]

[metric = <number{0-255}>]

dst The destination IP address(es) for this route.

Note Supports ip/mask notation.

REQUIRED

dstmsk The destination IP address mask. OPTIONAL

label The name of the label. OPTIONAL

gateway The IP address of the next hop (direct connected gateway or extended

route).

Note The parameters gateway and intf are mutually exclusive.

OPTIONAL

intf Only for special interface routes: the outgoing IP interface name.

Note The parameters gateway and intf are mutually exclusive.

OPTIONAL

srcintf Use this interface for source address selection. OPTIONAL

metric The metric for this route (weight factor).

The lower the metric, the higher the weight.

The default is 0.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

456

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

=>ip rtlist

Destination Label Gateway Intf Mtrc Status

10.0.0.0/24 10.0.0.140 eth0 0 [UP]

10.0.0.140/32 10.0.0.140 eth0 0 [UP]

127.0.0.1/32 127.0.0.1 loop 0 [UP]

=>ip rtadd dst=10.10.0.0/24 label=Interactive gateway=10.0.0.140

=>ip rtlist

Destination Label Gateway Intf Mtrc Status

10.0.0.0/24 10.0.0.140 eth0 0 [UP]

10.10.0.0/24 Interactive 10.0.0.140 eth0 0 [UP]

10.0.0.140/32 10.0.0.140 eth0 0 [UP]

127.0.0.1/32 127.0.0.1 loop 0 [UP]

ip rtdelete Delete a route from the routing table.

ip rtlist Display the routing table.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

457

ip rtdelete

Delete a route from the routing table.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ip rtdelete dst = <ip-address>

[dstmsk = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>]

[label = <string>]

[gateway = <ip-address>]

[intf = <string>]

dst The destination IP address(es) for this route.

Note Supports cidr notation.

REQUIRED

dstmsk The destination IP address mask. OPTIONAL

label The name of the label. OPTIONAL

gateway The IP address of the next hop. The next hop must be directly connected.

Note The parameters gateway and intf are mutually exclusive.

OPTIONAL

intf Only for special interface routes: the outgoing IP interface name.

Note The parameters gateway and intf are mutually exclusive.

OPTIONAL

=>ip rtlist

Destination Label Gateway Intf Mtrc Status

10.0.0.0/24 10.0.0.140 eth0 0 [UP]

10.10.0.0/24 Interactive 10.0.0.140 eth0 0 [UP]

10.0.0.140/32 10.0.0.140 eth0 0 [UP]

127.0.0.1/32 127.0.0.1 loop 0 [UP]

=>ip rtdelete dst=10.10.0.0/24 label=Interactive gateway=10.0.0.140

=>ip rtlist

Destination Label Gateway Intf Mtrc Status

10.0.0.0/24 10.0.0.140 eth0 0 [UP]

10.0.0.140/32 10.0.0.140 eth0 0 [UP]

127.0.0.1/32 127.0.0.1 loop 0 [UP]

ip rtadd Add a route to the routing table.

ip rtlist Display the routing table.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

458

ip rtlist

Display the routing table.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ip rtlist [expand = <{disabled | enabled}>]

expand Enable or disable expanded listing.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

=>ip rtlist

Destination Label Gateway Interface Metric Status

10.0.0.138/32 127.0.0.1 loop 0 [UP]

127.0.0.1/32 127.0.0.1 loop 0 [UP]

10.0.0.0/24 10.0.0.138 eth0 0 [UP]

=>ip rtlist expand=enabled

Destination Label Gateway Interface Metric Status Source-selection

10.0.0.138/

32 127.0.0.1 loop 0 [UP] default 127.0.0.1

127.0.0.1/

32 127.0.0.1 loop 0 [UP] default 127.0.0.1

10.0.0.0/

24 10.0.0.138 eth0 0 [UP] default 10.0.0.138

ip rtadd Add a route to the routing table.

ip rtdelete Delete a route from the routing table.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

459

ip auto flush

Flush the autoIP interfaces.

SYNTAX:

ip auto flush

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

460

ip auto ifadd

Create an autoIP interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ip auto ifadd intf = <string>

[addr = <ip-address>]

intf The name of the IP interface for which a link-local address has to be

allocated.

REQUIRED

dest The preferred link-local IP address. OPTIONAL

=>ip auto ifadd intf=eth0

=> ip auto iflist

eth0 : [INIT] 0.0.0.0

poolstart = 169.254.1.1 poolend = 169.254.254.254 netmask = 255.255.0.0

claim : 10 defence : 5 probe : 4 interval : 2 (sec)

probes sent = 0

collisions = 0

ip auto ifdelete Delete an existing autoIP interface.

ip auto iflist Display the autoIP interfaces.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

461

ip auto ifattach

Select and assign a link-local address to an autoIP interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ip auto ifattach intf = <string>

intf The name of the autoIP interface for which a link-local address has to be

attached.

REQUIRED

=> ip auto iflist

ipsec0 : [INIT] 0.0.0.0

poolstart = 169.254.1.1 poolend = 169.254.254.254 netmask = 255.255.0.0

claim : 10 defence : 5 probe : 4 interval : 2 (sec)

probes sent = 0

collisions = 0

=>ip auto ifattach intf=ipsec0

=> ip auto iflist

ipsec0 : [SELECTING] 169.254.80.236

poolstart = 169.254.1.1 poolend = 169.254.254.254 netmask = 255.255.0.0

claim : 10 defence : 5 probe : 4 interval : 2 (sec)

probes sent = 2

collisions = 0

ip auto ifdetach Release the link-local address for the given autoIP interface.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

462

ip auto ifconfig

Configure an autoIP interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

ip auto ifconfig intf = <string>

[addr = <ip-address>]

[poolstart = <ip-address>]

[poolend = <ip-address>]

[netmask = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>]

[claim = <number{0-65535}>]

[defence = <number{0-65535}>]

[probe = <number{0-65535}>]

[interval = <number{1-65535}>]

intf The name of the autoIP interface to be configured. REQUIRED

addr The preferred link-local IP address. OPTIONAL

poolstart The start IP address of the link-local address pool.

The default is 169.254.1.1.

OPTIONAL

poolend The end IP address of the link-local address pool.

The default is 169.254.254.254.

OPTIONAL

netmask The netmask of the link-local IP address pool.

The default is 16.

OPTIONAL

claim A number between 0 and 65535.

Represents the number of link-local address selection retries before

giving up.

The default is 10.

OPTIONAL

defence A number between 0 and 65535.

Represents the number of times the link-local address is defended before

releasing the address.

The default is 5.

OPTIONAL

probe A number between 0 and 65535.

Represents the number of ARP probes to be sent before accepting a link-

local address.

The default is 4.

OPTIONAL

interval A number between 1 and 65535 (seconds).

Represents the time interval between two ARP probe transmissions.

The default is 2.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

463

EXAMPLE:

=> ip auto iflist

eth0 : [INIT] 0.0.0.0

poolstart = 169.254.1.1 poolend = 169.254.254.254 netmask = 255.255.0.0

claim : 10 defence : 5 probe : 4 interval : 2 (sec)

probes sent = 0

collisions = 0

=>ip auto ifconfig intf=ipsec0 claim=5 probe=5

=> ip auto iflist

ipsec0 : [INIT] 0.0.0.0

poolstart = 169.254.1.1 poolend = 169.254.254.254 netmask = 255.255.0.0

claim : 5 defence : 5 probe : 5 interval : 2 (sec)

probes sent = 0

collisions = 0

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

464

ip auto ifdelete

Delete an existing autoIP interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ip auto ifdelete intf = <string>

intf The name of the IP interface to be deleted. REQUIRED

=>ip auto iflist

ipsec0 : [SELECTING] 169.254.80.236

poolstart = 169.254.1.1 poolend = 169.254.254.254 netmask = 255.255.0.0

claim : 10 defence : 5 probe : 4 interval : 2 (sec)

probes sent = 2

collisions = 0

=>ip auto ifdelete intf=ipsec0

=>ip auto iflist

ip auto ifadd Create an autoIP interface.

ip auto iflist Display the autoIP interfaces.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

465

ip auto ifdetach

Release the link-local address for the given autoIP interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ip auto ifdetach intf = <string>

intf The name of the autoIP interface for which a link-local address has to be

detached.

REQUIRED

=>ip auto iflist

ipsec0 : [SELECTING] 169.254.80.236

poolstart = 169.254.1.1 poolend = 169.254.254.254 netmask = 255.255.0.0

claim : 10 defence : 5 probe : 4 interval : 2 (sec)

probes sent = 2

collisions = 0

=>ip auto ifdetach intf=ipsec0

=>ip auto iflist

ipsec0 : [INIT] 169.254.80.236

poolstart = 169.254.1.1 poolend = 169.254.254.254 netmask = 255.255.0.0

claim : 10 defence : 5 probe : 4 interval : 2 (sec)

probes sent = 0

collisions = 0

ip auto ifattach Select and assign a link-local address to an autoIP interface.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

466

ip auto iflist

Display the autoIP interfaces.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ip auto iflist [intf = <string>]

intf The name of the autoIP interface to be listed.

Note If not specified, all the autoIP interfaces are shown.

OPTIONAL

=>ip auto iflist

eth0 : [CLAIMED] 169.254.138.1

poolstart = 169.254.1.1 poolend = 169.254.254.254 netmask = 255.255.0.0

claim : 10 defence : 5 probe : 4 interval : 2 (sec)

probes sent = 2

collisions = 0

ip auto ifadd Create an autoIP interface.

ip auto ifdelete Delete an existing autoIP interface.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

467

ip debug httpprobe

Send a HTTP probe.

This HTTP probe will measure the Round Trip Time (RTT) taken to connect and access data from a HTTP

server.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

The first example shows the measured time for a file that was downloaded:

If the URL of a normal HTML page is used the figures are not so relevant, as shown in the example below:

DESCRIPTION:

>RTT taken to perform domain name lookup.

>RTT taken to perform a TCP connect to the HTTP Server.

>RTT taken to send a request and get a response back from the HTTP Server (the probe retrieves the base

HTML page only as body, and does not request hyperlinks within this page).

The SpeedTouch will send the HTTP request, receive the reply, and report the RTT statistics (including the size

of the page returned).

ip debug httpprobe url = <string>

[version = <{1.0 | 1.1}>]

url The Uniform Resource Locator (URL) identifying the HTTP server. REQUIRED

version The version of the HTTP server.

The default is 1.0.

OPTIONAL

=>ip httpprobe url=http://download.winzip.com/wzipse22.exe

DNS Lookup-RTT = 19 ms

TCP Connect-RTT = 20 ms

HTTP transaction-RTT = 18772 ms

Total RTT = 18811 ms

PageSize = 385712 Bytes

Download speed = 20.54 KByte/s

=>ip httpprobe url=http://www.google.be

DNS Lookup-RTT = 19 ms

TCP Connect-RTT = 75 ms

HTTP transaction-RTT = 401 ms

Total RTT = 495 ms

PageSize = 3448 Bytes

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

468

ip debug sendto

Send UDP packets.

SYNTAX:

where:

ip debug sendto addr = <ip-address>

[count = <number{1-1000000}>]

[size = <number{0-20000}>]

[interval = <number{1-1000000}>]

[listen = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[dffield = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[srcaddr = <ip-address>]

[srcport = <number{1-65535}>]

dstport = <number{1-65535}>

[dstintf = <string>]

addr The destination IP address. REQUIRED

count A number between 1 and 1000000.

Represents the number of UDP packets to send.

The default is 1.

OPTIONAL

size A number between 0 and 20000 (bytes).

Represents the size of the ping packet(s).

The default is 1.

OPTIONAL

interval A number between 1 and 10000000 (milliseconds).

Represents the intermediate interval between two sent UDP packets.

The default is 100.

OPTIONAL

listen Listen for incoming ICMP packets (enabled) or only send ICMP packets

(disabled).

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

dffield Enable or disable setting of the don’t fragment flag in the IP headers of

the ping.

OPTIONAL

srcaddr The IP source address to use. OPTIONAL

srcport The UDP source port number to use. OPTIONAL

dstport The UDP destination port number to send to. REQUIRED

dstintf The IP interface name.

By specifying the destination interface with the dstintf parameter, a direct

send is performed instead of a routed send. This means that the statefull

firewall will be bypassed for the outbound packet. As a result, the

returning icmp packet can not be associated with an existing udp

connection (because there isn’t any) and is legally dropped by the

firewall. To prevent this packet from being dropped, disable the

ICMPchecks and UDPchecks in the firewall configuration.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

469

EXAMPLE:

=>ip debug sendto addr=10.0.0.148 listen=on srcport=19 dstport=1025

1 bytes from 10.0.0.148:1025

41 A

=>ip debug sendto addr=10.0.0.148 count=3 listen=on srcport=19 dstport=1025

1 bytes from 10.0.0.148:1025

41 A

1 bytes from 10.0.0.148:1025

41 A

1 bytes from 10.0.0.148:1025

41 A

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

470

ip debug stats

Display IP statistics.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

ip debug stats

=>ip debug stats

Total datagrams received : 8599

IP header errors : 0

Datagrams forwarded : 23

Datagram forwarding errors : 3

Datagram forwarding resource errors : 0

Total Fragments received : 0

Fragments dropped due to resources or timeouts : 0

Datagrams reassembled : 0

Datagrams fragmented successfully : 0

Datagram fragmentation errors : 0

Total Datagram fragments created successfully : 0

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

471

ip debug traceconfig

Display/modify the IP stack trace configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

ip debug traceconfig [input = <{none | label | -telnet | -host |

-broadcast | all}>]

[forward = <{none | label | -telnet | -host |

-broadcast | all}>]

[output = <{none | label | -telnet | -host |

-broadcast | all}>]

[drop = <{none | label | -telnet | -host |

-broadcast | all}>]

[path = <{none | label | -telnet | -host |

-broadcast | all}>]

[mode = <{line | dump}>]

[arp = <{none | all}>]

input Define the input packets that will be traced.

The default is none.

OPTIONAL

forward Define the forward packets that will be traced.

The default is none.

OPTIONAL

output Define the output packets that will be traced.

The default is none.

OPTIONAL

drop Define the packet drops that will be traced.

The default is all.

OPTIONAL

path Define the packet that will be path-traced.

The default is none.

OPTIONAL

mode Select the packet dump method.

Choose between:

>line:

>dump: .

The default is line.

OPTIONAL

arp Define the ARP packets that will be traced.

The default is none.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IP Commands

472

EXAMPLE:

=>ip debug traceconfig

Input traces : none

Forward traces : none

Output traces : none

Drop traces : all

Path traces : none

Trace mode : line

ARP traces : none

=>ip debug traceroute addr = 192.193.195.250 count=3 size=1 interval=1000 maxhops=30 dstport=

33433

maxfail=5 type=icmp utime=yes

:ip debug traceroute addr=192.193.195.250

ttl=1 192.193.195.250 676 us 1351 us 648 us

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IPQoS Commands

473

23 IPQoS Commands

Introduction

This chapter describes the commands of the ipqos command group.

Contents

This chapter covers the following commands:

ipqos config Configure IPQoS for a given destination interface for the IPQoS

queues instantiation.

474

ipqos list Display the IPQoS configuration. 477

ipqos ef config Configure the IPQoS Expedited Forwarding (EF) timer for an

interface.

478

ipqos ef list Display the IPQoS EF timers. 479

ipqos ef stats Display the IPQoS EF timer statistics. 480

ipqos queue clear Clear the IPQoS statistics. 481

ipqos queue config Modify the IPQoS subqueue configuration. 482

ipqos queue list Display the IPQoS subqueue configuration. 484

ipqos queue stats Show the IPQoS subqueue statistics. 485

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IPQoS Commands

474

ipqos config

Configure IPQoS for a given destination interface for the IPQoS queues instantiation.

SYNTAX:

where:

iWhen enabling or disabling IPQoS, take the following into account:

>if the WAN interface (for example PPPoA, IP oA,...) is detached at the time of enabling/disabling

IPQoS, then the WAN interface has to be attached in order for the enabling/disabling of IPQoS to

take effect.

>if the WAN interface is attached at the time of enabling/disabling IPQoS, then the WAN interface

has to be detached and then re-attached in order for the enabling/disabling of IPQoS to take

effect.

ipqos config dest = <string>

[state = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[discard = <{tail | early}>]

[priority = <{wfq | strict | wrr}>]

[realtimerate = <number{1-100}>]

[burstsize = <number{1-128}>]

[weight1 = <number{1-97}>]

[weight2 = <number{1-97}>]

[weight3 = <number{1-97}>]

[weight4 = <number{1-97}>]

[maxpackets = <number{0-100}>]

[maxbytes = <number{0-128}>]

dest The destination interface for the IPQoS queues instantiation.

This is an ATM phonebook entry.

REQUIRED

state Disable or enable IPQoS for the interface.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

discard Determines the packet discard strategy in case of congestion.

Choose between:

>tail: Tail Drop: arriving packets will be dropped as soon as the

destination queue is in an overflow state.

>early: Early Packet discard: arriving packets will be dropped early

according to the BLUE active queue management algorithm.

The default is early.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IPQoS Commands

475

priority Select the subqueue priority algorithm.

Choose between:

>wfq: Weighted Fair Queuing (WFQ) is used for the four AF queues.

The realtime queue has priority over the WFQ queues, which have

priority over the best-effort queue.

>strict: Priority queuing is used. Strict Priority scheduling is used

between all queues. The higher the queue number, the higher the

priority.

>wrr: Weighted Round Robin (WRR) is used for the four AF queues.

Each queue is scheduled in turn, with a circular “round”

wrapping.

The default is wfq.

OPTIONAL

realtimerate A number between 1 and 100.

Represents a percentage of the interface bandwidth for rate-limiting of

the Real Time queue.

In case of congestion, the Real Time queue will only use this

percentage of the interface bandwidth when there is also traffic on the

other queues.

The default is 80.

OPTIONAL

burstsize A number between 1 and 64.

Represents the Real Time queue burstsize (in kilobytes) for rate

limiting.

The default is 2.

OPTIONAL

weight1 A number between 1 and 97.

Represents the weight of queue 1 used for WFQ or WRR.

The default is 25 (%).

OPTIONAL

weight2 A number between 1 and 97.

Represents the weight of queue 2 used for WFQ or WRR.

The default is 25 (%).

OPTIONAL

weight3 A number between 1 and 97.

Represents the weight of queue 3 used for WFQ or WRR.

The default is 25 (%).

OPTIONAL

weight4 A number between 1 and 97.

Represents the weight of queue 4 used for WFQ or WRR.

The default is 25 (%).

OPTIONAL

maxpackets A number between 0 and 250.

Represents the maximum number of packets in all IPQoS queues

instantiated for one interface.

The default is 250.

OPTIONAL

maxbytes A number between 0 and 128.

Represents the maximum size in kilobytes in all IPQoS queues

instantiated for one interface.

The default is 56.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IPQoS Commands

476

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

=>ipqos config dest=atm_pvc_8_35 state=enabled

=>ipqos list

Name State Discard Priority Size Size Rate Burst Weights

(Packets) (KBytes) (%) (KBytes) Weights

atm_pvc_0_35 disabled early wfq 250 56 80% 2 25% 25% 25% 25%

atm_pvc_8_35 enabled early wfq 250 56 80% 2 25% 25% 25% 25%

ipqos list Display the IPQoS configuration.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IPQoS Commands

477

ipqos list

Display the IPQoS configuration.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ipqos list

=>ipqos list

Name State Discard Priority Size Size Rate Burst Weights

(Packets) (KBytes) (%) (KBytes) Weights

atm_pvc_0_35 disabled early wfq 250 56 80% 2 25% 25% 25% 25

atm_pvc_8_35 enabled early wfq 250 56 80% 2 25% 25% 25% 25

ipqos config Configure IPQoS for a given destination interface for the IPQoS queues

instantiation.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IPQoS Commands

478

ipqos ef config

Configure the IPQoS Expedited Forwarding (EF) timer for an interface.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

The example below shows the default configuration:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ipqos ef config intf = <string>

[state = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[timeout = <number{100-10000}>]

[mtu = <number{68-65535}>]

intf The name of the IP interface. REQUIRED

state Enable or disable the IPQoS EF timer for the interface.

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

timeout A number between 100 and 10000 milliseconds.

Represents the timeout.

The default is 1000.

OPTIONAL

mtu A number between 68 and 65535.

Represents the MTU of the IP interface in case of EF data.

The default is 1500.

OPTIONAL

=>ipqos ef list

Interface State Timeout MTU

(ms) (bytes)

loop disabled 1000 65535

Rt_PPPoA2 disabled 1000 1500

eth0 disabled 1000 1500

=>ipqos ef config intf=Rt_PPPoA2 state=enabled

=>ipqos ef list

Interface State Timeout MTU

(ms) (bytes)

loop disabled 1000 65535

Rt_PPPoA2 enabled 1000 1500

eth0 disabled 1000 1500

ipqos ef list Display the IPQoS EF timers.

ipqos ef stats Display the IPQoS EF timer statistics.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IPQoS Commands

479

ipqos ef list

Display the IPQoS EF timers.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ipqos ef list

=>ipqos ef list

Interface State Timeout MTU

(ms) (bytes)

loop disabled 1000 65535

Rt_PPPoA2 enabled 1000 1500

eth0 disabled 1000 1500

ipqos ef config Configure the IPQoS Expedited Forwarding (EF) timer for an interface.

ipqos ef stats Display the IPQoS EF timer statistics.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IPQoS Commands

480

ipqos ef stats

Display the IPQoS EF timer statistics.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ipqos ef stats

=>ipqos ef stats

Interface State Remain

(ms)

loop active 900

Rt_PPPoA2 active 900

eth0 disabled 0

ipqos ef config Configure the IPQoS Expedited Forwarding (EF) timer for an interface.

ipqos ef list Display the IPQoS EF timers.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IPQoS Commands

481

ipqos queue clear

Clear the IPQoS statistics.

SYNTAX:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ipqos queue clear

=>ipqos queue stats

Name Queue # packets # packets # packets # packets # packets Marking

added marked removed dropped replaced

PVC_1 0 1240 0 1240 0 0 0

1 000000

2 000000

3 234 0 234 0 0 0

4 000000

5 1345 0 1345 0 0 0

=>ipqos queue clear

=>ipqos queue stats

Name Queue # packets # packets # packets # packets # packets Marking

added marked removed dropped replaced

PVC_1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 000000

2 000000

3 000000

4 000000

5 000000

ipqos queue stats Show the IPQoS subqueue statistics.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IPQoS Commands

482

ipqos queue config

Modify the IPQoS subqueue configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

ipqos queue config dest = <string>

queue = <number{0-5}>

[propagate = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[ecnmarking = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[ackfiltering = <{disabled | enabled}>]

[maxpackets = <number{0-250}>]

[maxbytes = <number{0-128}>]

[respackets = <number{0-250}>]

[resbytes = <number{0-128}>]

[hold = <number>]

[markprob = <number{1-1000}>]

dest The destination interface for the IPQoS queues instantiation.

Typically, an ATM phonebook entry.

REQUIRED

queue A number between 0 and 5.

Represents the number of the queue, where:

>5 is the Real time queue

>4 is the Assured Forwarding (AF) queue 4

>3 is the AF queue 3

>2 is the AF queue 2

>1 is the AF queue 1

>0 is the Best Effort queue.

OPTIONAL

propagate Higher priority packets will be queued in a lower priority queue,

instead of being dropped, as soon as the destination queue is in

overflow state.

The packet will be put in a lower priority queue only once.

Choose between disabled or enabled.

The default is disabled.

Note The propagate flag for the lowest priority subqueue (the Best

Effort queue) has no meaning.

OPTIONAL

ecnmarking Enable Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) for IP packets in this

subqueue (enabled) or not (disabled).

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

ackfiltering Enable filtering of TCP ACK packets (enabled) or not (disabled).

The default is disabled.

OPTIONAL

maxpackets A number between 0 and 250.

Represents the maximum number of packets in this queue.

The default is 0 for the Real time queue and 100 for the other queues.

Note 0 means that a maximum size is not enforced.

OPTIONAL

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IPQoS Commands

483

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

maxbytes A number between 0 and 128.

Represents the maximum size in kilobytes of this queue.

The default is 0 for the Real time queue and 20 for the other queues.

Note 0 means that a maximum size is not enforced.

OPTIONAL

respackets A number between 0 and 250.

Represents the reserved number of packets in this queue.

The default is 30 for the Real time queue and 13 for the other queues.

OPTIONAL

resbytes A number between 0 and 128

Represents the reserved size in kilobytes of this queue.

The default is 12 for the Real time queue and 4 for the other queues.

OPTIONAL

hold A number (of microseconds).

Represents the hold time in microseconds for early discard strategy.

The default is 50000.

OPTIONAL

markprob A number between 1 and 1000.

Represents the maximum packet marking probability in parts per

mille for early discard strategy.

The default is 1000.

OPTIONAL

=>ipqos queue list

Name Queue Propagate ECN AckFilter Size Size Reserved Reserved

Holdtime Markprob

(Packets) (KBytes) (Packets) (KBytes)

(usecs)

atm_pvc_0_35 0 disabled disabled 100 20 13 4

50000 1000

1 disabled disabled disabled 100 20 13 4

50000 1000

2 disabled disabled disabled 100 20 13 4

50000 1000

3 disabled disabled disabled 100 20 13 4

50000 1000

4 disabled disabled disabled 100 20 13 4

50000 1000

5 disabled disabled disabled 0 0 30 12

50000 1000

atm_pvc_8_35 0 disabled disabled 100 20 13 4

50000 1000

1 disabled disabled disabled 100 20 13 4

50000 1000

2 disabled disabled disabled 100 20 13 4

50000 1000

3 disabled disabled disabled 100 20 13 4

50000 1000

4 disabled disabled disabled 100 20 13 4

50000 1000

5 disabled disabled disabled 0 0 30 12

50000 1000

ipqos queue list Display the IPQoS subqueue configuration.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IPQoS Commands

484

ipqos queue list

Display the IPQoS subqueue configuration.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ipqos queue list [dest = <string}>]

dest The destination interface for the IPQoS queues instantiation.

This is an ATM phonebook entry.

Note If not specified, the IPQoS subqueue configuration for all the

interfaces will be shown.

OPTIONAL

=>ipqos queue list

Name Queue Propagate ECN AckFilter Size Size Reserved Reserved Hold

time Markprob

(Packets) (KBytes) (Packets) (KBytes) (use

cs)

atm_pvc_0_35 0 disabled disabled 100 20 13 4 5000

0 1000

1 disabled disabled disabled 100 20 13 4 5000

0 1000

2 disabled disabled disabled 100 20 13 4 5000

0 1000

3 disabled disabled disabled 100 20 13 4 5000

0 1000

4 disabled disabled disabled 100 20 13 4 5000

0 1000

5 disabled disabled disabled 0 0 30 12 5000

0 1000

atm_pvc_8_35 0 disabled disabled 100 20 13 4 5000

0 1000

1 disabled disabled disabled 100 20 13 4 5000

0 1000

2 disabled disabled disabled 100 20 13 4 5000

0 1000

3 disabled disabled disabled 100 20 13 4 5000

0 1000

4 disabled disabled disabled 100 20 13 4 5000

0 1000

5 disabled disabled disabled 0 0 30 12 5000

0 1000

ipqos queue config Modify the IPQoS subqueue configuration.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IPQoS Commands

485

ipqos queue stats

Show the IPQoS subqueue statistics.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

ipqos queue stats [dest = <string}>]

dest The destination interface for the IPQoS queues instantiation.

This is an ATM phonebook entry.

Note If not specified, the IPQoS subqueue statistics for all the

interfaces will be shown.

OPTIONAL

=>ipqos queue stats

Name Queue # packets # packets # packets # packets # packets Marking

added marked removed dropped replaced

PVC_1 0 1240 0 1240 0 0 0%

1 000000%

2 000000%

3 234 0 234 0 0 0%

4 000000%

5 145 0 145 0 0 0%

ipqos queue clear Clear the IPQoS statistics.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

IPQoS Commands

486

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Label Commands

487

24 Label Commands

Introduction

This chapter describes the commands of the label command group.

Contents

This chapter covers the following commands:

label add Create a new label. 488

label delete Delete a label. 489

label flush Flush all labels. 490

label list Display the labels. 491

label modify Modify a label configuration. 492

label chain add Add a new label chain. 495

label chain delete Delete a label chain. 496

label chain flush Flush all label chains. 497

label chain list Display a list of chains. 498

label rule add Add a label rule. 499

label rule delete Delete a label rule. 502

label rule flush Flush all label rules. 504

label rule list Display a list of label rules. 505

label rule modify Modify a label rule. 507

label rule debug clear Clear the label rule statistics. 508

label rule debug stats Display the label rule statistics. 510

label rule debug

traceconfig

Display or modify the rule trace configuration. 511

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Label Commands

488

label add

Create a new label.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

label add name = <string>

name The name of the label to be added. REQUIRED

=>label list

Name Class Def Ack Bidirect Inherit Tosmark Type Value Ttlover Ttl Use Trace

DSCP overwrite dscp defclass disabled disabled disabled tos 0 disabled 0 0 disabled

Interactive increase 8 8 disabled disabled disabled tos 0 disabled 0 0 disabled

Management increase 12 12 disabled disabled disabled tos 0 disabled 0 0 disabled

Video increase 10 10 disabled disabled disabled tos 0 disabled 0 0 disabled

VoIP overwrite 14 14 enabled enabled disabled tos 0 disabled 0 0 disabled

default increase default prioritize disabled disabled disabled tos 0 disabled 0 0 disabled

=>label add name=myLABEL

=>label list

Name Class Def Ack Bidirect Inherit Tosmark Type Value Ttlover Ttl Use Trace

DSCP overwrite dscp defclass disabled disabled disabled tos 0 disabled 0 0 disabled

Interactive increase 8 8 disabled disabled disabled tos 0 disabled 0 0 disabled

Management increase 12 12 disabled disabled disabled tos 0 disabled 0 0 disabled

Video increase 10 10 disabled disabled disabled tos 0 disabled 0 0 disabled

VoIP overwrite 14 14 enabled enabled disabled tos 0 disabled 0 0 disabled

default increase default prioritize disabled disabled disabled tos 0 disabled 0 0 disabled

myLABEL ignore 0 0 disabled disabled disabled tos 0 disabled 0 0 disabled

label delete Delete a label.

label list Display the labels.

E-DOC-CTC-20061027-0003 v2.0

Label Commands

489

label delete

Delete a label.

SYNTAX:

where:

EXAMPLE:

RELATED COMMANDS:

label delete name = <string>

[force = <{disabled | enabled}>]

name The name of the label to be deleted. REQUIRED

force Force delete and cleanup references even when the label is still

in use (enabled) or not (disabled).